2021 Chevrolet Malibu Owner's Manual

21_CHEV_Malibu_COV_en_US_84523389B_2020NOV19.pdf 1 11/5/2020 1:01:33 PM

CMY

K Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Introduction not be available in your region, or changes Contents subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Introduction ...... 1 Refer to the purchase documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 6 the features. Seats and Restraints ...... 27 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick Storage ...... 72 reference. Instruments and Controls ...... 74 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs Canadian Vehicle Owners Lighting ...... 104 appearing in this manual including, but not A French language manual can be obtained Infotainment System ...... 110 limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, the CHEVROLET Emblem, MALIBU, and the or from: Climate Controls ...... 164 MALIBU Emblem are trademarks and/or Driving and Operating ...... 172 service marks of General Motors LLC, its Propriétaires Canadiens subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 227 On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute Service and Maintenance ...... 303 en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à the name “General Motors of Canada l'adresse suivante: Technical Data ...... 316 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division Helm, Incorporated wherever it appears in this manual. Customer Information ...... 320 Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects ...... 328 This manual describes features that may or 47911 Halyard Drive may not be on the vehicle because of Plymouth, MI 48170 OnStar ...... 331 optional equipment that was not purchased USA Connected Services ...... 336 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Index...... 339

2 Introduction Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for in the manual and the page number where information. it can be found. u A circle with a slash through it is a safety : Air Conditioning System Danger, Warning, and Caution symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light and in this manual describe hazards and Symbols what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) The vehicle has components and labels that $ : Brake System Warning Light { Danger use symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly Danger indicates a hazard with a high operation or information relating to a level of risk which will result in serious specific component, control, message, gauge, P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water injury or death. or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : Shown when the owner’s manual has _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited { Warning additional instructions or information. H Warning indicates a hazard that could * : Shown when the service manual has : Flammable additional instructions or information. result in injury or death. [ : Forward Collision Alert 0 : Shown when there is more information on another page —“see page.” R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location Caution + : Fuses Caution indicates a hazard that could result in property or vehicle damage. j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Introduction 3 Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Installed Stability Control (ESC) | : Lane Change Alert a : Under Pressure @ : Lane Departure Warning V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start h : Risk of Electrical Fire > : Seat Belt Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert h : Stop/Start 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Introduction 5 1. Air Vents 0 169. 11. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 20. Data Link Connector (Out of View). See 0 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 188. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check 0 Lane-Change Signals 0 107. 12. Electric Parking Brake 0 192 (If Equipped). Engine Light) 87. 0 IntelliBeam System Button (If Equipped). 13. USB Port 0 120. 21. Parking Brake 191 (If Equipped). 0 0 See Exterior Lamp Controls 104. 14. ENGINE START/STOP Button. See Ignition 22. Exterior Lamp Controls 104. 3. Instrument Cluster 0 80. Positions 0 182. 23. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 75. 107. 0 Level) 94 or Driver Information Center Buttons. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 96. Level) 0 94 or 4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 75. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp 96. System 0 106. 16. Horn 0 75. 6. Infotainment. See Overview 0 111. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 75 (Out 7. Climate Control Systems 0 164. of View). 0 Dual Automatic Climate Control System 18. Cruise Control 195. 0 166 (If Equipped). Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 197 8. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 106. (If Equipped). 0 Stop/Start Disable Button (If Equipped). Heated Steering Wheel 75 (If See Stop/Start System 0 184. Equipped). 9. Power Outlets 0 77. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 209 (If Equipped). 10. Traction Control/Electronic Stability 0 Control 0 193. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 216 (If Equipped). Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 0 205 (If Equipped). 19. Hood Release. See Hood 229. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows Heated Mirrors ...... 22 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 22 Windows Interior Mirrors Keys Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 22 Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 22 { Warning Keys...... 6 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 22 Leaving children in a vehicle with a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Windows Operation ...... 7 Windows ...... 23 dangerous and children or others could Remote Vehicle Start ...... 13 Power Windows ...... 23 be seriously injured or killed. They could Door Locks ...... 14 Sun Visors ...... 24 operate the power windows or other Power Door Locks ...... 16 controls or make the vehicle move. The Delayed Locking ...... 16 Roof windows will function with the RKE Automatic Door Locks ...... 17 Sunroof ...... 25 transmitter in the vehicle, and children or Lockout Protection ...... 17 others could be caught in the path of a Safety Locks ...... 17 closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with an RKE transmitter. Doors Trunk ...... 18 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 19 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 19 Immobilizer ...... 20 Immobilizer Operation ...... 20 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 21 Power Mirrors ...... 21 Folding Mirrors ...... 22 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 To remove the key, press the button near . If the transmitter is still not working the bottom of the transmitter, and pull the correctly, see your dealer or a qualified key out. Never pull the key out without technician for service. pressing the button. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If it becomes difficult to turn the key, inspect the key blade for debris. System Operation See your dealer if a new key is needed. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless 0 Assistance Program 323. Access Operation” following. With an active OnStar or connected service The transmitter functions may work up to plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. The key that is part of the Remote Keyless unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview Entry (RKE) transmitter can be used for all 0 331. Other conditions can impact the locks. performance of the transmitter. See Remote Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7. System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range: . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. . Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See “Battery Replacement” later in this section. With Remote Start Shown Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows Q : Press to lock all doors. X : Press twice quickly to release the Keyless Access can be programmed to trunk. unlock all doors on the first unlock/lock The turn signal indicators may flash and/or button press from the driver door. See the horn may sound on the second press to 7 : Press and release one time to initiate Vehicle Personalization 0 100. indicate locking. See Vehicle Personalization vehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash and 0 100. the horn chirps three times. If equipped with memory seats, RKE transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating If the driver door is open when Q is pressed Press and hold 7 for at least three seconds positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory and Open Door Anti-Lockout is enabled, all to sound the panic alarm. The horn sounds Seats 0 32. doors will lock and then the driver door will and the turn signals flash for about Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the immediately unlock. See Vehicle 30 seconds until 7 is pressed again or the 0 Driver Door Personalization 100. vehicle is started. When the doors are locked and the RKE If the passenger door is open when Q is / : If equipped, press Q and release and transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver pressed, all doors lock. then press and hold / for at least door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button Pressing Q may also arm the alarm system. four seconds to start the engine from on the driver door handle will unlock the See Vehicle Alarm System 0 19. outside the vehicle using the RKE driver door. If the lock/unlock button is transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13. pressed again within five seconds, all K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press passenger doors will unlock. Pull the door again within five seconds to unlock all Keyless Access Operation handle to unlatch the door. doors. The RKE transmitter can be The Keyless Access system lets you lock and programmed to unlock all doors on the first unlock the doors and access the trunk button press. See Vehicle Personalization 0 without removing the RKE transmitter from 100. your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE The turn signal indicators may flash to transmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the indicate unlocking. See Vehicle trunk or door being opened. If equipped, Personalization 0 100. there will be buttons on the outside door handles. Pressing K will disarm the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 19. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 that door handle will unlock the front doors Enabling Keyless Unlocking: or all doors. See “Passive Door Unlock” in Vehicle Personalization 0 100. With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the RKE transmitter at the same time Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause for approximately three seconds. The turn the front doors or all doors to lock if any of signal lamps will flash twice quickly to the following occur: indicate access is enabled. . The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors. Passive Locking . Any vehicle door has opened and all This feature will lock the vehicle several doors are now closed. seconds after all doors are closed, if the vehicle is off and at least one RKE Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior transmitter has been removed from the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Similar Door Handles and Trunk interior or none remain in the interior. If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause If other electronic devices interfere with the door handles and trunk can be disabled and all doors to lock if any of the following RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not enabled. occur: detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. . It has been no more than five seconds Disabling Keyless Unlocking: If passive locking is enabled, the doors may since the first lock/unlock button press. lock with the RKE transmitter inside the With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in . Two lock/unlock button presses were K on the RKE transmitter at the same time an unattended vehicle. used to unlock all doors. for approximately three seconds. The turn . Any vehicle door has opened and all signal lamps will flash four times quickly to To customize the doors to automatically lock doors are now closed. indicate access is disabled. Using any when exiting the vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization 0 100. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Passenger exterior handle to unlock the doors or open Door(s) the trunk will cause the turn signal lamps to Temporary Disable of Passive Locking flash four times quickly, indicating access is When the doors are locked and the RKE Temporarily disable passive locking by disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm K transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door system before starting the vehicle. pressing and holding on the interior door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on switch with a door open for at least four seconds, or until three chimes are Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows heard. Passive locking will then remain Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle disabled until Q on the interior door is Only RKE transmitters programmed to the pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or Remote Left In Vehicle Alert stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. The When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn stolen transmitters no longer work. Any will chirp three times after all doors are remaining transmitters will need to be closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle reprogrammed. Each vehicle can have up to Personalization 0 100. eight transmitters matched to it. Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert Programming with Recognized Transmitters If the vehicle is on with a door open, and A new transmitter can be programmed to then all doors are closed, the vehicle will 3. Place the first new transmitter into the the vehicle when there are two recognized check for an RKE transmitter inside. If an transmitter pocket with the buttons transmitters. To program, the vehicle must RKE transmitter is not detected, the Driver facing the rear of the vehicle. The be off and all of the transmitters, both Information Center (DIC) will display NO transmitter pocket is inside the center currently recognized and new, must be REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp console storage area. with you. three times. 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 1. Place the two recognized transmitters in transmitter is learned, the DIC will show This occurs only once each time the vehicle the cupholder. is driven. See Vehicle Personalization 0 100. that it is ready to program the next 2. Remove the key lock cylinder cap on the transmitter. 0 Keyless Trunk Opening driver door handle. See Door Locks 14. 5. Remove the transmitter from the Insert the vehicle key of the new Press the touch pad on the rear of the trunk transmitter pocket and press K or . transmitter into the key lock cylinder on Q to open it if the RKE transmitter is within the outside of the driver door and turn To program additional transmitters, 1 m (3 ft) of the trunk. the key counterclockwise five times repeat Steps 3–5 for each new Key Access within 10 seconds. transmitter. To access a vehicle with a weak transmitter The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #2, battery, see Door Locks 0 14. 3, 4 or 5. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 When all additional transmitters are 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC 4. Place the new transmitter into the programmed, press and hold ENGINE displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO transmitter pocket with the buttons START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit LEARN and then press ENGINE facing toward the rear of the vehicle. programming mode. START/STOP. The transmitter pocket is inside the 6. Put the key back into the transmitter. The DIC will again display REMOTE LEARN center console storage area. 7. Replace the key lock cylinder cap. See PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the Door Locks 0 14. 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional times. After transmitter is learned, the DIC will show the third time, all previously known that it is ready to program the next Programming without Recognized transmitter. Transmitters transmitters will no longer work with the vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be 6. Remove the transmitter from the If two currently recognized transmitters are relearned during the next steps. transmitter pocket and press K or Q. not available, follow this procedure to The DIC should now display READY FOR To program additional transmitters, program up to eight transmitters. This REMOTE # 1. feature is not available in Canada. This repeat Steps 4–6. procedure will take approximately When all additional transmitters are 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must programmed, press and hold ENGINE be off and all of the transmitters to be START/STOP for 12 seconds to exit programmed must be with you. programming mode. 1. Remove the key lock cylinder cap on the 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. driver door handle. See Door Locks 0 14. 8. Replace the key lock cylinder cap. See Insert the vehicle key of the transmitter Door Locks 0 14. into the key lock cylinder on the outside of the driver door and turn the key Starting the Vehicle with a Low counterclockwise five times within Transmitter Battery 10 seconds. While trying to start the vehicle, if the The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN transmitter battery is weak or if there is PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. interference with the signal, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR Replace the battery if the DIC displays VEHICLE. The DIC may also display REPLACE { Warning REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. To avoid personal injury, do not touch The battery is not rechargeable. To replace To start the vehicle: metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter the battery: 1. Open the center console and place the when it has been exposed to extreme transmitter in the transmitter pocket heat. These surfaces can be hot to the with the buttons facing the rear of the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 vehicle. °F). 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and Caution press ENGINE START/STOP. See Starting the Engine 0 183. When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Replace the transmitter battery as soon Static from your body could damage the as possible. transmitter. Battery Replacement Caution { Warning 1. Press the button on the side of the RKE Always replace the battery with the transmitter near the bottom and pull the Never allow children to play with the RKE correct type. Replacing the battery with key out. Never pull the key out without transmitter. The transmitter contains a an incorrect type could potentially create pressing the button. small battery, which can be a choking a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can used batteries according to instructions occur, resulting in severe injury or death. and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, Seek medical attention immediately if a crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid battery is swallowed. exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 3. Remove the battery by pushing on the If the vehicle has heated seats, they may battery and sliding it toward the bottom come on during a remote start. See Heated of the transmitter. Do not use a metal and Ventilated Front Seats 0 34. object. Laws in some local communities may restrict 4. Insert the new battery, positive side the use of remote starters. For example, facing the back cover. Push the battery some laws require a person using remote down until it is held in place. Replace start to have the vehicle in view. Check local with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. regulations for any requirements. 5. Snap the battery cover back on to the Other conditions can affect the performance transmitter. of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry 6. Reinsert the key. (RKE) System 0 7. If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the 2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start remote start feature. The vehicle may run transmitter using a flat tool inserted into If equipped, this feature allows the engine out of fuel. the bottom center of the transmitter. Do to be started from outside the vehicle. not use the key slot. Starting the Engine Using Remote Start / : This button will be on the RKE To start the engine using the remote start transmitter if the vehicle has remote start. feature: The climate control system will determine 1. Press and release Q. the best mode and temperature setting for operation during the remote start. Once the 2. Immediately after completing Step 1, vehicle is started with the Engine Start/Stop press and hold / for at least button, the climate control system will four seconds or until the turn signal begin to operate at the last customer lamps flash. The turn signal lamps selected operating mode and temperature. flashing confirms the request to remote The rear window defogger may come on start the vehicle has been received. during a remote start based on cold ambient conditions. The rear defog indicator light does not come on during a remote start. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows When the engine starts, the parking lamps Canceling a Remote Start Door Locks will turn on and remain on as long as the To cancel a remote start, do one of the engine is running. The doors will be locked following: { Warning and the climate control system may come on. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle Unlocked doors can be dangerous. / and press and hold until the parking . Passengers, especially children, can The engine will continue to run for lamps turn off. 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat the easily open the doors and fall out of a steps if a 15-minute extension is desired. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. moving vehicle. The doors can be Remote start can be extended only once. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. unlocked and opened while the vehicle is moving. The chance of being thrown Conditions in Which Remote Start Will Start the vehicle before driving. out of the vehicle in a crash is Not Work Extending Engine Run Time increased if the doors are not locked. The remote vehicle start feature will not So, all passengers should wear seat The engine run time can be extended by operate if: belts properly and the doors should be another 15 minutes, if during the first locked whenever the vehicle is driven. 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while . A transmitter is in the vehicle. the engine is still running. An extension can . The hood is not closed. . Young children who get into unlocked be requested 30 seconds after starting. . The vehicle is on. vehicles may be unable to get out. When the remote start is extended, the . The hazard warning flashers are on. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries second 15-minute period is added on to the . The malfunction indicator lamp is on. first 15 minutes for a total of 30 minutes. or even death from heat stroke. . The engine coolant temperature is Always lock the vehicle whenever The remote start can only be extended once. too high. leaving it. . The oil pressure is low. A maximum of two remote starts, or a . Outsiders can easily enter through an single start with an extension, is allowed . Two remote vehicle starts, or a single unlocked door when you slow down between ignition cycles. remote start with an extension, have or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors The vehicle's ignition must be turned on and already been used. can help prevent this from happening. then back off before the remote start . The vehicle is not in P (Park). procedure can be used again. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 To lock or unlock the doors from the The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and remove. outside: (3 ft) of the trunk or door being opened. 4. Use the key in the cylinder. K Press the button on the door handle to . Press Q or on the Remote Keyless To replace the cap: Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote open. See “Keyless Access Operation” in Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the open Operation 0 7. position and hold it open until cap . In the case of a dead battery, use the key installation is complete. in the driver door. The key lock cylinder is Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder Access (In covered with a cap. Case of Dead Battery) To lock or unlock the doors from the inside: . Press Q or K on the power door lock switch. . Pull the door handle once to unlock the door. Pull the handle again to unlatch it. Keyless Access

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the back of the cap between the seal (5) and the metal To access the driver door key lock cylinder: base (4). 1. Pull the door handle (1) to the open position and hold it open until cap removal is complete. 2. Insert the key into the slot (3) on the bottom of the cap (2) and lift the key upward. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Free-Turning Locks The indicator light in the switch will The door key lock cylinder turns freely when illuminate when the door is locked. either the wrong key is used, or the correct Locking or unlocking the doors will also lock key is not fully inserted. The free-turning or unlock the trunk. See Trunk 0 18. door lock feature prevents the lock from being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it Delayed Locking to the vertical position with the correct key This feature delays the actual locking of the fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it doors until five seconds after all doors are again. If this does not reset the lock, turn closed. the key halfway around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure. Delayed locking can only be turned on when the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has Power Door Locks been turned off. When Q is pressed on the power door lock switch with the door open, a chime will sound three times indicating that delayed locking is active. The doors will then lock automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is reopened before five seconds have elapsed, the five-second timer will reset once all the doors are closed again. Press Q on the door lock switch again, or press on the RKE transmitter, to 3. Slide the cap forward and press the Q override this feature and lock the doors forward edge to install the cap in place. Q : Press to lock the doors. immediately. 4. Release the door handle. K : Press to unlock the doors. Delayed locking can be programmed. See 5. Check that the cap is secure. Vehicle Personalization 0 100. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Automatic Door Locks transmitters inside has not reduced, the Manual Safety Locks driver door will unlock and the horn will The doors will lock automatically when all chirp three times. doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Lockout Protection can be manually overridden with the driver door open by If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then pressing and holding Q on the power door opened and closed, the doors will lock either lock switch. when your foot is removed from the brake or the vehicle speed becomes faster than Open Door Anti-Lockout 13 km/h (8 mph). If Open Door Anti-Lockout has been turned To unlock the doors: on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is open, and locking is requested, all the doors . Press K on the power door lock switch. will lock and the driver door will remain . Shift the transmission into P (Park). open. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. can be turned on or off. See Vehicle If equipped, the safety lock is on the inside Automatic door unlocking can be Personalization 0 100. edge of the rear doors. To use the programmed. See Vehicle Personalization safety lock: 0 100. Safety Locks 1. Move the lever forward to the lock position. Lockout Protection The rear door safety locks prevent passengers from opening the rear doors 2. Close the door. If the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY from inside the vehicle. 3. Do the same for the other rear door. and the power door lock switch is pressed with the driver door open, all the doors will To open a rear door when the safety lock lock and only the driver door will unlock. is on: If the vehicle is off and locking is requested 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside while a door is open, when all doors are handle, by pressing the power door lock closed the vehicle will check for RKE switch, or by using the Remote Keyless transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is Entry (RKE) transmitter. detected and the number of RKE 2. Open the door from the outside. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows When the safety lock is enabled, adults and older children will not be able to open the Warning (Continued) rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety locks to enable the doors to open from the If the vehicle must be driven with the inside. liftgate or hatch/trunk open: To cancel the safety lock: . Close all of the windows. 1. Unlock the door and open it from the . Fully open the air outlets on or under outside. the instrument panel. 2. Move the lever rearward to unlock. Do . Adjust the climate control system to a the same for the other door. setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems” Doors in the Index. . Press the touch pad on the rear of the trunk after unlocking all doors. Trunk . If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate, disable the power The trunk may be opened while the vehicle { Warning liftgate function. is locked by pressing the touch pad on the rear of the trunk while the RKE transmitter Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it For more information about carbon is within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle. is driven with the liftgate, hatch/trunk monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 188. open, or with any objects that pass See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. through the seal between the body and Trunk Release the hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine To open the trunk the vehicle must be off or exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) the shift lever must be in P (Park). which cannot be seen or smelled. It can . Press X twice quickly on the RKE cause unconsciousness and even death. transmitter. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 Emergency Trunk Release Handle

After pulling the emergency trunk release The indicator light, on the instrument panel handle, push the handle back into the bezel. near the windshield, indicates the status of Caution the system: Do not use the emergency trunk release Vehicle Security Off : Alarm system is disarmed. handle as a tie-down or anchor point This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the when securing items in the trunk as it however, they do not make the vehicle delay to arm the system. could damage the handle. impossible to steal. Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency trunk Vehicle Alarm System hood, or the trunk is open. release handle on the trunk lid. This handle Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. glows following exposure to light. Pull the This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. release handle to open the trunk from the Arming the Alarm System inside. 1. Close the trunk and the hood. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: . Use the RKE transmitter. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Use the Keyless Access system, Disarming the Alarm System Immobilizer if equipped. Do one of the following to disarm the alarm See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. . With a door open, press the system or turn off the alarm if it has been inside Q. activated: Immobilizer Operation 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will . Press K on the RKE transmitter. This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent arm, and the indicator light will begin to . Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless system. slowly flash indicating the alarm system Access system, if equipped. is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE The system does not have to be manually . Start the vehicle. transmitter a second time will bypass armed or disarmed. the 30-second delay and immediately To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: The vehicle is automatically immobilized arm the alarm system. . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have when the transmitter leaves the vehicle. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the left the vehicle and all doors are closed. The immobilization system is disarmed doors are locked with the key. . Always unlock a door with the RKE when the ignition button is pushed in and a transmitter or use the Keyless Access If the driver door is opened without first valid transmitter is in the vehicle. system, if equipped. unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate Unlocking the driver door with the key will pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, not disarm the system or turn off the alarm. K or the door is not unlocked by pressing How to Detect a Tamper Condition on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and If a door, the hood, or the trunk is opened the horn chirps and the lights flash three The security light on the instrument cluster without first disarming the system, the turn times, an alarm occurred previously while comes on when there is a problem with signals will flash and the horn will sound for the alarm system was armed. arming or disarming the theft-deterrent about 30 seconds. The alarm system will If the alarm has been activated, a message system. then re-arm to monitor for the next will appear on the Driver Information The system has one or more transmitters unauthorized event. Center (DIC). matched to an immobilizer control unit in the vehicle. Only a correctly matched Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 transmitter will start the vehicle. If the Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors transmitter is ever damaged, you may not be able to start your vehicle. Convex Mirrors When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the { Warning ignition is turned on. A convex mirror can make things, like If the vehicle does not start and the security other vehicles, look farther away than light stays on, there is a problem with the they really are. If you cut too sharply system. Turn the vehicle off and try again. into the right lane, you could hit a If the RKE transmitter appears to be vehicle on the right. Check the inside undamaged, try another transmitter, mirror or glance over your shoulder or place the transmitter in the transmitter before changing lanes. pocket. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery” under Remote Keyless The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. To adjust the mirrors: Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. 1. Press } or | to select the driver or If the vehicle does not start with the other passenger side mirror. The indicator light transmitter or when the transmitter is in the will illuminate. transmitter pocket, the vehicle needs service. See your dealer who can service the 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to theft-deterrent system and have a new move the mirror in the desired direction. transmitter programmed to the vehicle. 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can Do not leave the key or device that disarms be seen. or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. 4. Press } or | again to deselect the mirror. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows Memory Mirrors Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See If equipped with heated mirrors: Memory Seats 0 32. Interior Rearview Mirrors K : The rear window defogger also heats Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view the outside mirrors. The vehicle may have SBZA. See Side Blind of the area behind the vehicle. See Dual Automatic Climate Control System Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 214. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the 0 166. Lane Change Alert (LCA) mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with Reverse Tilt Mirrors water. The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 214. If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and Manual Rearview Mirror memory seats, the passenger and/or driver Turn Signal Indicator If equipped, push the tab forward for mirror tilts to a preselected position when daytime use and pull it rearward for The vehicle may have a turn signal indicator the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the nighttime use to avoid glare of the on the mirror housings. The indicator will curb to be seen when parallel parking. flash when a turn signal or the hazard headlamps from behind. The mirror(s) may move from their tilted warning flashers are used. position when: Automatic Dimming Rearview Folding Mirrors . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), Mirror or remains in R (Reverse) for about Manual Folding Mirrors 30 seconds. If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the glare of headlamps from behind. The The mirrors can be folded inward toward . The vehicle is turned off. dimming feature comes on when the vehicle the vehicle to prevent damage when going . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above is started. through an automatic car wash. Push the a set speed. mirror outward to return it to the original position. To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle Personalization 0 100. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 Windows Power Windows Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. { Warning { Warning The windows may be temporarily disabled if Children could be seriously injured or they are used repeatedly within a Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a short time. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the killed if caught in the path of a closing windows closed in warm or hot weather. window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Window Lockout They can be overcome by the extreme Entry (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with heat and suffer permanent injuries or children. When there are children in the even death from heat stroke. rear seat, use the window lockout switch to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 6.

This feature stops the rear door passenger window switches from working. Press 2 to engage the rear window The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to lockout feature. The indicator light is on improve fuel economy performance. This when engaged. may result in a pulsing sound when either The power windows work when the vehicle Press 2 again to disengage. rear window is down and the front windows is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained are up. To reduce the sound, open either a Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 186. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Window Express Movement Remote Window Operation Warning (Continued) All windows can be opened without holding If equipped, this feature allows the windows the window switch. Press the switch down damaged. Before using automatic reversal to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle system override, make sure that all fully and quickly release to express-open the personalization, press and hold " on the people and obstructions are clear of the window. RKE transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization window path. If equipped, pull the window switch up fully 0 100. and quickly release to express-close the When the engine is on, override the Sun Visors window. automatic reversal system by pulling and Briefly press or pull the window switch in holding the window switch if conditions the same direction to stop that window’s prevent it from closing. express movement. Programming the Power Windows Window Automatic Reversal System Programming may be necessary if the The express-close feature will reverse vehicle's battery has been disconnected or window movement if it comes in contact discharged. If the window is unable to with an object. Extreme cold or ice could express-up, program each express-close cause the window to auto-reverse. The window: window will operate normally after the 1. Close all doors. Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount object or condition is removed. 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ to pivot to the side window, or to extend ACCESSORY. Automatic Reversal System Override along the rod, if available. 3. Partially open the window to be { Warning programmed. Then close it and continue The vehicle may have mirror lamps. The to pull the switch briefly after the lamps turn on and off when the cover is If automatic reversal system override is window has fully closed. opened and closed. active, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be 4. Open the window and continue to press injured and the window could be the switch briefly after the window has (Continued) fully opened. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Roof Sunroof Express Operation The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure. Press and release D (1) to vent. Press and Sunroof release again to express-open. Press D (1) Automatic Reversal System If equipped, the ignition must be on or in at any time to stop movement. Press and The sunroof has an automatic reversal ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory release g (1) to express-close. Press g system that is only active when the sunroof Power (RAP) must be active to operate the (1) at any time to stop movement. is operated in express-close mode. sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 182 and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 186. Sunroof Manual Operation If an object is in the path while express The sunroof can change to manual mode by closing, the reversal system will detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof or power holding D (1) while opening. The sunroof shade slightly. will now open as long as D (1) is held. Press and release again to change back to If frost or other conditions prevent closing, express operation. override the feature by closing the sunroof in manual mode. To stop movement, release Power Sunshade Express Operation the switch. Press and release C (2) to express-open the power sunshade. Press C (2) at any time to stop movement. Press and release Q (2) to express-close the power sunshade. Press Q (2) at any time to stop movement. 1. Sunroof Switch Power Sunshade Manual Operation 2. Sunshade Switch The power sunshade can change to manual mode by holding C (2) while opening. The power sunshade will now open as long as C (2) is held. Press and release again to change back to express operation. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 27 Airbag System Head Restraints Seats and Restraints Airbag System ...... 45 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 46 { Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 47 Warning Head Restraints ...... 27 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 48 With head restraints that are not Front Seats How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 48 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Seat Adjustment ...... 29 What Will You See after an Airbag greater chance that occupants will suffer Power Seat Adjustment ...... 30 Inflates? ...... 49 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Lumbar Adjustment ...... 30 Passenger Sensing System ...... 50 drive until the head restraints for all Reclining Seatbacks ...... 30 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped occupants are installed and adjusted Memory Seats ...... 32 Vehicle ...... 53 properly. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 34 Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 53 Rear Seats Airbag System Check ...... 54 Rear Seats ...... 35 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Rear Seat Armrest ...... 37 Crash ...... 54 Heated Rear Seats ...... 37 Child Restraints Seat Belts Older Children ...... 55 Seat Belts ...... 38 Infants and Young Children ...... 56 Buckle To Drive ...... 39 Child Restraint Systems ...... 58 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 39 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 60 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 41 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 43 (LATCH System) ...... 61 Seat Belt Extender ...... 43 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Safety System Check ...... 44 Crash ...... 67 Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Seat Belt Care ...... 44 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat the restraint is at the same height as the Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 67 top of the occupant's head. This position Crash ...... 44 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat reduces the chance of a neck injury in a Belt in the Front Seat) ...... 68 crash. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

28 Seats and Restraints Front Seat Rear Seat removal. In the event of an emergency, the following can be used as removal and The vehicle's front seats have adjustable The vehicle's rear seats have adjustable head installation instructions. Store the removed head restraints in the outboard seating restraints in the outboard seating positions. head restraints in a secure place. Reinstall positions. the head restraints before the seating position is occupied. Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Partially fold the seatback forward. See Rear Seats 0 35 for additional information.

The height of the head restraint can be To raise or lower the head restraint, press adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise the button located on the side of the head it. Try to move the head restraint to make restraint and pull up or push the head sure that it is locked in place. restraint down and release the button. To lower the head restraint, press the Pull and push on the head restraint after the button, located on the top of the seatback, button is released to make sure that it is and push the head restraint down. Try to locked in place. move the head restraint after the button is The front seat outboard head restraints are released to make sure that it is locked in place. not removable. 2. Press both buttons on the head restraint The rear seat outboard head restraints are posts at the same time, and pull up on not intended to be removed. If removal is the head restraint. required see your dealer for assistance with Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 29 3. Store the head restraint in a secure 1. Insert the head restraint posts into the place. holes in the top of the seatback. The notches on the posts must face the { Warning driver side of the vehicle. With head restraints that are not 2. Push the head restraint down. installed and adjusted properly, there is a If necessary, press the height adjustment greater chance that occupants will suffer release button to further lower the head a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not restraint. See Rear Seats 0 35. drive until the head restraints for all 3. Try to move the head restraint to make occupants are installed and adjusted sure that it is locked in place. properly. Front Seats To reinstall the head restraint: To adjust a manual seat: Seat Adjustment 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and { Warning release the handle. You can lose control of the vehicle if you 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to try to adjust a driver seat while the be sure it is locked in place. vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

30 Seats and Restraints Manual Seat Height Adjuster Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Move the lever on the outboard side of the . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. If equipped, press and hold the front or rear seat up or down to manually adjust the seat of the control to increase or decrease height. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat lumbar support. cushion by moving the front of the Power Seat Adjustment control up or down. Reclining Seatbacks . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving { Warning the entire control up or down. { Warning The power seats will work with the . Raise or lower the rear part of the seat Sitting in a reclined position when the ignition off. Children could operate the cushion by moving the back of the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. control up or down. power seats and be injured. Never leave Even when buckled up, the seat belts children alone in the vehicle. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining cannot do their job. Seatbacks 0 30. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 31 Do not have a seatback reclined if the 2. Move the seatback to the desired Warning (Continued) vehicle is moving. position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. The shoulder belt will not be against Manual Reclining Seatbacks your body. Instead, it will be in front of 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make you. In a crash, you could go into it, { Warning sure it is locked. receiving neck or other injuries. To return the seatback to the upright If either seatback is not locked, it could position: The lap belt could go up over your move forward in a sudden stop or crash. abdomen. The belt forces would be there, That could cause injury to the person 1. Lift the lever fully without applying not at your pelvic bones. This could cause sitting there. Always push and pull on pressure to the seatback, and the serious internal injuries. the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. seatback will return to the upright position. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make Then sit well back in the seat and wear sure it is locked. the seat belt properly. Power Reclining Seatbacks

To recline a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever.

To adjust a power seatback, if available: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

32 Seats and Restraints . Tilt the top of the control rearward to Before saving, adjust all available memory Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then recline. feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See . Tilt the top of the control forward to then press and release SET; a beep will “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. raise. sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To when the vehicle is turned off and the Memory Seats manually recall these positions, press and driver door is opened, or when the vehicle hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is is turned off with the driver door already reached. Follow the instructions under opened, select the Settings menu, then “Saving Memory Positions.” Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. transmitter number (1–8). See Remote 0 Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. . See Vehicle Personalization 100 for Only RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be used additional setting information. for automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number Information Center (DIC) welcome message To identify the driver number: indicating the transmitter number may display for the first few ignition cycles 1. Move your RKE transmitter away from following a transmitter change. For Seat the vehicle. Entry Memory to work properly, save the 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers positions to the memory button (1 or 2) transmitter. The DIC should display the to save and recall their unique seat positions matching the RKE transmitter number driver number for the other RKE for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit displayed in the DIC welcome message. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off and position for getting out of the vehicle. Other Carry the linked RKE transmitter when remove the key or RKE transmitter from feature positions may also be saved, such as entering the vehicle. the vehicle. power mirrors and power steering wheel, if equipped. Memory positions are linked to Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or RKE transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic . To have the Seat Entry Memory RKE transmitter. The DIC should display memory recalls. movement begin when the vehicle is the driver number of your RKE started, select the Settings menu, then transmitter. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 33 Saving Memory Positions To save the position for B and Seat Exit Seat Entry Memory Read these instructions completely before Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using The vehicle identifies the number of the saving memory positions. B. This saves the position for getting out current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2: of the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7. If the RKE transmitter is 1 or 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ Save preferred memory feature positions to both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. 2, and Seat Entry Memory is enabled in ACCESSORY. vehicle personalization, the positions saved A DIC welcome message may indicate Manually Recalling Memory Positions to the same memory button number 1 or 2 driver number 1 or 2. Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the are automatically recalled when the vehicle is turned on, or turned from off to ACC/ 2. Adjust all available memory features to previously saved memory positions if you ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8 will not the desired driving position. are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC provide automatic memory recalls. 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. welcome message. To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or To stop Manual Memory recall movement, 2 memory button matching the above B “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously release 1, 2, or or press any of the in this section and Vehicle Personalization DIC welcome message until two beeps following controls: 0 sound. 100. . Power seat The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start If too much time passes between . Memory SET releasing SET and pressing 1, the Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory memory position will not be saved and . Power mirror, with the driver or recall will complete if the vehicle is shifted two beeps will not sound. Repeat passenger side mirror selected out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved Steps 3 and 4. . Power steering wheel, if equipped memory position. 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, To stop Seat Entry Memory recall See “Identifying Driver Number” or B buttons may be initiated and may movement, turn the vehicle off or press any previously in this section. complete to the saved memory position if of the following controls: 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Power seat using 1 or 2. . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B . Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

34 Seats and Restraints . Power steering wheel, if equipped . Power mirror, with the driver or If the saved memory seat position does not passenger side mirror selected automatically recall or recalls to the wrong . Power steering wheel, if equipped positions, the driver’s RKE transmitter Obstructions number (1 or 2) may not match the memory button number that positions were saved to. If something has blocked the driver seat Try storing the position to the other while recalling a memory position, the recall memory button or try the other RKE may stop. Remove the obstruction and try transmitter. the recall again. If the memory position still does not recall, see your dealer. Seat Exit Memory Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an RKE Heated and Ventilated Front B Seats transmitter. The position saved to is If available, the buttons are on the climate used for all drivers. To turn Seat Exit { control panel. To operate, the engine must Memory on or off, see "Vehicle Warning be running. Personalization Settings" previously in this If temperature change or pain to the skin 0 L M section and Vehicle Personalization 100. cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Press or to heat the driver or B burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use passenger seat cushion and seatback. If turned on, the position saved to is Indicator lights on the button show the care when using the seat heater, automatically recalled when one of the current setting. following occurs: especially for long periods of time. Do . The vehicle is turned off and the driver not place anything on the seat that Press the button once for the highest door is opened within a short time. insulates against heat, such as a blanket, setting. With each press of the button, the cushion, cover, or similar item. This may heated seat will change to the next lower . The vehicle is turned off with the driver setting, and then to the off setting. The door open. cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press or may damage the seat. any of the following memory controls: The passenger seat may take longer to . Power seat heat up. . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 35 Press { or C to ventilate the driver or Remote Start Auto Heated and Ventilated Rear Seats passenger seat. Indicator lights on the Seats button show the current setting. During a remote start, the heated or Rear Seat Reminder Press the button once for the highest ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned If equipped, the message REAR SEAT setting. With each press of the button, the on automatically. When it is cold outside, REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays ventilated seat will change to the next lower the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot under certain conditions indicating there setting, and then to the off setting. The outside the ventilated seats turn on. The may be an item or passenger in the rear lights indicate three for the highest setting heated or ventilated seats may be canceled seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. and one for the lowest. when the ignition is turned on. Press the button to use the heated or ventilated seats This feature will activate when a second row Auto Heated Seats after the vehicle is started. door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned When the vehicle is on, this feature will The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights automatically activate the heated seats at on. There will be an alert when the vehicle on the button may not turn on during a is turned off. The alert does not directly the level required by the vehicle’s interior remote start. temperature. detect objects in the rear seat; instead, The heated seat temperature performance of under certain conditions, it detects when a The active high, medium, low, or off heated an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is rear door is opened and closed, indicating seat level will be indicated by the manual normal. that there may be something in the heated seat buttons on the center stack. Use rear seat. the manual heated seat buttons on the The heated or ventilated seats will not turn center stack to turn auto heated seats off. on during a remote start unless they are The feature is active only once each time If the passenger seat is unoccupied, the auto enabled in the vehicle personalization menu. the vehicle is turned on and off, and will heated seats feature will not activate that See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13 and require reactivation by opening and closing seat. The auto heated seats feature can be Vehicle Personalization 0 100. the second row doors. There may be an programmed to always be enabled when alert even when there is nothing in the rear the vehicle is on. seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the See Vehicle Personalization 0 100. vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. The feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 100. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

36 Seats and Restraints Folding the Seatback Either side of the seatback can be folded down for more cargo space. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. Caution Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. 3. Disconnect the rear seat belt mini-latch, 4. Open the trunk and pull the seatback The release levers for folding the rear using a key in the slot on the release lever to fold the rear seat. seatbacks are located in the trunk. To fold mini-buckle. the seatback down: 1. Lower the rear seat head restraints completely. See Head Restraints 0 27. 2. Lift the rear seat armrest and place it in the folded position, if necessary. See Rear Seat Armrest 0 37.

5. Fold the seatback forward. Let the belt retract. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 37 Repeat the steps for the other seatback, The center rear seat belt may lock when Rear Seat Armrest if desired. you raise the seatback. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start Raising the Seatback again. { 2. Push and pull the top of the seatback to Warning be sure it is locked into position. If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

{ Warning A seat belt that is improperly routed, not If equipped, the rear seat has an armrest in properly attached, or twisted will not the center of the seatback. Lower the provide the protection needed in a crash. armrest to access the two cupholders. The person wearing the belt could be To fold, lift the armrest up and push it seriously injured. After raising the rear 3. Reconnect the rear seat belt mini-latch to rearward until it is flush with the seatback. seatback, always check to be sure that the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. Heated Rear Seats the seat belts are properly routed and 4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the attached, and are not twisted. mini-latch is secure. { Warning 5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other To raise a seatback: If temperature change or pain to the skin seatback, if necessary. 1. Lift the seatback up and push it rearward cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause to lock it in place. Make sure the seat When the seat is not in use, it should be burns. See the Warning under Heated belt is not twisted or caught in the kept in the upright, locked position. and Ventilated Front Seats 0 34. seatback. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

38 Seats and Restraints Why Seat Belts Work Warning (Continued) wearing seat belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these With the engine running, press L to heat areas are more likely to be seriously the left or right outboard seat cushion. An injured or killed. Do not allow passengers When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast indicator light on the button will turn on to ride in any area of the vehicle that is as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops when the heated seat is on. Press the not equipped with seats and seat belts. suddenly, you keep going until something button again to turn this feature off. The Always wear a seat belt, and check that stops you. It could be the windshield, the indicator will turn off. instrument panel, or the seat belts! all passenger(s) are restrained properly too. When you wear a seat belt, you and the Seat Belts vehicle slow down together. There is more This section describes how to use seat belts This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to time to stop because you stop over a longer properly, and some things not to do. buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt distance and, when worn properly, your Reminders 0 85. strongest bones take the forces from the { Warning seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense. Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 39 Questions and Answers About Seat Belts pedal is pressed with the vehicle in P (Park), Restraints” in the Index for information a message displays in the Driver Information about the importance of proper Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a Center (DIC). Buckle the driver seat belt to restraint use. crash if I am wearing a seat belt? shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park) If the driver seat belt, and in some vehicles A: You could be — whether you are will be prevented once for each ignition the front passenger seat belt, is unbuckled wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance cycle. when driving, the seat belt reminder chime of being conscious during and after a For some fleet vehicles, the feature is and light(s) will come on. See Seat Belt crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, always ON and it cannot be turned OFF in Reminders 0 85. This feature may not is much greater if you are belted. the infotainment system. Shifting from function properly if the airbag readiness Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I P (Park) will be prevented each time the light is on. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. have to wear seat belts? above conditions exist. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. On some models, Buckle to Drive may also They work with seat belts — not instead prevent shifting out of P (Park) if a front Follow these rules for everyone's protection. of them. Whether or not an airbag is passenger is unbuckled under similar There are additional things to know about provided, all occupants still have to conditions. A message displays in the DIC. seat belts and children, including smaller buckle up to get the most protection. Buckle the front passenger seat belt to shift children and infants. If a child will be riding Also, in nearly all states and in all out of P (Park). This feature may not allow in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 55 or Canadian provinces, the law requires the vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an Infants and Young Children 0 56. Review wearing seat belts. object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery and follow the rules for children in addition bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on to the following rules. Buckle To Drive the front passenger seat. If this happens, remove the object from the seat or buckle It is very important for all occupants to If equipped, this feature prevents the vehicle the seat belt to shift out of P (Park). buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted from shifting out of P (Park) when the driver people are hurt more often in crashes than seat belt is not buckled. The Buckle to Drive If the driver, or on some vehicles, the those who are wearing seat belts. feature must be turned ON in the present front passenger remains unbuckled, infotainment system to work. See Vehicle the DIC message will turn off after several There are important things to know about Personalization 0 100 and if equipped, Teen seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out wearing a seat belt properly. Driver 0 153. If the engine is running, the of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child driver seat belt is not buckled, and the brake Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

40 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to on the floor in front of you (if possible). become loose or twisted. . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 41 If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is not attached, see Rear Seats 0 35 for instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to the mini-buckle. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index.

Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an arms or behind your back. armrest.

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt pieces. across you. Do not let it get twisted. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. lap-shoulder belt. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

42 Seats and Restraints The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 58. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on position on the seat, move the seat it clicks. the shoulder belt. rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, check if the correct buckle is Engaging the child restraint locking being used. feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger Pull up on the latch plate to make sure sensing system. See Passenger Sensing it is secure. If the belt is not long System 0 50. enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 43. Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 43 To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Pretensioners work only once. If the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the position. pretensioners and probably other parts of Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed 0 position, the retractor may lock and cannot Parts after a Crash 44. be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while belt straight out firmly to unlock the entering or exiting the vehicle or at any webbing, and then release it. If the webbing time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the is still locked in the retractor, see your seat belt can damage the webbing and dealer. hardware. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides is out of the way. If a door is slammed A pregnant woman should wear a against a seat belt, damage can occur to Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should both the seat belt and the vehicle. added seat belt comfort for older children be worn as low as possible, below the who have outgrown booster seats and for rounding, throughout the pregnancy. Seat Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a shoulder The best way to protect the fetus is to This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. protect the mother. When a seat belt is the front outboard occupants. Although the worn properly, it is more likely that the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they Comfort guides are available through your fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For are part of the seat belt assembly. They can dealer for the rear outboard seating pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to help tighten the seat belts during the early positions. Instructions are included with the making seat belts effective is wearing them stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near guides. properly. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help Seat belts work for everyone, including tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it. rollover event. are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

44 Seats and Restraints But if a seat belt is not long enough, your reversing the latch plate on the webbing. dealer will order you an extender. When If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and you will wear, so the extender will be long Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild enough for you. To help avoid personal working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 85. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the injury, do not let someone else use it, and webbing to dry. use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt extender has been designed for adults. Care 0 44. Never use it for securing child restraints. For Replacing Seat Belt System Parts more information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Care after a Crash of seat belt extenders see the instruction Keep belts clean and dry. sheet that comes with the extender. { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and Safety System Check maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and Periodically check the seat belt reminder, system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, person using it, resulting in serious injury shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make and seat belt anchorages to make sure they sure the seat belt systems are working are all in working order. Look for any other Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris properly after a crash, have them loose or damaged seat belt system parts in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in inspected and any necessary that might keep a seat belt system from the system please see the dealer. Parts may performing properly. See your dealer to need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted functionality of the system. After a minor crash, replacement of seat seat belts may not protect you in a crash. belts may not be necessary. But the seat Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under { Warning belt assemblies that were used during any impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. have it replaced immediately. If a belt is It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt twisted, it may be possible to untwist by a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 45 New parts and repairs may be necessary . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard even if the seat belt system was not being passenger and the passenger seated { Warning used at the time of the crash. directly behind the front outboard You can be severely injured or killed in a passenger Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if crash if you are not wearing your seat the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on belt, even with airbags. Airbags are airbag readiness light stays on after you the trim or on a label near the deployment designed to work with seat belts, not start the vehicle or while you are driving. opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not 0 See Airbag Readiness Light 85. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only Airbag System driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 47. The vehicle has the following airbags: . A frontal airbag for the driver For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Wearing your seat belt during a crash lower part of the instrument panel. helps reduce your chance of hitting . A frontal airbag for the front outboard things inside the vehicle or being ejected passenger For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the from it. Airbags are “supplemental . A knee airbag for the driver word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback or side of the seat closest to the door. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in . A knee airbag for the front outboard the vehicle should wear a seat belt passenger For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on properly, whether or not there is an the ceiling or trim. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the airbag for that person. driver Airbags are designed to supplement the . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the protection provided by seat belts. Even front outboard passenger though today's airbags are also designed to { Warning help reduce the risk of injury from the force . Seat-mounted side impact airbags for the Because airbags inflate with great force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate second row outboard passengers and faster than the blink of an eye, very quickly to do their job. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the anyone who is up against, or very close passenger seated directly behind the Here are the most important things to know to, any airbag when it inflates can be driver about the airbag system: seriously injured or killed. Do not sit (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

46 Seats and Restraints The front outboard passenger frontal airbag Warning (Continued) is in the passenger side instrument panel. unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with There is an airbag readiness light on the airbags. The driver should sit as far back instrument cluster, which shows the airbag as possible while still maintaining control symbol. The system checks the airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the electrical system for malfunctions. The light front outboard passenger airbags are tells you if there is an electrical problem. most effective when you are sitting well See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. Where Are the Airbags? Occupants should not lean on or sleep The driver knee airbag is below the steering against the door or side windows in column. The front outboard passenger knee seating positions with seat-mounted side airbag is below the glove box. impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 55 or 0 The driver frontal airbag is in the center of Infants and Young Children 56. the steering wheel. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 47

Warning (Continued) do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side window opening. If you do, the path of Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be The seat-mounted side impact airbags for blocked. the driver and front outboard passenger are On vehicles with second row seat-mounted in the side of the seatbacks closest to side impact airbags, they are in the sides of the door. the rear seatback closest to the door. When Should an Airbag Inflate? The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See 0 outboard passenger, and second row { Warning Airbag System 45. Airbags are designed to outboard passengers are in the ceiling above If something is between an occupant and inflate if the impact exceeds the specific airbag system's deployment threshold. the side windows. an airbag, the airbag might not inflate Deployment thresholds are used to predict properly or it might force the object into how severe a crash is likely to be in time that person causing severe injury or even for the airbags to inflate and help restrain death. The path of an inflating airbag the occupants. The vehicle has electronic must be kept clear. Do not put anything sensors that help the airbag system between an occupant and an airbag, and determine the severity of the impact. (Continued) Deployment thresholds can vary with specific vehicle design. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

48 Seats and Restraints Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in Seat-mounted side impact airbags are inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to moderate to severe frontal or near frontal designed to inflate in moderate to severe break out of the cover. The inflator, the crashes to help reduce the potential for side crashes depending on the location of airbag, and related hardware are all part of severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or the impact. Seat-mounted side impact the airbag module. front outboard passenger's head and chest. airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal For airbag locations, see Where Are the Whether the frontal airbags will or should impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, Airbags? 0 46. inflate is not based primarily on how fast or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what airbag is designed to inflate on the side of How Does an Airbag Restrain? the vehicle that is struck. is hit, the direction of the impact, and how In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal quickly the vehicle slows down. Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in collisions, even belted occupants can contact Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash moderate to severe side crashes depending the steering wheel or the instrument panel. speeds depending on whether the vehicle on the location of the impact. In addition, In moderate to severe side collisions, even hits an object straight on or at an angle, these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate belted occupants can contact the inside of and whether the object is fixed or moving, during a rollover or in a severe frontal the vehicle. rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags Airbags supplement the protection provided Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate will inflate when either side of the vehicle is by seat belts by distributing the force of the during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in struck or if the sensing system predicts that impact more evenly over the many side impacts. the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, occupant's body. In addition, the vehicle has advanced or in a severe frontal impact. Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are technology frontal airbags. Advanced In any particular crash, no one can say designed to help contain the head and chest technology frontal airbags adjust the whether an airbag should have inflated of occupants in the outboard seating restraint according to crash severity. simply because of the vehicle damage or positions in the first and second rows. The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are Knee airbags are designed to inflate in repair costs. designed to help reduce the risk of full or moderate to severe frontal or near frontal partial ejection in rollover events, although impacts. Knee airbags are not designed to What Makes an Airbag Inflate? no system can prevent all such ejections. inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear In a deployment event, the sensing system impacts, or in many side impacts. sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator. Gas from the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 49 But airbags would not help in many types off using the controls for those features. of collisions, primarily because the { Warning If any of these systems are damaged in the occupant's motion is not toward those When an airbag inflates, there may be crash they may not operate as normal. airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? dust in the air. This dust could cause 0 47. breathing problems for people with a { Warning Airbags should never be regarded as history of asthma or other breathing A crash severe enough to inflate the anything more than a supplement to seat trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the airbags may have also damaged belts. vehicle should get out as soon as it is important functions in the vehicle, such safe to do so. If you have breathing as the fuel system, brake and steering What Will You See after an problems but cannot get out of the systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears Airbag Inflates? vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get to be drivable after a moderate crash, After frontal, knee, and seat-mounted side fresh air by opening a window or a door. there may be concealed damage that impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, If you experience breathing problems could make it difficult to safely operate so quickly that some people may not even following an airbag deployment, you the vehicle. should seek medical attention. realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags Use caution if you should attempt to may still be at least partially inflated for restart the engine after a crash has some time after they inflate. Some The vehicle has a feature that may occurred. components of the airbag module may be automatically unlock the doors, turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, hot for several minutes. For location of the In many crashes severe enough to inflate airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 46. and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. The feature may also the airbag, windshields are broken by The parts of the airbag that come into activate, without airbag inflation, after an vehicle deformation. Additional windshield contact with you may be warm, but not too event that exceeds a predetermined breakage may also occur from the front hot to touch. There may be some smoke threshold. After turning the ignition off and outboard passenger airbag. and dust coming from the vents in the then on again, the fuel system will return to . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not normal operation; the doors can be locked, After an airbag inflates, you will need prevent the driver from seeing out of the the interior lamps can be turned off, and some new parts for the airbag system. windshield or being able to steer the the hazard warning flashers can be turned If you do not get them, the airbag vehicle, nor does it prevent people from system will not be there to help protect leaving the vehicle. you in another crash. A new system will Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

50 Seats and Restraints include airbag modules and possibly other either the word ON or OFF, and the symbol parts. The service manual for the vehicle for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger { Warning covers the need to replace other parts. Airbag Status Indicator 0 86. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can . The vehicle has a crash sensing and The passenger sensing system turns off the be seriously injured or killed if the diagnostic module which records front outboard passenger frontal airbag and passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is information after a crash. See Vehicle knee airbag under certain conditions. No because the back of the rear-facing child Data Recording and Privacy 0 329 and other airbag is affected by the passenger restraint would be very close to the Event Data Recorders 0 330. sensing system. inflating airbag. A child in a . Let only qualified technicians work on the The passenger sensing system works with forward-facing child restraint can be airbag systems. Improper service can sensors that are part of the front outboard seriously injured or killed if the passenger mean that an airbag system will not work passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors frontal airbag inflates and the passenger properly. See your dealer for service. are designed to detect the presence of a seat is in a forward position. Passenger Sensing System properly seated occupant and determine if Even if the passenger sensing system has the front outboard passenger frontal airbag turned off the front outboard passenger The vehicle has a passenger sensing system and knee airbag should be allowed to inflate airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one for the front outboard passenger position. or not. The passenger airbag status indicator will can guarantee that an airbag will not According to accident statistics, children are light on the overhead console when the deploy under some unusual circumstance, safer when properly secured in a rear seat vehicle is started. even though the airbag(s) are off. in the correct child restraint for their weight and size. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag is off. Whenever possible, children age 12 and If securing a forward-facing child restraint under should be secured in a rear seating in the front outboard passenger seat, position. always move the seat as far back as it Never put a rear-facing child seat in the will go. It is better to secure child front. This is because the risk to the restraints in the rear seat. Consider using The words ON and OFF, and the symbols for rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag another vehicle to transport the child on and off, will be visible during the system inflates. when a rear seat is not available. check. When the system check is complete, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 51 The passenger sensing system is designed to For some children, including children in child 1. Turn the vehicle off. turn off the front outboard passenger restraints and for very small adults, the 2. Remove the child restraint from the frontal airbag and knee airbag if: passenger sensing system may or may not vehicle. turn off the front outboard passenger . The front outboard passenger seat is 3. Remove any additional items from the unoccupied. frontal airbag and knee airbag, depending upon the person's seating posture and body seat such as blankets, cushions, seat . The system determines that an infant is covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. present in a child restraint. build. Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a seat 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the . A front outboard passenger takes his/her belt properly — whether or not there is an directions provided by the child restraint weight off of the seat for a period airbag for that person. manufacturer and refer to Securing Child of time. Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the . There is a critical problem with the airbag { Warning Front Seat) 0 68 or system or the passenger sensing system. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat If the airbag readiness light ever comes Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 67. When the passenger sensing system has on and stays on, it means that Make sure the seat belt retractor is turned off the front outboard passenger something may be wrong with the airbag locked by pulling the shoulder belt all frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF system. To help avoid injury to yourself indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder the way out of the retractor when or others, have the vehicle serviced right that the airbags are off. See Passenger installing the child restraint, even if the away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85 Airbag Status Indicator 0 86. child restraint is equipped with a seat for more information, including important belt lock-off. When the retractor lock is The passenger sensing system is designed to safety information. set, the belt can be tightened but not turn on the front outboard passenger frontal pulled out of the retractor. airbag and knee airbag anytime the system If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint senses that a person of adult size is sitting Restraint properly in the front outboard passenger and restarting the vehicle, the ON seat. When the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. has allowed the airbag(s) to be enabled, the turn off the front outboard passenger Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback ON indicator will light and stay lit as a frontal airbag and knee airbag if the system and adjust the seat cushion, reminder that the airbag(s) are active. determines that an infant is present in a if adjustable, to make sure that the child restraint. If a child restraint has been vehicle seatback is not pushing the child installed and the ON indicator is lit: restraint into the seat cushion. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

52 Seats and Restraints Also make sure the child restraint is not If a person of adult size is sitting in the 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person trapped under the vehicle head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF remain in this position for two to If this happens, adjust the head restraint. indicator is lit, it could be because that three minutes after the ON indicator See Head Restraints 0 27. person is not sitting properly in the seat or is lit. 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. Use the following steps to allow { Warning The passenger sensing system may or may the system to detect that person and enable If the front outboard passenger airbag is not turn off the airbags for a child in a child the front outboard passenger frontal airbag restraint depending upon the child’s size. and knee airbag: turned off for an adult-sized occupant, It is better to secure the child restraint in a the airbag will not be able to inflate and rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child 1. Turn the vehicle off. help protect that person in a crash, restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 2. Remove any additional material from the resulting in an increased risk of serious indicator is not lit. seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat injury or even death. An adult-sized covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an occupant should not ride in the front 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright outboard passenger seat, if the passenger Adult-Sized Occupant position. airbag OFF indicator is lit. 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs Additional Factors Affecting System comfortably extended. Operation 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is Seat belts help keep the passenger in pulled out all the way, the child restraint position on the seat during vehicle locking feature will be engaged. This maneuvers and braking, which helps the may unintentionally cause the passenger passenger sensing system maintain the sensing system to turn the airbag off for passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” some adult-sized occupants. If this and “Child Restraints” in the Index for happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt additional information about the importance go back all the way, and then buckle the of proper restraint use. belt again without pulling the belt out all the way. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 53 A thick layer of additional material, such as Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Adding Equipment to the a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle and seat massagers can affect how well the Airbags affect how the vehicle should be Adding accessories that change the vehicle's passenger sensing system operates. We serviced. There are parts of the airbag frame, bumper system, height, front end, recommend that you not use seat covers or system in several places around the vehicle. or side sheet metal may keep the airbag other aftermarket equipment except when Your dealer and the service manual have system from working properly. approved by GM for your specific vehicle. information about servicing the vehicle and The operation of the airbag system can also See Adding Equipment to the the airbag system. To purchase a service be affected by changing, including Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 53 for more manual, see Publication Ordering improperly repairing or replacing, any parts information about modifications that can 0 Information 327. of the following: affect how the system operates. { Warning . Airbag system, including airbag modules, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, front or side impact sensors, sensing and such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is diagnostic module, or airbag wiring laptop, or other electronic device is put on turned off and the 12‐volt battery is . Front seats, including stitching, seams or an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired disconnected, an airbag can still inflate zippers remove the object from the seat. during improper service. You can be . Seat belts injured if you are close to an airbag { Warning . Steering wheel, instrument panel, when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar Stowing articles under the passenger seat They are probably part of the airbag garnish trim or between the passenger seat cushion system. Be sure to follow proper service . Inner door seals, including speakers and seatback may interfere with the procedures, and make sure the person proper operation of the passenger performing work for you is qualified to Your dealer and the service manual have sensing system. do so. information about the location of the airbag modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring along with the proper replacement procedures. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

54 Seats and Restraints In addition, the vehicle has a passenger will be affected if the vehicle is modified for Replacing Airbag System Parts sensing system for the front outboard any other reason, call Customer Assistance. passenger position, which includes sensors See Customer Assistance Offices 0 322. after a Crash that are part of the passenger seat. The passenger sensing system may not operate Airbag System Check { Warning properly if the original seat trim is replaced The airbag system does not need regularly A crash can damage the airbag systems with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or scheduled maintenance or replacement. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system with GM covers, upholstery, or trim Make sure the airbag readiness light is may not properly protect you and your designed for a different vehicle. Any object, working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in such as an aftermarket seat heater or a serious injury or even death. To help comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed Caution make sure the airbag systems are under or on top of the seat fabric, could working properly after a crash, have also interfere with the operation of the If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, passenger sensing system. This could either or broken, the airbag may not work them inspected and any necessary prevent proper deployment of the passenger properly. Do not open or break the airbag replacements made as soon as possible. airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing coverings. If there are any opened or system from properly turning off the broken airbag coverings, have the airbag If an airbag inflates, you will need to passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing covering and/or airbag module replaced. replace airbag system parts. See your dealer System 0 50. For the location of the airbags, see Where for service. 0 If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Are the Airbags? 46. See your dealer If the airbag readiness light stays on after see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 275 for for service. the vehicle is started or comes on when you additional important information. are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right If the vehicle must be modified because you away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85. have a disability and have questions about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the airbag system Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 55 Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear According to accident statistics, children are Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under safer when properly restrained in a rear Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 41. If a comfort guide seating position. is not available, or if the shoulder belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up still does not rest on the shoulder, then can strike other people who are buckled up, return to the booster seat. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the children need to use seat belts properly. hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. { Warning . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for Never allow more than one child to wear the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a Q: What is the proper way to wear seat crash, they can be crushed together and belts? seriously injured. A seat belt must be A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder used by only one person at a time. Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 41. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

56 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Never allow a child to wear the seat belt tighten but cannot be loosened if it is shoulder belt under both arms or behind locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is their back. A child can be seriously pulled all the way out of the retractor. injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder It unlocks when the shoulder belt is belt properly. In a crash, the child would allowed to go all the way back into the not be restrained by the shoulder belt. retractor, but it cannot do this if it is The child could move too far forward wrapped around a child’s neck. If the increasing the chance of head and neck shoulder belt is locked and tightened injury. The child might also slide under around a child’s neck, the only way to the lap belt. The belt force would then be loosen the belt is to cut it. applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children Never leave children unattended in a cause serious or fatal injuries. The Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This vehicle and never allow children to play shoulder belt should go over the shoulder with the seat belts. and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, Every time infants and young children ride for everyone, to use safety restraints. In in vehicles, they should have the protection fact, the law in every state in the United provided by appropriate child restraints. States and in every Canadian province says Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its children up to some age must be restrained airbag system is designed for them. while in a vehicle. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of { Warning the vehicle. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 57 There are three basic types of child { Warning { Warning restraints: Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very . Forward-facing child restraints riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can . Rear-facing child restraints infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a . Belt-positioning booster seats is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child The proper child restraint for your child 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in compatible with the vehicle in which it will force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a be used. child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front For each type of child restraint, there are passenger seat as far back as it will go. many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. The instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the weight and height limitations for that particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of child restraints available for children with special needs.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

58 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Child Restraint Systems To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.

{ Warning A young child's hip bones are still so Forward-Facing Child Restraint small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint provides should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint for the child's body with the the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides harness. would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint. should always be secured in an appropriate child restraint. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 59 Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in 2. Instruction manual provided with the the Vehicle child restraint 3. This vehicle owner's manual { Warning The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or killed important, so if they are not available, in a crash if the child restraint is not obtain a replacement copy from the properly secured in the vehicle. Secure manufacturer. the child restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured child using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH restraint can move around in a collision or system, following the instructions that sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. came with that child restraint and the Be sure to properly secure any child Booster Seats instructions in this manual. restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. To help reduce the chance of injury, the A belt-positioning booster seat is used for In some areas Certified Child Passenger child restraint must be secured in the children who have outgrown their Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are inspect and demonstrate how to correctly vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's use and install child restraints. In the U.S., portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the seat belt system until the child is large refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 61 for properly without a booster seat. See the the nearest child safety seat inspection 0 more information. Children can be seat belt fit test in Older Children 55. station. For CPST availability in Canada, endangered in a crash if the child restraint is check with Transport Canada or the not properly secured in the vehicle. Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

60 Seats and Restraints Securing the Child Within the Child When securing a child restraint with the Restraint { Warning seat belts in a rear seat position, study the A child in a rear-facing child restraint can instructions that came with the child { Warning be seriously injured or killed if the front restraint to make sure it is compatible with passenger airbag inflates. This is because this vehicle. A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint Child restraints and booster seats vary would be very close to the inflating secured in the child restraint. Secure the considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed Do not install a child restraint in any rear that came with that child restraint. if the front passenger airbag inflates and seating position where it cannot be installed securely. Where to Put the Restraint the passenger seat is in a forward position. Depending on where you place the child According to accident statistics, children and Even if the passenger sensing system has restraint and the size of the child restraint, infants are safer when properly restrained in you may not be able to access adjacent seat an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can belts or LATCH anchors for additional rear seating position. passengers or child restraints. Adjacent guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and seating positions should not be used if the under some unusual circumstance, even child restraint prevents access to or under should be secured in a rear seating though it is turned off. position. interferes with the routing of the seat belt. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the The seat in front of an installed child rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you front. This is because the risk to the restraint should be adjusted to ensure rear-facing child is so great if the airbag secure a forward-facing child restraint in proper installation according to the child deploys. the front seat, always move the front restraint manual. passenger seat as far back as it will go. Wherever a child restraint is installed, be It is better to secure the child restraint in sure to follow the instructions that came a rear seat. with the child restraint and secure the child See Passenger Sensing System 0 50 for restraint properly. additional information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 61 Keep in mind that an unsecured child Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint can move around in a collision or secure the child and the booster seat. If the restraint where the combined weight of the sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. manufacturer recommends that the booster child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), Be sure to properly secure any child seat be secured with the LATCH system, this use either the lower LATCH anchorages with restraint in the vehicle — even when no can be done as long as the booster seat can the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt child is in it. be positioned properly and there is no with the top tether anchorage. Where the interference with the proper positioning of combined weight of the child and restraint Lower Anchors and Tethers for the lap-shoulder belt on the child. are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat Children (LATCH System) Make sure to follow the instructions that belt with the top tether anchorage only. The LATCH system secures a child restraint came with the child restraint, and also the during driving or in a crash. LATCH instructions in this manual. attachments on the child restraint are used When installing a child restraint with a top to attach the child restraint to the anchors tether, you must also use either the lower in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed anchors or the seat belts to properly secure to make installation of a child restraint the child restraint. A child restraint must easier. never be installed using only the top tether. In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can be properly installed using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use both the seat belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

62 Seats and Restraints Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Front Seat) 0 68 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Rear Seat) 0 67. install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front The following explains how to attach a child 0 restraint with these attachments in the Seat) 68 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 67. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 63 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint Rear Seat during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single I : Seating positions with top tether tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will anchors. have a single attachment hook (2) to secure H : Seating positions with two lower the top tether to the anchor. anchors. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

64 Seats and Restraints The top tether anchors are under the covers, behind the rear seat, on the filler panel. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Do not secure a child restraint in a position To assist in locating the lower anchors, each without a top tether anchor if a national or seating position with lower anchors has two local law requires that the top tether be labels, near the crease between the seatback attached, or if the instructions that come and the seat cushion. with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and The outboard lower anchors are behind the infants are safer when properly restrained in vertical openings in the seat trim. a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 60 for additional information. To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is on the Securing a Child Restraint Designed for cover. the LATCH System

{ Warning A child could be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly attached to the vehicle using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 65

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) seat belt. Follow the instructions that retractor, but it cannot do this if it is could damage the seat belt or the seat. came with the child restraint and the wrapped around a child’s neck. If the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its instructions in this manual. shoulder belt is locked and tightened stowed position, before folding the seat. around a child’s neck, the only way to If you need to secure more than one child loosen the belt is to cut it. { Warning restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put Buckle any unused seat belts behind the the Restraint 0 60. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal child restraint so children cannot reach 1. Attach and tighten the lower injuries during a crash, do not attach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way attachments to the lower anchors. If the more than one child restraint to a single out of the retractor to set the lock, and child restraint does not have lower anchor. Attaching more than one child tighten the belt behind the child restraint attachments or the desired seating restraint to a single anchor could cause after the child restraint has been position does not have lower anchors, the anchor or attachment to come loose installed. secure the child restraint with the top or even break during a crash. A child or tether and the seat belt. Refer to the others could be injured. child restraint manufacturer instructions Caution and the instructions in this manual. Do not let the LATCH attachments rub 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the { Warning against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may desired seating position. Children can be seriously injured or damage these parts. If necessary, move 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower around their neck. The shoulder belt can LATCH attachments. attachments on the child restraint tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Do not fold the rear seatback when the to the lower anchors. locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty 2. If the child restraint manufacturer pulled all the way out of the retractor. rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether be It unlocks when the shoulder belt is (Continued) attached, attach and tighten the top allowed to go all the way back into the (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

66 Seats and Restraints tether to the top tether anchor, headrest or head restraint and in if equipped. Refer to the child restraint between the headrest or head instructions and the following steps: restraint posts. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. Open the cover to expose the anchor. 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to the child restraint instructions and the If the position you are using does following instructions: not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the If the position you are using has an seatback. adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the headrest or head restraint. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint If the position you are using does at the LATCH path and attempt to move not have a headrest or head it side to side and back and forth. There restraint and you are using a single should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of tether, route the tether over the If the position you are using has an movement for proper installation. seatback. adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether under the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 67 Replacing LATCH System Parts If the child restraint has the LATCH system, 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat After a Crash (LATCH System) 0 61 for how and where to belt through or around the child install the child restraint using LATCH. If a restraint. The child restraint instructions { Warning child restraint is secured in the vehicle using will show you how. A crash can damage the LATCH system in a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 0 may not properly secure the child (LATCH System) 61 for top tether anchor restraint, resulting in serious injury or locations. even death in a crash. To help make sure Do not secure a child seat in a position the LATCH system is working properly without a top tether anchor if a national or after a crash, see your dealer to have the local law requires that the top tether be system inspected and any necessary anchored, or if the instructions that come replacements made as soon as possible. with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored. If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it In Canada, the law requires that was being used during a crash, new LATCH forward-facing child restraints have a top system parts may be needed. tether, and that the tether be attached. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until New parts and repairs may be necessary If the child restraint or vehicle seat position it clicks. If the latch plate will not go even if the LATCH system was not being does not have the LATCH system, you will fully into the buckle, check if the correct used at the time of the crash. be using the seat belt to secure the child buckle is being used. restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions Position the release button on the Securing Child Restraints (With that came with the child restraint. the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) buckle, away from the child restraint, so If more than one child restraint needs to be that the seat belt could be quickly When securing a child restraint in a rear installed in the rear seat, be sure to read unbuckled if necessary. seating position, study the instructions that Where to Put the Restraint 0 60. came with the child restraint to make sure 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. it is compatible with this vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

68 Seats and Restraints 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 61. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of vehicle seat belt and let it return to the tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back stowed position. If the top tether is attached retractor. into the retractor. When installing a to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down Securing Child Restraints (With on the child restraint as you tighten the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) the belt. This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a Try to pull the belt out of the retractor safer place to secure a forward-facing child to make sure the retractor is locked. restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint If the retractor is not locked, repeat 0 60. Steps 4 and 5. In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag under certain conditions. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 69 See Passenger Sensing System 0 50 and When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 86 for Warning (Continued) the child restraint in this position, follow the more information, including important Secure rear-facing child restraints in a instructions that came with the child safety information. rear seat, even if the airbag(s) are off. restraint and the following instructions: Never put a rear-facing child seat in the If you secure a forward-facing child 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go front. This is because the risk to the restraint in the front outboard passenger before securing the forward-facing child rear-facing child is so great if the airbag seat, always move the seat as far back as restraint. Move the seat upward or the deploys. it will go. It is better to secure the child seatback to an upright position, restraint in a rear seat. if needed, to get a tight installation of { the child restraint. Warning See Passenger Sensing System 0 50 for When the passenger sensing system has A child in a rear-facing child restraint can additional information. be seriously injured or killed if the front turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children indicator on the passenger airbag status inflates. This is because the back of the indicator should light and stay lit when rear-facing child restraint would be very (LATCH System) 0 61 for top tether anchor locations. you start the vehicle. See Passenger close to the inflating airbag. A child in a Airbag Status Indicator 0 86. forward-facing child restraint can be Do not secure a child seat in a position 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. seriously injured or killed if the front without a top tether anchor if a national or outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates local law requires that the top tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and the passenger seat is in a forward anchored, or if the instructions that come and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat position. with the child restraint say that the top belt through or around the child tether must be anchored. restraint. The child restraint instructions Even if the passenger sensing system has will show you how. turned off the front outboard passenger In Canada, the law requires that airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one forward-facing child restraints have a top can guarantee that an airbag will not tether, and that the tether be attached. deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag(s) are off. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

70 Seats and Restraints

4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. into the retractor. When installing a unbuckled if necessary. forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 71 move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System 0 50. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

72 Storage Storage Compartments If equipped, lower the armrest to access the Storage cupholders. Storage Compartments { Warning Center Console Storage Storage Compartments ...... 72 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in Glove Box ...... 72 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders ...... 72 objects may cause the cover to open and Center Console Storage ...... 72 could result in injury. Umbrella Storage ...... 73 Additional Storage Features Glove Box Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 73 Pull the handle up to open. Convenience Net ...... 73 Cupholders Rear Seat

The center console has storage under the armrest. Pull up the latch and lift to open. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Storage 73 Umbrella Storage Additional Storage Features Convenience Net For vehicles with a convenience net, it is in Cargo Tie-Downs the trunk and used to store small loads. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. Attach the loops on each side of the net to the cargo tie-downs in the trunk. See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 73.

Slide an umbrella into the opening on the driver or passenger door. There are cargo tie-downs in the trunk. The cargo tie-downs can be used to secure small loads or the convenience net. See Convenience Net 0 73. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

74 Instruments and Controls Brake System Warning Light ...... 88 Vehicle Messages Instruments and Controls Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 89 Vehicle Messages ...... 99 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 89 Engine Power Messages ...... 99 Controls Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 100 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 75 Light ...... 89 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 75 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light ...... 90 Vehicle Personalization Heated Steering Wheel ...... 75 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 90 Vehicle Personalization ...... 100 Horn ...... 75 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 90 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 75 Traction Off Light ...... 90 Clock ...... 76 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 91 Power Outlets ...... 77 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Wireless Charging ...... 78 Light ...... 91 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Warning Lights, Gauges, and Light (Uplevel Only) ...... 91 Indicators ...... 80 Tire Pressure Light ...... 92 Instrument Cluster ...... 80 Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 92 Speedometer ...... 82 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 92 Odometer ...... 82 Security Light ...... 93 Trip Odometer ...... 82 High-Beam On Light ...... 93 Tachometer ...... 83 Lamps On Reminder ...... 93 Fuel Gauge ...... 83 Cruise Control Light ...... 93 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 84 Door Ajar Light (Uplevel) ...... 94 Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Information Displays Cluster Only) ...... 84 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Seat Belt Reminders ...... 85 Level) ...... 94 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 85 Driver Information Center (DIC) Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 86 (Uplevel) ...... 96 Charging System Light ...... 86 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) ...... 87 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 75 Controls Steering Wheel Controls Horn Steering Wheel Adjustment The infotainment system can be operated Press a on the steering wheel pad to by using the steering wheel controls. See sound the horn. Steering Wheel Controls 0 112. Windshield Wiper/Washer Heated Steering Wheel

The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the To adjust the steering wheel: side of the steering column. With the 1. Pull the lever down. ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshield wiper lever to select the wiper 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. ( : If equipped with a heated steering speed. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or wheel, press to turn on or off. A light on away from you. HI : Use for fast wipes. the button displays when the feature is LO : Use for slow wipes. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering turned on. wheel in place. The steering wheel takes about Do not adjust the steering wheel while three minutes to reach maximum heat. driving. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

76 Instruments and Controls Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper If the windshield wiper lever is then moved motor. If the wiper motor overheats, the to OFF before the driver door is opened or windshield wipers will stop until the motor within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart cools and the wiper control is turned off. and move to the base of the windshield. 0 See Electrical System Overload 253. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield { Warning washing, the wipers continue to run until In freezing weather, do not use the they reach the base of the windshield. washer until the windshield is warmed. INT : Move the lever up to INT for f : Pull the windshield wiper lever Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice toward you to spray windshield washer fluid intermittent wipes, then turn the band up on the windshield, blocking your vision. for more frequent wipes or down for less and activate the wipers. The wipers will frequent wipes. continue until the lever is released or the maximum wash time is reached. When the OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. { Warning lever is released, additional wipes may occur 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the Before driving the vehicle, always clear depending on how long the windshield lever down. For several wipes, hold the snow and ice from the hood, windshield, washer had been activated. See Washer lever down. roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all Fluid 0 242 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades lamps and windows. Reduced visibility and windshield before using them. If frozen from snow and ice buildup could lead to Clock to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw a crash. them. Damaged blades should be replaced. Set the time and date using the See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 247. Wiper Parking infotainment system. See "Time / Date" 0 If the ignition is turned off while the wipers under Settings 147. are on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediately stop. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 77

Power Outlets Caution Power Outlet 12-Volt Direct Current Hanging heavy equipment from the The accessory power outlets can be used to power outlet can cause damage not plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell covered by the vehicle warranty. The phone or MP3 player. power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone There are two accessory power outlets: charge cords. . One on the center stack below the climate control system Always unplug electrical equipment when . One on the rear of the center console not in use and do not plug in equipment The outlet is powered when the ignition is that exceeds the maximum 20 amps rating. on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or until the driver Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating The power outlet is on the rear of the door is opened within 10 minutes of turning Current center console. off the vehicle. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 186. If equipped, this power outlet can be used An indicator light on the outlet turns on to to plug in electrical equipment that uses a show it is in use. The light comes on when Open the protective cover to use the maximum limit of 150 watts. the ignition is on, equipment requiring less accessory power outlet. than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, Certain electrical accessories may not be and no system fault is detected. compatible with the accessory power outlets The indicator light does not come on if the and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. ignition is off, if no equipment is plugged If there is a problem, see your dealer. into the outlet, or if the equipment is When adding electrical equipment, be sure plugged in, but not fully seated in the to follow the installation instructions outlet. included with the equipment. See Add-On 0 If equipment is connected using more than Electrical Equipment 226. 150 watts or a system fault is detected, the equipment may operate briefly then turn off. A protection circuit shuts off the power Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

78 Instruments and Controls supply and the indicator light turns off. To rate up to 3 amp (15W), as requested by the reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it compatible smartphone. See Radio { Warning back in or turn the Retained Accessory Frequency Statement 0 328. Remove all objects from the charging Power (RAP) off and then back on. See pocket before charging your compatible 0 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 186. The { Warning smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, power restarts when equipment using 150 Wireless charging can affect the rings, paper clips, or cards, between the watts or less is plugged into the outlet and smartphone and the charger will become a system fault is not detected. operation of an implanted pacemaker or other medical devices. If you have one, it very hot. On the rare occasion that the The power outlet is not designed for the is recommended to consult with your charging system does not detect an following, and may not work properly if doctor before using the wireless charging object, and the object gets wedged they are plugged in: system. between the smartphone and the . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, charger, remove the smartphone and such as compressor-driven refrigerators The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, allow the object to cool before removing and electric power tools or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be it from the charging pocket, to prevent . Other equipment requiring an extremely active. The wireless charging feature may burns. stable power supply, such as not correctly indicate charging when the microcomputer-controlled electric blankets vehicle is in RAP or during Bluetooth phone and touch sensor lamps calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 . Medical equipment 186. See High Voltage Devices and Wiring 0 253. The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system Wireless Charging and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone. If equipped, the vehicle has a wireless charging pocket outside the armrest of the center console. The system operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible smartphone. The power output of the system is capable of charging at a To charge a compatible smartphone: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 79 1. Remove all objects from the charging or may reduce the charging performance. Freescale-WCT library pocket. The system may not charge if See your dealer for additional Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale there are any objects in between the information. Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. smartphone and charging pocket. The smartphone may become warm 1. Redistributions of source code must 2. With the smartphone screen facing the during charging. This is normal. In retain the above copyright notice, this rear of the vehicle, slowly insert the warmer temperatures, the speed of list of conditions and the following smartphone into the charging pocket charging may be reduced. disclaimer. until a green } appears on V on the Software Acknowledgements 2. Redistributions in binary form must infotainment display. This indicates that reproduce the above copyright notice, the smartphone is properly positioned Certain Wireless Charging Module product from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the this list of conditions and the following and charging. If } turns yellow, ensure open source software detailed below. Refer disclaimer in the documentation and/or that the charging pocket is clear of any to the indicated open source licenses (as are other materials provided with the objects and that the smartphone is included following this notice) for the terms distribution. capable of wireless charging before and conditions of their use. 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder repositioning it. If } does not OSS Notice Information nor the names of its contributors may be illuminate, the smartphone may need to used to endorse or promote products be repositioned. To reposition, remove To obtain the source code that is contained derived from this software without the smartphone from the charging in this product, please visit specific prior written permission. pocket, turn it 180 degrees, and wait http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to three seconds before placing/aligning the the source code, all referred license terms, THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE smartphone into the charging pocket warranty disclaimers and copyright notices COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS again. are available for download. LG Electronics "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED To maximize the charge rate, ensure the will also provide open source code to you TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF smartphone is fully seated and centered on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A in the holder with nothing under it. performing such distribution (such as the PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN A thick smartphone case may prevent cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER the wireless charger from working, email request to [email protected]. This offer is valid for three (3) years from the OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY date on which you purchased the product. DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

80 Instruments and Controls (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, Instrument Cluster PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent English Base Level Shown, Metric Similar injury.

Some warning lights come on briefly when 1. Tachometer 0 83 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base the engine is started to indicate they are 2. Fuel Gauge 0 83 Level) 0 94 or working. When one of the warning lights Driver Information Center (DIC) comes on and stays on while driving, 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 84 (Uplevel) 0 96 or when one of the gauges shows there 0 may be a problem, check the section that 4. Speedometer 82 explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 81

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays. Press o to access the cluster applications. English Uplevel Shown, Metric Similar Use w or x to scroll through the list of available applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. 1. Tachometer 0 83 6. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 2. Speedometer 0 82 Level) 0 94 or . Info app. This is where you can view the selected Driver Information Center (DIC) 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 0 displays. See Driver Information Center 84 (Uplevel) 96 0 0 (DIC) (Base Level) 94 or 4. Fuel Gauge 83 Cluster Menu Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 5. Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Cluster Only) 0 96. 0 84 There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster. . Audio . Phone . Navigation Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

82 Instruments and Controls . Options Options Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display Audio V allows the driver to set a speed that they Press to select the Options app. Use w do not want to exceed. To set the Speed In the main view of the Audio app, press w or x to scroll through the items in the Warning, press p when Speed Warning is Options menu. or x to scroll through radio stations or displayed. Press w or x to adjust the move to the next/previous track of a CD/ Units : Press p while Units is displayed to value. Press V to set the speed. Once the USB/Bluetooth device that is connected to enter the Units menu. Choose U.S. or metric speed is set, this feature can be turned off the vehicle. Press V to select the Audio app, units by pressing V while the desired item by pressing V while viewing this page. then press p to enter the Audio menu. In is highlighted. If the selected speed limit is exceeded, a the Audio menu browse for music, select pop-up warning is displayed with a chime. from the favorites, or change the audio Display Themes : Press p while Display source. Themes is displayed to enter the menu. Speedometer Choose Sport or Touring by pressing V Phone while the desired item is highlighted. The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed Press V to select the Phone app, then press in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or Pocket Gauges : Press p while Pocket miles per hour (mph). p to enter the Phone menu. In the Phone Gauges is displayed to enter the menu and menu, if there is no active phone call, view select gauges that can be displayed on the Odometer recent calls, scroll through contacts, or select left or right of the display area. If equipped, from the favorites. If there is an active call, The odometer shows how far the vehicle has choose oil temperature, battery voltage, fuel been driven, in either kilometers or miles. mute or unmute the phone or switch to range, or fuel economy. handset or handsfree operation. Trip Odometer Navigation Info Pages : Press p while Info Pages is displayed to enter the Info Pages menu and The trip odometer shows how far the Press V to select the Navigation app, then select the items to be displayed in the Info vehicle has been driven since the trip press p to enter the Navigation menu. app. See Driver Information Center (DIC) odometer was last reset. 0 If there is an active route, press V to cancel (Base Level) 94 or The trip odometer is accessed and reset Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) or resume route guidance or turn the voice 0 through the Driver Information Center (DIC). prompts on/off. 96. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 83

See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Caution (Continued) Level) 0 94 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not 0 96. operate the engine with the rpm in the warning area. Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in Fuel Gauge revolutions per minute (rpm). For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the vehicle is on and can move. The engine English Uplevel Shown, Metric Similar could auto start at any time. When the When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off. indicates about how much fuel is left in When the engine is on, the tachometer will the tank. indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute There is an arrow near the fuel gauge (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop mode, door is on. when the engine is shutting off and English Base Level Shown, Metric Similar restarting. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel Caution left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. If the engine is operated with the rpm in Here are three things that some owners ask the warning area at the high end of the about. None of these show a problem with tachometer, the vehicle could be the fuel gauge: damaged, and the damage would not be . It takes a little more, or less fuel to fill up (Continued) than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

84 Instruments and Controls was half full, but it actually took a little conditions, pull off the road, stop the more, or less than half the tank's capacity vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as to fill the tank. possible. See Engine Overheating 0 241. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner, speeding up or braking. Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel . The gauge takes a few seconds to Cluster Only) stabilize after the ignition is turned on and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge English Uplevel Shown, Metric Similar This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. If the gauge pointer moves toward the warning area at the high end of the gauge, the engine is too hot. When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates The engine coolant temperature warning the battery voltage. light comes on when the engine is too hot. See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning When the engine is running, this gauge Light (Uplevel Only) 0 91. shows the condition of the charging system. The gauge can transition from a higher to This reading indicates the same thing as the lower or a lower to higher reading. This is English Base Level Shown, Metric Similar warning light. It means that the engine normal. If the vehicle is operating outside coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has the normal operating range, the charging been operating under normal driving system light comes on. See Charging System Light 0 86. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 85 Readings outside the normal operating When the vehicle is started, this light range can also occur when a large number flashes and a chime may come on to remind of electrical accessories are operating in the passengers to fasten their seat belt. vehicle and the engine is left idling for an Then the light stays on solid until the belt is extended period. This condition is normal buckled. This cycle continues several times if since the charging system is not able to the front passenger remains or becomes provide full power at engine idle. As engine When the vehicle is started, this light unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. speeds are increased, this condition should flashes and a chime may come on to remind correct itself as higher engine speeds allow If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the driver to fasten their seat belt. the charging system to create maximum neither the chime nor the light comes on. power. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is The front passenger seat belt reminder light buckled. This cycle may continue several The vehicle can only be driven for a short and chime may come on if an object is put times if the driver remains or becomes time with the readings outside the normal on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. operating range. If the vehicle must be grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic driven, turn off all accessories, such as the If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or radio and air conditioner, and unplug all light nor the chime comes on. chime, remove the object from the seat or chargers and accessories. buckle the seat belt. Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Readings outside the normal operating Light Airbag Readiness Light range indicate a possible problem in the electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced The vehicle may have a front passenger seat This light shows if there is an electrical as soon as possible. belt reminder light near the passenger problem with the airbag system. The system airbag status indicator. See Passenger check includes the airbag sensor(s), Seat Belt Reminders Sensing System 0 50. passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light crash sensing and diagnostic module. For There is a driver seat belt reminder light on more information on the airbag system, see 0 the instrument cluster. Airbag System 45. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

86 Instruments and Controls If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service.

{ Warning The airbag readiness light comes on for When the vehicle is started, the passenger several seconds when the vehicle is started. airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, If the airbag readiness light ever comes If the light does not come on then, have it and the symbols for on and off, for several on and stays on, it means that fixed immediately. seconds as a system check. Then, after something may be wrong with the airbag several more seconds, the status indicator system. To help avoid injury to yourself { Warning will light either ON or OFF, and either the or others, have the vehicle serviced right If the airbag readiness light stays on on or off symbol, to let you know the away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 85 after the vehicle is started or comes on status of the front outboard passenger for more information, including important while driving, it means the airbag system frontal airbag and knee airbag. safety information. might not be working properly. The If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in on the passenger airbag status indicator, it Charging System Light a crash, or they could even inflate means that the front outboard passenger without a crash. To help avoid injury, frontal airbag and knee airbag are allowed have the vehicle serviced right away. to inflate. If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System 0 50 for and knee airbag. The charging system light comes on briefly important safety information. The overhead when the ignition is turned on, but the console has a passenger airbag status engine is not running, as a check to show indicator. the light is working. It should go out when the engine is started. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 87

If the light stays on, or comes on while Caution (Continued) driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging system. Have it checked lead to costly repairs not covered by the by your dealer. Driving while this light is on vehicle warranty. This could also affect could drain the battery. the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Malfunctions are often indicated by the Accessories and Modifications 229. a message. system before any problem is noticeable. Being aware of the light and seeking service If the light is flashing : A malfunction has If a short distance must be driven with the been detected that could damage the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, promptly when it comes on may prevent damage. emission control system and increase vehicle such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a emissions. Diagnosis and service may be safe place to stop the vehicle. Caution required. Malfunction Indicator Lamp If the vehicle is driven continually with To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle (Check Engine Light) this light on, the emission control system speed and avoid hard accelerations and may not work as well, the fuel economy uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the This light is part of the vehicle’s emission may be lower, and the vehicle may not amount of cargo being hauled as soon as possible. control on-board diagnostic system. If this run smoothly. This could lead to costly light is on while the engine is running, a repairs that might not be covered by the If the light continues to flash, find a safe malfunction has been detected and the vehicle warranty. place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait vehicle may require service. The light should at least 10 seconds before restarting the come on to show that it is working when engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition Caution the previous guidelines and see your dealer Positions 0 182. Modifications to the engine, transmission, for service as soon as possible. exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the If the light is on steady : A malfunction has use of replacement tires that do not been detected. Diagnosis and service may be meet the original tire specifications, can required. cause this light to come on. This could Check the following: (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

88 Instruments and Controls . If fuel has been added to the vehicle See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass using the capless fuel funnel adapter, or cannot be made ready for the test. make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” Brake System Warning Light under Filling the Tank 0 219. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into The DLC is under the instrument panel to the atmosphere. A few driving trips with the left of the steering wheel. Connecting the adapter removed may turn off the devices that are not used to perform an light. Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to Metric English . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment engine operation and poor driveability, 0 This light should come on briefly when the which may go away once the engine is 226. See your dealer if assistance is vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel needed. then, have it fixed so it will be ready to brand. It may require at least one full The vehicle may not pass inspection if: warn you if there is a problem. tank of the proper fuel to turn the light . The light is on when the engine is If the light comes on and stays on at start off. See Recommended Fuel (1.5L Engine) running. up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake 0 218 or . The light does not come on when the system inspected right away. Recommended Fuel (2.0L Engine) 0 218. ignition is in Service Mode. If the light comes on while driving, pull off If the light remains on, see your dealer. . Critical emission control systems have not the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal Emissions Inspection and Maintenance been completely diagnosed. If this might be harder to push, or the brake pedal Programs happens, the vehicle would not be ready may go closer to the floor. It could take for inspection and might require longer to stop. If the light is still on, have If the vehicle requires an Emissions several days of routine driving before the the vehicle towed for service. See Towing Inspection/Maintenance test, the test system is ready for inspection. This can the Vehicle 0 292. equipment will likely connect to the happen if the 12-volt battery has recently vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 89 This light comes on when the parking brake A message may also display in the Driver { Warning is applied. If the light continues flashing Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking The brake system might not be working after the parking brake is released, or while Brake 0 192. properly if the brake system warning driving, there is a problem with the Electric light is on. Driving with the brake system Parking Brake system. A message may also Antilock Brake System (ABS) warning light on can lead to a crash. display in the Driver Information Warning Light If the light is still on after the vehicle has Center (DIC). been pulled off the road and carefully If the light does not come on, or remains stopped, have the vehicle towed for flashing, see your dealer. service. Service Electric Parking Brake Electric Parking Brake Light Light This warning light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If the light comes on while driving, safely Metric English Base Level stop as soon as it is possible and turn off This light should come on briefly when the the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on, to reset the system. have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes there is a problem. on again while driving, the vehicle needs If this light stays on or comes on while service. A chime may also sound when the driving, there is a problem with the Electric light stays on. Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a If the ABS warning light is the only light on, dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is parking brake, other safety functions that not functioning. English Uplevel utilize the EPB may also be degraded. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

90 Instruments and Controls If both the ABS warning light and the brake LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal If equipped, this indicator will display amber system warning light are on, ABS is not is active in the direction of lane departure, when a nearby pedestrian is detected in functioning and there is a problem with the or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, front of the vehicle. regular brakes. See your dealer for service. braking, or actively steering. See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System See Brake System Warning Light 0 88. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 216. 0 212. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Vehicle Ahead Indicator Traction Off Light

After the vehicle is started, this light turns If equipped, this indicator will display green This light comes on briefly when the vehicle off and stays off if LKA has not been turned when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle on or is unavailable. when you are following a vehicle ahead serviced by your dealer. If the system is If equipped, this light is white if LKA is much too closely. working normally, the indicator light then turned on, but not ready to assist. This light See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System turns off. is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to 0 209. The traction off light comes on when the assist. Traction Control System (TCS) has been Pedestrian Ahead Indicator LKA may assist by gently turning the turned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also detected lane marking. The LKA light is turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on, amber when assisting. see Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193. This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless lane marking has been crossed. necessary to help protect the driveline from damage. Adjust driving accordingly. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 91 StabiliTrak OFF Light Traction Control System (TCS)/ Engine Coolant Temperature StabiliTrak Light Warning Light (Uplevel Only)

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light does not come on, This light comes on briefly when the vehicle This light comes on briefly while starting have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. is turned on. the vehicle. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off. If the light does not come on, have the If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the your dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ system is working normally, the indicator normally the indicator light goes off. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is light turns off. turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Caution Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/ and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system The engine coolant temperature warning Electronic Stability Control 0 193. are not fully operational and may not assist light indicates that the vehicle has in maintaining control. Adjust driving overheated. Driving with this light on can If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not accordingly. If the condition persists, see damage the engine and it may not be assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver covered by the vehicle warranty. See driving accordingly. Information Center (DIC) message may Engine Overheating 0 241. display. The light flashes when the TCS and/or the The engine coolant temperature warning StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working. light comes on when the engine has overheated. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

92 Instruments and Controls If this happens, pull over and turn off the When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On engine as soon as possible. See Engine Steady 0 Overheating 241. If the light flashes for about a minute and Tire Pressure Light then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This light should come on briefly as the 0 269. engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it means Caution that oil is not flowing through the engine For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor properly. The vehicle could be low on oil System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly Lack of proper engine oil maintenance and might have some other system when the engine is started. It provides can damage the engine. Driving with the problem. See your dealer. information about tire pressures and engine oil low can also damage the the TPMS. engine. The repairs would not be covered Low Fuel Warning Light by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil When the Light Is On Steady level as soon as possible. Add oil if This indicates that one or more of the tires required, but if the oil level is within the are significantly underinflated. operating range and the oil pressure is A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire still low, have the vehicle serviced. pressure message may also display. Stop as Always follow the maintenance schedule soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the for changing engine oil. pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 266.

Metric Base Level Shown, English Similar Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 93 If the light stays on and the engine does Lamps On Reminder not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 20. High-Beam On Light Uplevel

A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel This light comes on when the exterior lamps gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is are in use, except when only the Daytime turned on as a check to show it is working. Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior It also comes on when the fuel gauge Lamp Controls 0 104. indicator nears empty. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the This light comes on when the high-beam Cruise Control Light vehicle serviced. headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/ Low-Beam Changer 0 105. Security Light IntelliBeam Light

The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and 0 The security light should come on briefly as This light comes on when the IntelliBeam active. See Cruise Control 195. the engine is started. If it does not come on, system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Lamp Controls 0 104. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

94 Instruments and Controls Adaptive Cruise Control Light Information Displays Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items Use w or x to scroll through the menu Driver Information Center (DIC) items. Not all items are available on every (Base Level) vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster. See Instrument Digital Speed : Displays how fast the vehicle Cluster 0 80. The displays show the status is moving in either kilometers per hour This light comes on when Adaptive Cruise of many vehicle systems. (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The Control (if equipped) is active. See Adaptive speedometer cannot be reset. Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 197. Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel Economy : Door Ajar Light (Uplevel) Displays the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from the last reset for the trip odometer. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing and holding V while the trip odometer display is showing. Also displays the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per This light comes on when a door is open or gallon (mpg). This number is based on the not securely latched. Before driving, check number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since that all doors are properly closed. w or x : Press to move up or down in the last time this menu item was reset. This a list. number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has o or p : Press to move between the DIC right now, and will change as driving menus. conditions change. Reset the average V V : Press to open a menu or select a menu consumption by pressing when it is item. Press and hold to reset values on displayed. certain screens. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 95 Fuel Range : Displays the approximate Vehicle Information Menu (VEHICLE) Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, distance the vehicle can be driven without Items outside temperature, and oil viscosity. On refueling. The fuel range estimate is based some models, the oil pump will vary engine on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy Use w or x to scroll through the menu oil pressure according to engine needs. Oil over recent driving history and the amount items. Not all items are available on every pressure may change quickly as the engine of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel vehicle. The following is a list of all possible speed or load varies. This is normal. If the range cannot be reset. menu items: oil pressure warning light or Driver Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the Remaining Oil Life : Displays an estimate of Information Center (DIC) message indicates average vehicle speed of the vehicle in the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING oil pressure outside the normal operating kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% range, check the vehicle's oil as soon as hour (mph). This average is based on the of the current oil life remains. possible. various vehicle speeds recorded since the When the remaining oil life is low, the Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the last reset. Reset the average speed by CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will engine air filter’s remaining useful life and pressing V when it is displayed. appear on the display. The oil should be the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 95% means 95% of the current air filter life Timer : To start the timer, press V while 0 234. In addition to the engine oil life remains. Messages will display based on the Timer is displayed. The display will show the system monitoring the oil life, additional engine air filter life and the state of the amount of time that has passed since the maintenance is recommended. See system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL timer was last reset, not including time the Maintenance Schedule 0 304. CHANGE message displays, the engine air ignition is off. Time will continue to be filter should be replaced at the time of the counted as long as the ignition is on, even if The Oil Life display must be reset after each next oil change. When the REPLACE NOW another display is being shown on the DIC. oil change. Do not reset the Oil Life display message displays, the engine air filter The timer will record up to 99 hours, accidentally at any time other than when should be replaced as soon as possible. 59 minutes, and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after the oil has just been changed. It cannot be The Air Filter Life display must be reset after which the display will return to zero. To reset accurately until the next oil change. To V reset the engine oil life system, see Engine the engine air filter replacement. To reset, stop the timer, press briefly while Timer 0 see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 237. is displayed. To reset the timer to zero, Oil Life System 236. press and hold V. Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

96 Instruments and Controls Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle with the ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) Items Driver Information Center (DIC) approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either Use w or x to scroll through the menu (Uplevel) kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square items. Not all items are available on every The DIC displays are shown in the center of inch (psi). See Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle. the instrument cluster in the Info app. See 0 268 and Best Average Fuel Economy : The bottom Instrument Cluster 0 80. The displays show Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 269. displays the best average fuel economy the status of many vehicle systems. Battery Voltage : Displays the current (AFE) that is achieved for a selected battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage distance. The top displays a running average changes are normal while driving. See of fuel economy for the most recently Charging System Light 0 86. If there is a traveled selected distance. The center bar problem with the battery charging system, graph displays the instantaneous fuel the DIC will display a message. economy. Quickly press V to change the settings for the distance options. Coolant Temperature : Shows the engine coolant temperature in either degrees When viewing best AFE, a several second Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). press and hold of V will reset the best Speed Warning : This display is used to set value. The best value will show “---“ until the vehicle speed at which the speed the selected distance has been traveled. warning chime sounds and the alert is The display provides feedback on how displayed. The speed can be set by pressing current driving behavior in the bar graph w or x : Press to move up or down in a V while the speed warning display is affects the running average in the top list, or on the main view press to cycle showing. display and how well recent driving through the different Info app pages. Units : Move w or x to change between compares to the best that has been achieved. o or p : Press o to open application Metric or US when the Unit display is active. menus on the left. Press p to open Press V to confirm the setting. This will interaction menus on the right. change the displays on the DIC to the type of measurements you select. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 97 V : Press to select a menu item. Press and can be turned on through the Settings app. vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving hold to reset values on certain screens, See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this history and the amount of fuel remaining in or on the main view reset info pages to the section. the fuel tank. original setting. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Displays the DIC Info Page Options kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per current fuel economy in liters per hour (mph). 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per The info pages on the DIC can be turned on gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the or off through the Settings menu. Trip A or Trip B : Shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or approximate fuel economy that the vehicle 1. Press o to access the cluster miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last has right now and changes frequently as applications. reset. driving conditions change. This display cannot be reset. 2. Press w or x to scroll to the Settings This also shows the approximate average application. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 3. Press V to enter the Settings menu. per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the 4. Scroll to Info Pages and press p. recorded since the last time this menu item current oil life remains. 5. Press w or x to move through the list was reset. This number reflects only the When the remaining oil life is low, the of possible information displays. approximate average fuel economy that the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will vehicle has right now, and will change as appear on the display. The oil should be 6. Press V while an item is highlighted to driving conditions change. changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil select or deselect that item. When an V 0 234. In addition to the engine oil life item is selected, a checkmark will appear Press and hold while this display is active system monitoring the oil life, additional next to it. to reset the trip odometer and the average maintenance is recommended in the fuel economy. Trip A and Trip B can also be Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance DIC Info Pages reset by pressing p and choosing reset. Schedule 0 304. The following is the list of all possible DIC Fuel Range : Shows the approximate The Oil Life display must be reset after each info page displays. Some may not be distance the vehicle can be driven without oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not to available for your particular vehicle. Some refueling. LOW will be displayed when the reset the Oil Life display at any time other items may not be turned on by default but vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range than when the oil has just been changed. estimate is based on an average of the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

98 Instruments and Controls It cannot be reset accurately until the next hour (mph). This average is based on the Timer : This display can be used as a timer. oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life various vehicle speeds recorded since the To start the timer, press V while this System 0 236. last reset. Reset the average speed by display is active. The display will show the V Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the pressing when it is displayed. amount of time that has passed since the engine air filter’s remaining useful life and Fuel Economy : The center displays the timer was last reset. To stop the timer, the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life approximate instantaneous fuel economy as press V briefly while this display is active 95% means 95% of the current air filter life a number and bar graph. Displayed above and the timer is running. To reset the timer remains. Messages will display based on the the bar graph is a running average of fuel to zero, press and hold V while this display engine air filter life and the state of the economy for the most recently traveled is active, or press p and select reset. system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL selected distance. Displayed below the bar CHANGE message displays, the engine air graph is the best average fuel economy that Speed Limit : Shows the current speed limit filter should be replaced at the time of the has been achieved for the selected distance. on vehicles with the navigation system. The next oil change. When the REPLACE NOW The selected distance is displayed at the top information for this page comes from a message displays, the engine air filter of the page as “last xxx mi/km.” roadway database. should be replaced as soon as possible. Follow Distance : When Adaptive Cruise Press p to select the distance or reset best The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Control (ACC) is not engaged, the current the engine air filter replacement. To reset, value. Use w and x to choose the follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 237. distance and press V. Press w and x to as a time value on this page. When ACC has select “Reset Best Score.” Press V to reset been engaged, the display switches to the Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate gap setting page. This page shows the pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is the best average fuel economy. After reset, the best value displays “-,-” until the current gap setting along with the vehicle displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in ahead indicator. pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure selected distance has been traveled. is low, the value for that tire is shown in The display provides information on how Battery Voltage : Displays the current amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System current driving behavior affects the running battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage 0 268 and average and how well recent driving changes are normal while driving. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 269. compares to the best that has been Charging System Light 0 86. If there is a achieved for the selected distance. problem with the battery charging system, Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the the DIC will display a message. average vehicle speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 99 Coolant Temperature : Shows the engine The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission coolant temperature in either degrees immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is displayed in require immediate action cannot be cleared either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per until that action is performed. Engine Power Messages square inch (psi). All messages should be taken seriously; ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, clearing the message does not correct the problem. This message displays when the vehicle's outside temperature, and oil viscosity. On propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in some models, the oil pump will vary engine If a SERVICE message appears, see your propulsion power can affect the vehicle's oil pressure according to engine needs. Oil dealer. ability to accelerate. If this message is on, pressure may change quickly as the engine but there is no observed reduction in speed or load varies. This is normal. If the Follow the instructions given in the messages. The system displays messages performance, proceed to your destination. oil pressure warning light or Driver Under certain conditions the performance Information Center (DIC) message indicates regarding the following topics: . Service Messages may be reduced the next time the vehicle is oil pressure outside the normal operating driven. The vehicle may be driven while this range, check the vehicle's oil as soon as . Fluid Levels message is on, but maximum acceleration possible. . Vehicle Security and speed may be reduced. Anytime this Blank Page : Shows no information. . Brakes message stays on, or displays repeatedly, . Steering the vehicle should be taken to your dealer Vehicle Messages . Ride Control Systems for service as soon as possible. Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the . Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, status of the vehicle or some action that . Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting after the ignition has been off for may be needed to correct a condition. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement 30 seconds. Multiple messages may appear one after . Wiper/Washer Systems another. . Doors and Windows . Seat Belts . Airbag Systems Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

100 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Speed Messages The menu may contain the following: Auto Heated Seats Rear Seat Reminder When enabled, this feature will SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) automatically activate the heated seats at This message shows that the vehicle speed This allows for a chime and a message when the level required by the interior has been limited to the speed displayed. The the rear door has been opened before or temperature. The auto heated seats can be limited speed is a protection for various during operation of the vehicle. turned off by using the heated seat buttons propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Touch Off or On. on the center stack. See Heated and lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Ventilated Front Seats 0 34. Buckle to Drive Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. Touch Off or On. This feature can prevent shifting out of Park Vehicle Personalization when the driver, and if applicable the front Auto Defog passenger, seat belt is not buckled. See When turned on and high humidity is The following are all possible vehicle Buckle To Drive 0 39. detected, the climate control system may personalization features. Depending on the Touch Off or On. adjust to outside air supply and turn on the vehicle, some may not be available. air conditioner or the heater. The fan speed For System, Apps, and Personal features and Climate and Air Quality may slightly increase to help prevent functions, see Settings 0 147. fogging. When high humidity is no longer Touch and the following may display: detected, the system will return to its prior To access the vehicle personalization menu: . Auto Fan Speed operation. 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home . Auto Heated Seats Touch Off or On. Page of the infotainment display. . Auto Defog 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of . Auto Rear Defog Auto Rear Defog available options. Auto Fan Speed When on, this feature turns on the rear 3. Touch to select the desired feature defogger at vehicle start when the interior setting. This feature will set the auto fan speed. temperature is cold and fog is likely. The auto rear defog function can be disabled by 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. Touch Low, Medium, or High. pressing K. When off, the feature can be 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the Settings menu. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 101 turned on by pressing K. See “Rear Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier Touch Off or On. Window Defogger” under Dual Automatic This feature will give a reminder that Comfort and Convenience Climate Control System 0 166. Adaptive Cruise Control provides when it has Touch and the following may display: Touch Off or On. brought the vehicle to a complete stop behind another stopping vehicle, and then . Chime Volume Collision/Detection Systems that vehicle drives on. See Adaptive Cruise . Reverse Tilt Mirror Control (Advanced) 0 197. Touch and the following may display: Chime Volume Touch Off or On. . Forward Collision System This allows the selection of the chime . Front Pedestrian Detection Lane Change Alert volume level. . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This allows the Lane Change Alert feature to Touch the controls on the infotainment . Lane Change Alert be turned on or off. See Lane Change Alert display to adjust the volume. . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols (LCA) 0 214. Reverse Tilt Mirror . Rear Cross Traffic Alert When Lane Change Alert is disabled, Side When on, the driver, passenger, or both Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. Forward Collision System driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt This setting can alert of a potential crash Touch Off or On. downward when the vehicle is shifted into with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. ground near the rear wheels. They may This setting enables the Rear Camera Park move from their tilted position when the Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or Front Pedestrian Detection Parking or Backing 0 205. turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 22. This feature may help avoid or reduce the Touch Off or On. Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - harm caused by front-end crashes with Rear Cross Traffic Alert Driver, or On - Passenger. nearby pedestrians. This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert Lighting See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System feature to be turned on or off. See “Rear 0 Touch and the following may display: 212. Cross Traffic Alert” in Assistance Systems for . Vehicle Locator Lights Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Parking or Backing 0 205. . Exit Lighting Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

102 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Locator Lights Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps This allows selection of which of the doors This setting flashes the exterior lamps when when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless will automatically unlock when the vehicle is the vehicle is unlocked with the RKE Entry (RKE) transmitter. shifted into P (Park). transmitter. Touch Off or On. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Touch Off or Flash Lights. Exit Lighting Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback This setting specifies how long the When on, this feature will delay the locking This setting specifies how the vehicle headlamps stay on after the vehicle is of the doors. To override the delay, press responds when the vehicle is locked with turned off and exited. the power door lock switch on the door. the RKE transmitter. Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, Touch Off or On. Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only. or 120 Seconds. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Remote Door Unlock Power Door Locks Touch and the following may display: This setting specifies whether all doors, Touch and the following may display: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback or just the driver door, unlock when pressing . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Lock Feedback K on the RKE transmitter. . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Door Unlock . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Touch All Doors or Driver Door. Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Remote Start Auto Cool Seats . Remote Window Operation This setting prevents the driver door from If equipped and turned on, this feature will locking when the door is open. If this . Passive Door Unlock turn the ventilated seats on when using setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu . Passive Door Lock remote start on warm days. will not be available. . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Touch Off, On-Driver and Passenger, Touch Off or On. or On-Driver. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 103 Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. Teen Driver This setting automatically turns on the Remote Left in Vehicle Alert See Teen Driver 0 153. heated seats when using the remote start This feature sounds an alert when the RKE Valet Mode function on cold days. See Heated and transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu Ventilated Front Seats 0 34 and This will lock the infotainment system and 0 also enables Remote No Longer in Vehicle Remote Vehicle Start 13. Alert. steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations, Touch Off, On-Driver and Passenger, Touch Off or On. or On-Driver. if equipped. Remote Window Operation Seating Position To enable valet mode: This allows the windows to be opened when Touch and the following may display: 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. pressing and holding K on the RKE . Seat Entry Memory 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Seat Exit Memory screen. 0 System Operation 7. Seat Entry Memory 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Touch Off or On. This feature automatically recalls the Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the Passive Door Unlock previously stored 1 or 2 button positions system. Touch Back to go back to the when the ignition is changed from off to on previous menu. This setting specifies which doors unlock or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 32. when using the button on the driver door handle to unlock the vehicle. Touch Off or On. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door Only. Seat Exit Memory Passive Door Lock This feature automatically recalls the previously stored exit button positions when This setting specifies if the vehicle will the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ automatically lock, or lock and provide an ACCESSORY to off if the driver door is open alert after all the doors are closed, and you or opened. See Memory Seats 0 32. walk away from the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Touch Off or On. System Operation 0 7. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

104 Lighting Lighting Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps together with the parking lamps and instrument panel Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls lights. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 104 IntelliBeam System Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 105 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 105 If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's Flash-to-Pass ...... 105 high-beam headlamps on and off according Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 106 to surrounding traffic conditions. Automatic Headlamp System ...... 106 The system turns the high-beam headlamps Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 106 on when it is dark enough and there is no Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 107 other traffic present. Interior Lighting This light b comes on in the instrument Instrument Panel Illumination The exterior lamp control is on the cluster when the IntelliBeam system is Control ...... 107 instrument panel to the left of the steering enabled. column. Courtesy Lamps ...... 107 Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam Dome Lamps ...... 107 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and Reading Lamps ...... 108 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to O Lighting Features again to reactivate the AUTO mode. Entry Lighting ...... 108 In Canada, the headlamps will automatically Exit Lighting ...... 109 reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of Battery Load Management ...... 109 P (Park). Battery Power Protection ...... 109 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 109 AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on and off automatically depending on outside lighting. ; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the headlamps. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 105 To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the The IntelliBeam system may need to be b on the turn signal lever when the button on the turn signal lever. If this disabled if any of the above conditions exist. happens, press b on the turn signal exterior lamp control is in the AUTO or 5 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder position. lever when the exterior lamp control is in the AUTO or 5 position. The instrument A warning chime sounds if the driver door is Driving with IntelliBeam cluster light will come on to indicate the opened while the ignition is off and the The system only activates the high beams IntelliBeam system is reactivated. exterior lamps are on. when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). The high beams may not turn off Headlamp High/Low-Beam The blue high-beam on light appears on the automatically if the system cannot detect instrument cluster when the high beams another vehicle's lamps because of any of Changer are on. the following: 3 : Push the turn signal lever away from There is a sensor near the top center of the . The other vehicle's lamps are missing, you and release, to turn the high beams on. windshield that automatically controls the damaged, obstructed from view, To return to low beams, push the lever system. Keep this area of the windshield or otherwise undetected. again or pull it toward you and release. clear of debris to allow for best system . The other vehicle's lamps are covered performance. with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. The high-beam headlamps remain on, under . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be the automatic control, until one of the detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, following situations occurs: fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other . The system detects an approaching airborne obstructions. . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, vehicle's headlamps. This indicator light turns on in the or obstructed by something that blocks . The system detects a preceding vehicle's instrument cluster when the high-beam the view of the light sensor. taillamps. headlamps are on. . The outside light is bright enough that . The vehicle is loaded such that the front high-beam headlamps are not required. end points upward, causing the light Flash-to-Pass sensor to aim high and not detect . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h headlamps and taillamps. To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal (12 mph). lever toward you, and release. . Driving on winding or hilly roads. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

106 Lighting Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Lights On with Wipers DRL can make it easier for others to see the If the windshield wipers are activated in front of your vehicle during the day. Fully daylight with the engine on, and the functional DRL are required on all vehicles exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the first sold in Canada. headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time The DRL system comes on in daylight when for the lamps coming on varies based on the following conditions are met: wiper speed. When the wipers are not . The ignition is on. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO, exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable if equipped. this feature. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). There is a light sensor on top of the Hazard Warning Flashers instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, When the DRL are on, the taillamps, otherwise the headlamps will come on when sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights, they are not needed. and other lamps will not be on. The system may also turn on the headlamps The DRLs turn off if the Exterior Lamp when driving through a parking garage or control is placed out of AUTO. For vehicles tunnel. first sold in Canada, the DRL can only be turned off when the vehicle is parked. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Automatic Headlamp System Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The headlamps come on automatically when The automatic headlamp system turns off the exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and when the exterior lamp control is turned to it is dark enough outside. O or the ignition is off. | : Press this button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 107 The hazard warning flashers turn on Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is Courtesy Lamps automatically if the airbags deploy. not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 253. The courtesy lamps come on when any door Turn and Lane-Change Signals is opened unless the dome lamp override is activated. To deactivate the dome lamp Interior Lighting override, press j OFF and the indicator Instrument Panel Illumination light on the button will turn off. Control Dome Lamps

Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Raise or lower the lever until the arrow This feature adjusts the brightness of all starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold illuminated controls. The instrument panel it there until the lane change is completed. illumination control is next to the exterior If the lever is briefly pressed and released, lamp control. Dome Lamp Controls the turn signal flashes three times. Push the knob in all the way until it extends The turn and lane-change signal can be out and then turn the knob clockwise or turned off manually by moving the lever counterclockwise to brighten or dim the back to its original position. lights. Push the knob back in when finished. If after signaling a turn or lane change, the The knob is functional at night, or when the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a headlamps or parking lamps are ON. signal bulb may be burned out. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

108 Lighting Reading Lamps There may be front and rear reading lamps.

Center Dome Lamp If equipped, the rear reading lamps are in The dome lamp controls are in the overhead the headliner. console. Press the button near each lamp to turn If equipped, the front reading lamps are in reading lamps on or off. To operate, press the following buttons: the overhead console. + ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps Press the lamp lenses to turn the reading Lighting Features on manually. lamps on or off. j OFF : Press to turn off the dome Entry Lighting lamps when a door is open. An indicator Some exterior lamps and most of the light on the button will turn on when the interior lamps turn on briefly at night or in dome lamp override is activated. Press j areas with limited lighting when the Remote OFF again to deactivate this feature and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter K button is indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps pressed. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) will come on when doors are opened. System Operation 0 7. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off, then the dome lamps and remaining interior Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 109 lamps dim to off. Entry lighting can be When the battery's state of charge is low, Normally, these actions occur in steps or disabled manually by turning the ignition on the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring levels, without being noticeable. In rare or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or by pressing Q on the charge back up. When the state of cases at the highest levels of corrective the RKE transmitter. charge is high, the voltage is lowered action, this action may be noticeable to the slightly to prevent overcharging. If the driver. If so, a DIC message might be This feature can be changed. See Vehicle 0 vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage displayed and it is recommended that the Personalization 100. display on the Driver Information Center driver reduce the electrical loads as much as Exit Lighting (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or possible. down. This is normal. If there is a problem, Some exterior lamps and interior lights an alert will be displayed. Battery Power Protection come on at night, or in areas with limited The battery can be discharged at idle if the The battery saver feature is designed to lighting, when the driver door is opened electrical loads are very high. This is true for protect the vehicle's battery. after the ignition is turned off. The dome all vehicles. This is because the generator lamp comes on after the ignition is turned If some interior lamps are left on and the (alternator) may not be spinning fast off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp ignition is turned off, the battery rundown enough at idle to produce all of the power remain on for a set amount of time, then protection system automatically turns the needed for very high electrical loads. automatically turn off. lamp off after some time. A high electrical load occurs when several of The exterior lamps turn off immediately by the following are on, such as: headlamps, Exterior Lighting Battery Saver turning the exterior lamp control off. high beams, rear window defogger, climate The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes This feature can be changed. See Vehicle control fan at high speed, heated seats, after the ignition is turned off, if the parking 0 Personalization 100. engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads lamps or headlamps have been manually plugged into accessory power outlets. Battery Load Management left on. This protects against draining the EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn The vehicle has Electric Power Management the battery. It does this by balancing the the exterior lamp control to the off position (EPM) that estimates the battery's generator's output and the vehicle's and then back to the parking lamp or temperature and state of charge. It then electrical needs. It can increase engine idle headlamp position. adjusts the voltage for best performance speed to generate more power whenever To keep the lamps on for more than and extended life of the battery. needed. It can temporarily reduce the power 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in demands of some accessories. ACC/ACCESSORY. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

110 Infotainment System Destination ...... 129 Introduction Infotainment System OnStar System ...... 134 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 135 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Vehicle Positioning ...... 135 with the features. Introduction ...... 110 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 135 Overview ...... 111 If the System Needs Service ...... 136 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 112 Map Data Updates ...... 136 Taking your eyes off the road for too Using the System ...... 113 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 136 Software Updates ...... 116 long or too often while using any Voice Recognition infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio Voice Recognition ...... 136 You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 116 Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 117 Phone infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 118 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 141 your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 118 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 119 Phone) ...... 142 Backglass Antenna ...... 119 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 146 commands whenever possible. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 120 Settings The infotainment system has built-in Audio Players Settings ...... 147 features intended to help avoid distraction Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 120 Teen Driver ...... 153 by disabling some features when driving. USB Port ...... 120 These features may gray out when they are Auxiliary Jack ...... 123 Trademarks and License Agreements unavailable. Many infotainment features are Bluetooth Audio ...... 123 Trademarks and License also available through the instrument cluster Agreements ...... 156 and steering wheel controls. OnStar System OnStar System ...... 124 Navigation Using the Navigation System ...... 124 Maps ...... 127 Navigation Symbols ...... 128 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 111 Before driving: Overview . Become familiar with the operation, center stack controls, steering wheel Infotainment System controls, and infotainment display. The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition. . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 173. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction 1. { (Home Page) 2. 7 system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your . Press to go to the Home Page. See . Radio: Press and release to go to dealer if related aftermarket equipment is “Home Page” later in this section. the previous station or channel. installed. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple Press and hold to fast seek the CarPlay. To enter back into Android next strongest previous station or Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 116. hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 146. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

112 Infotainment System . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the 5. Continue dragging and dropping the beginning of the current or next track. Press and hold to fast application icons as desired. previous track. Press and hold to forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. return to playing speed. See USB Steering Wheel Controls Release to return to playing speed. Port 0 120 or See USB Port 0 120 or Bluetooth Audio 0 123. Bluetooth Audio 0 123. 5. S BACK O 3. (Power) . Press S BACK to return to the . Press to turn the power on. previous display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the Home Page power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system The Home Page is where vehicle application when on. icons are accessed. Some applications are disabled when the vehicle is moving. . When the power is on and the system is not muted, a quick Swipe left or right across the display to status pane will display when O is access the pages of icons. pressed. Pressing O will mute the Managing Home Page Icons If equipped, some audio controls can be system and trigger this pane to 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page adjusted at the steering wheel. show a long press is required to icons to enter edit mode. g : Press to answer an incoming call or actually power down the system. 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to start voice recognition. See Bluetooth . Turn to decrease or increase the the desired position. (Overview) 0 141 or volume. 0 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 142. 4. 6 the desired position. c : Press to reject an incoming call or end . Radio: Press and release to go to 4. To move an application to another page, a current call. Press to mute or unmute the the next station or channel. Press drag the icon to the edge of the display infotainment system when not on a call. and hold to fast seek the next toward the desired page. strongest station or channel. o or p : Press to go to the previous or next menu on the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 113 w or x : Press to go to the next or Using the System Users previous list on the instrument cluster. Audio If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in V : Press to select a highlighted menu or create a new user profile, and follow the option. Touch the Audio icon to display the active on-screen instructions. audio source page. Examples of available Only four user profiles can be active at one sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to equipped), USB, and Bluetooth. remove a profile from the menu before Phone creating or signing into an existing profile. The removed profile can be logged into at a Touch the Phone icon to display the later time. Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 141 or Settings Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 142. Touch the Settings icon to display the Nav Settings menu. See Settings 0 147. Touch the Nav icon (if equipped) to display Apple CarPlay the navigation map. See Using the Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Navigation System 0 124. The favorite and volume switches are on the Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a back of the steering wheel. Climate supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 146. 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press Touch the Climate icon to display the to select the next or previous favorite. Climate main page. See Dual Automatic Android Auto When on a media source, press to select Climate Control System 0 166. the next or previous track. Touch the Android Auto icon to activate 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease Wi-Fi Hotspot Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported the volume. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Touch the Wi-Fi Hotspot icon to display the Android Auto 0 146. Wi-Fi Hotspot information. See Settings 0 147. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

114 Infotainment System Apps Camera Touch/Tap If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access download. Touch the Apps icon on the the camera application. See Assistance Home Page to begin. Systems for Parking or Backing 0 205. Downloading and using in-vehicle apps Shortcut Tray requires Internet connectivity which can be accessed with a data plan through the The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, display. It shows up to four applications. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device Infotainment Display Features hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Infotainment display features show on the Touch/tap is used to select an icon or Settings menu under Mobile Network display when available. When a feature is option, activate an application, or change Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, unavailable, it may gray out. When a the location inside a map. or similar. feature is touched, it may highlight. Touch and Hold Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that plan rates apply. Features are subject to occurs when an icon or option is touched on change. For more information, see the display or when controls on the center www.my.chevrolet.com/learn. stack are pressed. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Use the following finger gestures to control to display the OnStar Services and Account the infotainment system. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 331 and Touch and hold can be used to start another OnStar System 0 124. gesture, or to move or delete an application. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 115 Drag Nudge is used to move items a short Spread distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold and move the selected item up or down to a new location. Fling or Swipe

Drag is used to move applications on the Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the images, or a web page. Place finger and item, it must be held and moved along the thumb together on the display, then move display to the new location. This can be them apart. done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left.

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move them together. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

116 Infotainment System Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle sources listed at the left side of the display From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) Information and Radio Displays or touch the More option to display a list of option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack available sources. Examples of available For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or to search for the previous or next strong sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if station or channel. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to equipped), MyMedia, USB, and Bluetooth. wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface Browsing Stations with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle Infotainment System Sound Menu Touch the Browse option to list all available brush to remove dirt that could scratch the From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. gently rubbing to clean. Never use window Touch the station or channel you want to cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, H the microfiber cloth separately, using mild Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch to save the station or soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. options on the infotainment display. channel as a favorite. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the If equipped, touch Update Station List to next use. controls on the infotainment display or by update the active stations in your area. Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. Direct Tune Finding a Station Over-the-Air Software Updates Seeking a Station If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings 0 147 for details on software updates. Radio AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon icon on the infotainment display to bring up to display the active audio source page. the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies Choose from the three most recently used using the arrows on the right side of the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 117 Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations Storing Radio Station Presets or channel using the keypad. When a new cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Favorites show in the area at the top of the station or channel is entered, the Tune feature. Only the analog or display. information about that station or channel HD1 station can use that feature. Use the displays on the right side. This information display arrows to adjust to the multicast AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio will update with each new valid frequency. stations. Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a H preset to store the current station or Touch to save the station or channel as AM, FM, and SXM Categories a favorite. channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station or channel. The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will Favorites can also be stored by touching H automatically place a decimal point within in a station or channel list. This will the frequency number. highlight indicating that it is now saved as a Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. favorite. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. The number of favorites displayed is A valid AM or FM station will automatically automatically adjusted by default, but can tune to the new frequency but not close the be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be (if equipped), touch Go after entering the Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under channel. Touch the Back icon on the touch Categories at the top of the Browse Audio and then Set Number of Audio z menu to access the categories list. The list infotainment display or touch to exit out Favorites. of Direct Tune. contains names associated with the AM or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a HD Radio Technology The tune arrows on the right side of the category name to display a list of stations Direct Tune display will tune through the or channels for that category. Touching a If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with complete station or channel list one station station or channel from the list will tune the features such as digital quality sound, more step at a time per touch. A touch and hold radio to that station or channel. stations available on a single frequency such advances through stations or channels as HD2 and HD3, and display information quickly. such as artist and song title. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

118 Infotainment System From the Now Playing display, touch the HD HD Radio Troubleshooting This system relies on receiving specific Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to information from these stations and only Station Access process. This can take several seconds. works when the information is available. It is possible that a radio station could To access HD Radio stations: Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital broadcast incorrect information that causes 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be the radio features to work improperly. If this Radio is turned on and the station is weak, the station is out of range, or the happens, contact the radio station. broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will station may be out of alignment. Verify proper reception on another station. When information is broadcast from a RDS automatically tune to the HD version of station, the station name or call letters the current channel (HD1) after several If the HD Radio signal weakens while display on the audio screen. Radio text seconds. The radio will also display icons listening to HD1, the radio will automatically supporting the currently playing broadcast representing additional channels (HD2, switch to the analog version of the radio may also appear. ...HD8), that may be available. When the station. radio successfully tunes to a HD station, Satellite Radio the HD logo will display and digital If the HD Radio signal loses reception while audio will play. listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio SiriusXM Radio Service mutes until the signal can be recovered or 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM previous or next HD Radio station. radio subscription can receive SiriusXM HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a programming. There may be a delay before the station weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to starts playing. toggle HD Radio reception on and off. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of The HD Radio station number is indicated programming and commercial-free music, next to the HD logo. Radio Data System (RDS) coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. If equipped, RDS features are available for 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. For a list of all stations, see information. With RDS, the radio can: www.hdradio.com. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the display. . Display messages from radio stations. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 119 SiriusXM with 360L reduce interference, some static can occur, Mobile Device Usage especially around tall buildings or hills, SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Mobile device usage, such as making or causing the sound to fade in and out. in-vehicle listening experience for receiving calls, charging, or just having the subscribers. The experience now offers more AM mobile device on may cause static categories and system learned interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile recommendations toward discovering more The range for most AM stations is greater device or turn it off if this happens. personalized content. than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to Backglass Antenna To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, interfere with each other. Static can also including streaming content and listening occur when things like storms and power The AM-FM antenna is integrated with the recommendations, OnStar Connected Access lines interfere with radio reception. When rear window defogger in the rear window. is required. Connected vehicle services vary this happens, try reducing the treble on the Do not scratch the inside surface or damage by model and require a complete working radio. the lines in the glass. If the inside surface is electrical system, cell reception, and GPS damaged, it could interfere with radio signal. An active connected plan is required. SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service reception. For proper radio reception, the antenna connector needs to be properly Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service attached to the post on the glass. and subscription information. provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite Caution Radio Reception radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing Using a razor blade or sharp object to Unplug electronic devices from the accessory under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, clear the inside rear window can damage power outlets if there is interference or or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM the rear window antenna and/or the rear static in the radio. signal for a period of time. Some cellular window defogger. Repairs would not be FM services may interfere with SXM reception covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not causing loss of signal. clear the inside rear window with sharp FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in objects. electronic circuit that automatically works to Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

120 Infotainment System . OGG Caution USB Port . 3GP Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting Audio stored on a USB device may be with metallic film. The metallic film in listened to. Gracenote some tinting materials will interfere with The vehicle may be equipped with two USB When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote or distort the incoming radio reception. ports in the center console. These ports are service builds voice tags for music. Voice Any damage caused to the backglass for data and charging. There may also be tags allow artists, albums with hard to antenna due to metallic tinting materials two USB ports for charging only at the rear pronounce names, and nicknames to be used will not be covered by the vehicle of the center console. to play music through voice recognition, warranty. if equipped. Caution While indexing, infotainment features may Multi-Band Antenna To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all be available. accessories and disconnect all accessory The roof antenna is for SXM, OnStar, and My Media Library cables from the vehicle when not in use. GPS (Global Positioning System). Keep clear Accessory cables left plugged into the MyMedia is only available when more than of obstructions for clear reception. If the one indexed device is connected. It allows vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be damaged or cause an electrical short if access to content from all indexed media reception can also be affected. sources. MyMedia will show as an available the unconnected end comes in contact source in the Source page. with liquids or another power source such Audio Players as the accessory power outlet. USB MP3 Player and USB Devices Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices The USB MP3 players and USB devices Playing from a USB connected must comply with the USB Mass When using media devices such as SD cards, Storage Class specification (USB MSC). USB devices, and mobile devices, consider A USB mass storage device can be connected the source. Untrusted media devices could to the USB port. To play a USB device: contain files that affect system operation or Audio extensions supported by the USB may 1. Connect the USB. performance. Avoid use if the content or include: 2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. origin cannot be trusted. . MP3 3. Touch the More option and then touch . AAC the USB device. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 121 Use the following when playing an active side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Songs: USB source: show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on the letter to go to. p : Touch to play the current media source. the USB. Touch the up and down arrows to move the 2. To begin playback, touch a song from j : Touch to pause playback of the current list up and down. the list. media source. Touch Browse and the following may Albums: 7 : display: 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. . Touch to seek the beginning of the Playlists: 2. Touch the album to view a list of all current or previous track. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on songs on the album. . Touch and hold to reverse quickly the USB. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin through playback. Release to return to 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all playback. playing speed. Elapsed time displays. songs in that playlist. Genres: 6 : 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. . Touch to seek the next track. playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. . Touch and hold to advance quickly Supported playlist extensions are m3u through playback. Release to return to and pls. 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that playing speed. Elapsed time displays. artist. Artists: Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play 4. Touch an album to view songs on the 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored music in random order. album. on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. USB Sound Menu 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all Composers: See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” albums by the artist. under AM-FM Radio 0 116. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or 1. Touch to view the composers on the USB. USB Browse Menu touch an album and then touch a song from the list. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of When a list of songs, albums, artists, albums by that composer. or other types of media displays, the up and down arrows and A-Z appear on the left Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

122 Infotainment System 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a The songs, artists, albums, and genres are Albums : Touch H next to any album to list of songs. taken from the file’s song information and store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved 4. Touch a song from the list to begin are only displayed if present. The radio favorite to recall a favorite album. The first playback. displays the file name as the track name if song in the album list begins to play. the song information is not available. Folders: Genres : Touch H next to any genre to Supported Apple Devices 1. Touch to view the directories on store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved the USB. To view supported devices, see favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. my.chevrolet.com/learn. song of the genre begins to play. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin Storing and Recalling Media Favorites Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to playback. To store media favorites, touch Browse to store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on display a list of media types. saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play. the connected Apple device and get a list of Touch one of the following Browse options podcast episodes. to save a favorite: Audiobooks : Touch H next to any Audiobooks: audiobook to store the audiobook as a Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the the Apple device. saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. audiobook begins to play. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of The first song in the playlist begins to play. chapters. Media Playback and Mute Artists : Touch H next to any artist to 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved USB playback will be paused if the system is playback. favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first muted. If the steering wheel mute control is File System and Naming song in the artist list begins to play. pressed again, playback will resume. If the source is changed while in mute, File systems supported by the USB may Songs : Touch H next to any song to store playback resumes and audio will unmute. include: the song as a favorite. Touch a saved . FAT32 favorite to recall a favorite song. . NTFS . HFS+ Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 123 Auxiliary Jack Bluetooth Audio Manage Bluetooth Devices If equipped, this vehicle has an auxiliary Music may be played from a paired From the Home Page: input jack in the center console. Possible Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) 1. Touch Audio. 0 auxiliary audio sources include: 141 or 2. Touch More. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 142 . Laptop computer 3. Touch Bluetooth. for help pairing a device. . Audio music player 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. Volume and song selection may be This jack is not an audio output. Do not When touching Bluetooth, the radio may plug headphones into the auxiliary input controlled by using the infotainment controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is not be able to launch the audio player on jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the the connected device to start playing. When vehicle is in P (Park). selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on the infotainment system. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the device to begin playback. Music can be launched by touching auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. All devices launch audio differently. When When a device is connected, the system can Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio play audio from the device over the vehicle the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press speakers. More option and then touching the Bluetooth device. play on the device or touch p on the If an auxiliary device has already been display to begin playback. connected, but a different source is currently To play music via Bluetooth: active, touch More and then touch AUX to 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect Browse functionality will be provided where make the source active. the device. supported by the Bluetooth device. This media content will not be part of the 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home Shuffle and Browse are not available in the MyMedia source mode. AUX source menu. Page, then touch Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the Some smartphones support sending display. Bluetooth music information to display on the radio. When the radio receives this Bluetooth Sound Menu information, it will check to see if any is See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” available and display it. For more under AM-FM Radio 0 116. information about supported Bluetooth features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

124 Infotainment System OnStar System Features are subject to change. For more if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn or from the Services tab of the OnStar app to 4G LTE press Q. call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven Services select home, address or place. A destination devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and The Services tab displays the default view transfer from OnStar will show the detail laptops, can be connected to high-speed for the app. Use this page to launch the view of the destination when it is Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi available OnStar services. Touch a service to transferred from OnStar to the Navigation hotspot. open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the application. See www.onstar.com for a Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and coverage map. Services vary by model. Map connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. Advisor Call are the other tiled options. coverage is available in the United States, Puerto Rico, and Canada. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, Account details, and system limitations. Service and Wi-Fi Hotspot connectivity may vary by make, model, The Account tab displays a snapshot of the year, carrier, availability, and conditions. account linked with the vehicle. If there is Touch to display the Settings page, which 4G LTE service is available in select markets. no such account, this tab will show all shows the configurations for the vehicle 4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The advisor call icon will be hotspot and allows them to be changed. averages and vehicle systems design. Some active even if there is no active account. For more information, see www.onstar.com. services require a data plan. Advisor Call The OnStar App Selecting Advisor Call is the same as Navigation Q If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions right corner of the screen does not end the If equipped, launch the Nav application by that can be performed with the buttons can call, but returns to the previous screen. touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or be done using the app. To open the app, Turn-by-Turn Directions on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. infotainment display. With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor App updates require a corresponding service When the Nav application is launched for plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or its embedded navigation system, the first time, a product walkthrough is available. Use of the feature requires the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 125 Terms and Conditions and the Privacy Navigation Map View My Places on Map should be on by default. statement to be confirmed. If available and Select and enter Home and/or Work address signed into a profile, it is also suggested to and save. enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) If Predictive Navigation is available and confirmed, this feature learns preferences by remembering where the vehicle has been. It uses the locations and navigation history to personalize routes and results. After opening the Nav application for the Predictive Navigation may learn elements first time, the application will always open such as: in full map view displaying the vehicle’s If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Personalized routes based on preferred current location. When the vehicle is customized profile, the current location icon streets. stopped, the search bar will appear along uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a . Search results that provide best matches the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location at the top of the list. Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See . Predictive traffic. z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 128. . Local map content updating. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings maximize the full map view. Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or Touch A while in the map view to display disabled at a later time by touching A Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display: (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 147. navigation. To set up Home and . Traffic Events (available with OnStar Work addresses, touch A and select Connected Navigation) Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show . Settings . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

126 Infotainment System . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Map Colors Route Preferences Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation . Auto – Touch to automatically change Touch to access the Route Preferences. The Settings. The following may display: modes based on lighting conditions. choices are: . Destination Card Preferences . Day (Light) . Preferred Route – Choose from two . Map Preferences . Night (Dark) different route options: Fastest or . Route Preferences 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or Eco-Friendly. . Navigation Voice Control Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Fastest would be the route with the . Traffic Preferences display all 3D Landmarks on the map shortest drive time. depending on the zoom level. . Alert Preferences ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most fuel-efficient route. . Fuel Grade Preferences 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of . Manage History Off. When turned on, the system will display all of the possible 3D building shapes the road features to avoid while on route: . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive on the map depending on the zoom level. Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in ‐ Highways this section. Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : ‐ Unpaved Roads . About If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries on, the system will display terrain To exit a list, touch z in the top right information on the map in 3D view. ‐ Carpool Lanes corner to return to the main map view. Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Toll Roads Make sure to set up preferences before Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Tunnels setting a destination and starting active automatically adjust the zoom level when ‐ Country Borders guidance. the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control Map Preferences turn is completed, the system automatically brings the zoom back to the originally set Touch to access the voice control setting Touch to choose between basic map feature level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn display. configurations: with the next turn occurring shortly after, . Navigation Volume – To adjust the the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both volume level, touch the up and down turns are completed. arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 127 being heard, volume can also be adjusted . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the . Telenav Privacy Statement using the knob on the center stack or the system detects there is a traffic issue . Navigation Version volume switch on the steering wheel. ahead, it will display a pop-up with . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a details about the issue. Choose to reroute Maps or cancel the alert. Call. Options available are: The Nav application requires a map database ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) . Never Search for Better Route – The to run. It is stored on an SD card that is system will not check for a better route ‐ Tone Only connected to the infotainment system. If the until one of the above options is selected. map database is not available, a missing SD ‐ None Alert Preferences card error message will be displayed. Traffic Events (If Equipped) Set alerts on or off during both inactive and SD Card Error Messages This feature provides a list of events that active guidance views. The following alerts The SD card only works for one unique are on the route or nearby. Touch A and may be available: vehicle. The SD card must pass then select Traffic Events. An OnStar . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display authentication verification to be used for connected Navigation service plan is upcoming School Zones. that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios required. . Traffic Camera Alerts and messages include: Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) Manage History . The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can While in Map View, touch A, then Settings Touch Manage History to access the History only be used for navigation in this and then Map and Navigation Settings to options: vehicle.” access Traffic Preferences. When Show . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to . The SD card is not working properly: “SD Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature clear the recent destinations. card is not functioning properly. provides an overview of the traffic flow (Error Code).” using different coded colors. The following . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear options are available for rerouting: the search history. . The SD card is not paired with the existing system: “This SD card is not valid . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The About in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s system will automatically reroute if the Touch to display software information, Manual for more detail or visit your system detects there is a traffic issue such as: dealer. (Error Code).” ahead. . Telenav Terms and Conditions Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

128 Infotainment System . The SD card has been removed from the This is the vehicle’s current location icon slot: “SD card has been removed. during inactive guidance mode. Once a user (Error Code).” profile is created, the current location icon Touch Continue to resume after the can be customized. initialization error message. For the other This icon indicates the vehicle’s current messages, touch OK to return to the location and direction on the map. Home Page. The progress bar provides an overview of the route progress and may show traffic and Navigation Symbols incidents along the way. As the route Following are the most common symbols proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. that may appear in the Nav application. Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and view the entire route. Touch it again to return to the previous view. The destination pin marks the location of the final destination. Touch the pin to view View the drive time by touching the the destination address or to add it or estimated time of arrival (ETA). remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the Current Location information by touching the pin one more When the vehicle is parked and not in a This indicates the vehicle’s current location time. It will automatically time out if no Navigation session, the user icon is centered and direction on the map. action is taken. on the map view, highlighting the current location.

If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) are places of interest for parking and gas stations. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 129 Destination 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch 2. Touch Edit Destinations. Add to Trip or replace the current . Modify destination order by touching Receiving Destination Directions from destination by touching New Destination. and holding the arrow until it is Different Sources Route options are not available for highlighted. Drag to move the Destinations can be received or transferred waypoints. waypoint up or down the list. from different sources to the Nav application Y Arriving at a Waypoint . Delete a waypoint by touching . for route guidance. If equipped, some of A pop-up will appear to confirm these sources may include: When approaching a waypoint, the system waypoint removal. Once the request . Navigation from search results. will display a Destination Arrival view. To is confirmed, the system will remove . OnStar Advisor destination download. continue on to the next destination touch the address from the destinations list. the Drive to message on the infotainment . An address from the Contacts list. Touch z on the top right corner so display. . An application on the smartphone that the system can recalculate the route. can send destinations to the vehicle. If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets If there is only one address in the out of the current route, the system will . An application downloaded to the vehicle destinations list, the system will such as OnStar Services that can send automatically reroute back to this waypoint. disable the move and delete destinations to the navigation system. At the same time, it will show a Drive to functions. The system will not allow icon along with the next waypoint address the final destination to be deleted. Waypoints so the current waypoint can be skipped and guidance can resume to the next waypoint Map Information Add up to five waypoints, which are or destination. additional destinations, along the route. To Road network attributes are contained in the add an additional stop or waypoint: Editing a Waypoint map database for map information. Attributes include information such as street 1. From active guidance, touch }. When waypoints are added during active guidance, the system allows a stop to be names, street addresses, and turn 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, deleted or the order to be changed. To edit restrictions. A detailed area includes all Voice search, or the Quick Category a waypoint: major highways, service roads, and icons. residential roads. The detailed areas include 3. Choose search results Along Route, 1. Touch A. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, Nearby, or Near Destination. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

130 Infotainment System airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas . Pan the map. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle stations, tourist attractions, and historical . Use two fingers to tilt down and change pointing up. In this mode, the current monuments. from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back location icon will always head up and the map will rotate around it. If the vehicle does not have an applicable to 2D. service plan, the map database may not . Rotate the map. . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon include data for newly constructed areas or See Using the System 0 113. map database corrections that are will shift as the vehicle turns left and completed after production. The navigation Mute right. system provides full route guidance in the When in active guidance, the audio prompts Touch the icon to change the map type. The detailed map areas. while using navigation can be muted. Touch icon and label will also update accordingly. Zoom Control the speaker icon on the right side of the Depending on the zoom level of the 2D upper bar. A slash will appear on the Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the The zoom control display is shown on the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. system may automatically switch to the 2D map view. A few ways to zoom in or North Up map. out are: Active Guidance View When in AGV, the entire route can be . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on When a destination is chosen and a viewed in 2D North Up by touching the the map. navigation session is active, the navigation traffic bar. The map will zoom out and . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or system enters into an Active Guidance readjust to display the full route. When in single tap with two fingers to zoom out View (AGV). 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon on the map. Map Orientation will appear in the middle of the display. . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom A Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic out by pinching and then zoom in by Touch on the map to access map bar again to return to the previous view, spreading those two fingers on the map. orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D either 2D or 3D. Heading Up by default. Map Gestures and Map Scale Lane Guidance Available settings are: Use the following gestures on the . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with The map will display the lane information infotainment display to adjust the map scale the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. and display options. current location icon will always head up . Pinch to zoom in or out. and the map will rotate around it. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 131 Junction View then touch Map Preferences to access Highway Exits List When a vehicle is on the highway and Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or approaching the exit, an image displays the disabled. lane that the vehicle must stay in to Directions complete the next maneuver. Touch the menu option next to the next Quick-Turn View turn street name to display Directions. Directions displays the turns and directions from the current location to the final destination. Editing Directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon Directions can be edited by choosing y, displays next to the current street name which expands the list to fill the display and near the bottom of the display. The icon enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, only appears when on a highway with an unwanted route segment can be defined exits. When the vehicle is approaching a turn with removed from the route by touching Y next While traveling on roads with designated the next turn following in quick succession, to the segment. A pop-up appears to exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit a quick-turn list appears below the primary confirm segment removal. list displays the exit number, distance to the exit from the current vehicle position, and turn indicator. An audio prompt will When the route segment has been removed, announce the quick turn. convenience stops that may be available, all segments are replaced by an activity such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. Auto-Zoom indicator while the new route is recalculated. When the recalculation is Next Maneuver Menu When approaching a maneuver, the map complete, the activity indicator is replaced will automatically zoom in to show both the When in Active Guidance, the Next with the new route segments. vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and give a better view of the maneuver. Once Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next the maneuver is complete, the system will Maneuver at the top of the display zoom back to the previous zoom level. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to Touch A on the map to access Settings, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

132 Infotainment System Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Incident Reports (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites displayed in a panel pinned on the right of Incident report icons, along with traffic flow In the Nav application, view the Favorites the display. data, display on the map during both active list by touching H in the search bar along Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert and inactive guidance. the top of the Nav map view. If the search If the Navigation application is not open End Route bar is closed, touch } and select H. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end Saving Favorites shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to active guidance and return to inactive Favorites can be added from a number of the main navigation view or touch z to guidance. If active guidance is canceled dismiss the alert. the system’s applications. Touch the before the destination has been reached, a favorites icon to save content as a favorite. Repeat Voice Guidance pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. Renaming Navigation Favorites Resume Trip 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home The trip can be resumed if it was canceled Page and touch the System tab. by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage If the system has determined that the Favorites option. destination has been reached, either because 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to the arrival view displayed or the destination This symbol indicates the next guidance access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon has been passed, the Resume Trip option to rename the favorite. maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last will not appear. spoken guidance instruction. 4. Touch Save to store the renamed Favorites favorite. Incident Alert (If Equipped) The navigation favorites can have contacts, Recents During active guidance, if the system addresses, or POIs that have been saved determines that there is an incident ahead through the favorite icon on the Touch H to access a list of recent but there is not a better route, the system details view. destinations. will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. This will only show once per incident. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 133 Recenter Position Icon Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) attempt to display nearby parking Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the destinations with pricing information, middle of the map view to reset the map to if available. the current location. Report an Issue Using POI Details (If Last Parked Location Equipped) The Last Parked Location is the last location In the POI details page, a POI issue can be the vehicle engine was turned off. That reported if the data is not accurate or the location is displayed in the first row of the address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue Recents list. Touching the last Parked near the bottom of the display to access the Location shows the Address Details view to issue selection page. Touch one of the The smart POI icons such as fuel stations either save the address or drive to it. The predefined issues on the selection page, and parking may appear based on time, Last Parked Location can be deleted by then touch Send. The system will send the location, driver search behavior, driving entering the Edit display. Once the Last information for analysis. conditions, and vehicle conditions. Parked Location is deleted, it no longer Search Touch a smart POI icon to open the appears in the Recents list, unless the Touch Search on the infotainment display to corresponding details: vehicle is started at that location again. open the search display. It has a search field . Left side: Name and address of the POI. Show POI Icons entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. To see the POI categories, touch Options, Enroute.) then touch Show on Map. Up to eight Auto Complete categories of icons can be selected. Smart Fuel Station Icons Enter a partial location in the field entry box Fuel station prices are shown if available for on the search display. Auto complete will nearby stations when the vehicle is low attempt to complete the destination based on fuel. on what is being entered. Touch the suggested item to search. Smart Parking Icons When reaching a densely populated destination and the system determines that parking may be limited, the system will Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

134 Infotainment System Search While in Motion with No Front Seat OnStar System If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn Passenger Present Directions icon, select destinations from With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor The search display will not allow changes or Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites can download a destination to the vehicle or will be empty if this is the first use. To find text input with the keyboard when the into the built-in navigation system. vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home showing three rows of the most commonly Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address used categories appears. Touching the search Voice Search. box will activate speech recognition. Lane Guidance Search While in Motion with Front Seat Passenger Present If the system detects that the front seat passenger is present with both driver and passenger seat belts buckled, touching the search icon will display an alert message Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to that allows the passenger to search for a access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn destination as if the vehicle were stopped. Directions icon while on the Services tab of the OnStar menu. Connected Navigation When available, the system will show the Connected Navigation is a subscription Turn-by-Turn Navigation best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. service that enables certain capabilities Cancel a Route within the navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive If a route is in progress using either the Navigation capabilities. The system will vehicle navigation system or the show an alert when the subscription is Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is expiring and will ask to renew the plan. requested, the current route in progress will be canceled. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 135 Global Positioning System (GPS) Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . This is the first navigation use after the If equipped, the position of the vehicle is At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated. determined by using satellite signals, various map could be inaccurate due to one or more vehicle signals, and map data. of the following reasons: . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected for several days. . The road system has changed. At times, other interference such as the . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic satellite condition, road configuration, . The vehicle is driving on slippery road where driving is at low speeds, and the condition of the vehicle, and/or other surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. circumstances can affect the navigation . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads system's ability to determine the accurate or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance position of the vehicle. . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur The GPS shows the current position of the or a large vehicle. under one or more of the following vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: When the vehicle is not receiving signals freeway. . The turn was not made on the road from the satellites, a symbol appears in the . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. status bar. vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available This system might not be available or . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the interference can occur if any of the incorrectly. next right or left turn. following are true: . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning . Satellites are being repaired or improved. table in a parking lot. at an intersection. For more information if the GPS is not . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be functioning properly, see Problems with parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally. 0 Route Guidance 135 and . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate 0 If the System Needs Service 136. . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. driving. . The tires are replaced or worn. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

136 Infotainment System . Automatic rerouting might display a route updated periodically, provided that the map Voice Recognition returning to the set waypoint if heading information has changed and the vehicle has for a destination without passing through a relevant service plan. If equipped, voice recognition allows for a set waypoint. hands-free operation within the navigation, See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on audio, phone, and weather applications. This . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or due to a regulation by time or season or replacement SD card. Features are subject to feature can be started by pressing g on the any other regulation which may be given. change. For more information on this steering wheel or touching g on the . Some routes might not be searched. feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. infotainment display. . The route to the destination might not be If the vehicle is equipped with Connected However, not all features within these areas shown if there are new roads, if roads Navigation, which is a subscription service are supported by voice commands. have recently changed, or if certain roads that enables certain features of the Generally, only complex tasks that require are not listed in the map data. See Maps navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart multiple manual interactions to complete 0 127. Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, are supported by voice commands. To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the then the system will download the latest For example, tasks that take more than one map, park with the vehicle running for two map data from the cloud. or two touches, such as a song or artist to to five minutes, until the vehicle position Database Coverage Explanations play from a media device, would be updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in supported by voice commands. Other tasks, a location that is safe and has a clear view Coverage areas vary with respect to the like adjusting the volume or seeking up or of the sky and away from large level of map detail available for any given down, are audio features that are easily obstructions. area. Some areas feature greater levels of performed by touching one or two options, If the System Needs Service detail than others. If this happens, it does and are not supported by voice commands. not mean there is a problem with the In general there are flexible ways to speak If the navigation system needs service, see system. As the map data is updated, more commands for completing the tasks. your dealer. detail can become available for areas that previously had limited detail. See Map Data If your language supports it, try stating a Map Data Updates Updates 0 136. one-shot command, such as “Directions to address .” Do not include the ZIP code up-to-date information available when the while stating the address during the vehicle was produced. The map data is Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 137 command. Another example of a one-shot Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Destination Entry command is, “Directions to infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction Place of Interest at .” If these show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed commands do not work, try saying, “Take content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a and the system will walk you through by 0 147. selection is made using a manual control, asking additional questions. There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in supported: the same way as if the selection were made Hybrid Speech Recognition using a voice command. Once the system . Informative verbal prompts: This type of If equipped, this feature helps distinguish completes the task, or the session is prompt will provide more information words by using Internet-based information terminated, the voice recognition dialog regarding the supported actions. along with the system’s voice recognition stops. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will database. This allows you to speak more An example of this type of manual naturally when using voice recognition. provide simple instructions about what can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a Using Voice Recognition displayed number list instead of speaking . Auto informative prompts: This type of the number associated with the entry Voice recognition becomes available once prompt plays during the first few speech desired. the system has been initialized. This begins sessions, then automatically switches to when the ignition is turned on. Initialization the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition may take a few moments. has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to system. 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls terminate the voice recognition session to activate voice recognition. If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. 2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt. Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls to terminate the voice recognition session 3. Clearly speak one of the commands While a voice recognition session is active, and show the display where voice described in this section. there may be corresponding options recognition was initiated. A voice recognition system prompt can showing on the displays. A selection can be be interrupted while it is playing by made by manually touching the option, pressing g again. or by speaking the number for the option to Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

138 Infotainment System Natural Language Commands The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with Most languages do not support natural details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command language commands in sentence form. For category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping should include both, for example “Call those languages, use direct commands like Malls,” or “Hospitals.” at work.” the examples shown on the display. . Navigating to a destination outside of the Using Voice Recognition for List Options current country takes more than one Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will Voice recognition can understand commands the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from that are naturally stated in sentence form or place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list. direct commands that state the application POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be and the task. is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed. say, “Change Country.” Once the system For best results: The list on a voice recognition screen responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other . Listen for the prompt before saying a the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to command or reply. intersection. help display other entries from the list. . Speak the command naturally, not too If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” Manually scrolling or paging the list on a fast, not too slow. then “Change Country.” display during a voice recognition session . Use direct commands without a lot of Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event extra words. For example, “Call understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or direct command would be “Call .” manually or touch the Back icon on the song name, or “Tune” followed by the Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.” radio station number. displayed on most of the screens while a If manual selection takes more than . Navigation destinations can be made in a voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone 15 seconds, the session terminates and single command using keywords. A few Commands,” is spoken, the system prompts that it has timed out. The display examples are: “I want directions to an understands that a phone call is requested returns to the display where voice address,”“I need to find a place of and will respond with questions until recognition was initiated. interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” enough details are gathered to make a call. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 139 The Back Command “Tune to FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist ” : Begin playback Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the radio station whose frequency is identified of a specific artist. infotainment display to go to the in the command (like “one oh one “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a previous menu. point one”). specific album name. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken “Tune to AM HD” : Tune “Play Album ” : Begin all the way back to the starting display, and to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose playback of a specific album. frequency is identified in the command. then “Back” is spoken one more time, the “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a voice recognition session will cancel. “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to specific song name. Help the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback Say “Help” on any voice recognition display of a specific song, if available. “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. Voice Recognition for the Radio HD channel are identified in the command. “Play Genre ” : Begin If browsing the audio sources when voice is “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. touched, the voice recognition commands Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are channel number is identified in the specific playlist name. available. command. “Play Playlist ” : Begin “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and “Tune to SXM ” : Tune playback of a specific playlist. tune to the last AM radio station. to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and specific device identified by name. The tune to the last FM radio station. Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia device name is the name displayed on the “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. “Tune to AM” : Tune to “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a the radio station whose frequency is specific artist name. specific name. identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

140 Infotainment System “Play Chapter ” : Begin Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded playback of a specific chapter. content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for “Play Audiobook ” : playlists, artists, and genres. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. . Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists, “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a and genres are prohibited after the number specific name. There are no restrictions if the number of files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000. “Play Episode ” : Begin the number of files connected to the system The system will provide feedback the first playback of a specific episode. is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content time voice recognition is initiated if it has “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a cannot be accessed directly with one become apparent that any of these limits specific podcast. command like “Play .” are reached during a device initializing process. “Play Podcast ” : Begin The restriction is that the command “Play playback of a specific podcast. Song” must be spoken first; the system will Voice recognition performance will degrade then ask for the song name. The reply to some extent based on many factors when “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command would be to say the name of the adding large amounts of data to recognize. desired media content. song to play. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs Handling Large Amounts of Media Content Similar limits exist for album content. through playlists or artist name would work better. It is expected that large amounts of media If there are more than 12,000 albums, but content will be brought into the vehicle. fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be Voice Recognition for Navigation (If It may be necessary to handle large accessed directly with one command like, Equipped) amounts of media content in a different “Play .” The command “Play way than smaller amounts of media. The Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter system may limit the options of voice will then ask for the album name. The reply specific destination information. recognition by not allowing selection of files would be to say the name of the album “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to by voice at the highest level if the number to play. enter specific destination information. of files exceeds the maximum limit. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 141 “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On Phone Assistant Voice Recognition specific destination address, which includes Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a the entire address consisting of the house stored contact and location at home, at Press and hold g on the steering wheel number, street name, city, state/province, work, on mobile device, or on another controls to pass through and launch Google and country. Do not include the ZIP code. phone. phone assistant or Siri. “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call ” : Initiate a call For the low radio, whether connected by a destination Place of Interest category or to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth or phone projection, the only major brand name. digits, or three digit emergency numbers. available voice recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). The name must be precisely spoken. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing Nicknames or short names for the process. Follow the instructions on the businesses will not likely be found. Lesser infotainment display. Phone known businesses might have to be located “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Bluetooth (Overview) by category, such as fast food, hotels, number. or banks. The Bluetooth-capable system can interact “Switch Phone” : Select a different with many mobile devices, allowing: “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to connected cell phone for outgoing calls. enter a specific destination contact name. . Placement and receipt of calls in a “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter hands-free mode. “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. special numbers like international numbers. . Sharing of the device’s address book or “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a The numbers can be entered in groups of contact list with the vehicle. stored home location. digits with each group of digits being repeated back by the system. If the group To minimize driver distraction, before Voice Recognition for the Phone of digits is not correct, the command driving, and with the vehicle parked: “Call ” : Initiate a call to a “Delete” will remove the last group of digits . Become familiar with the features of the stored contact. The command may include and allow them to be re-entered. Once the mobile device. Organize the phone book location if the contact has location numbers entire number has been entered, the and contact lists clearly and delete stored. command “Call” will start dialing the duplicate or rarely used entries. number. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

142 Infotainment System . Review the controls and operation of the i : Press to end a call, decline a call, used. See the mobile device manufacturer's infotainment system. or cancel an operation. Press to mute or user guide for Bluetooth functions before . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The unmute the infotainment system when not pairing the device. system may not work with all mobile on a call. Pairing Information devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. Infotainment System Controls . If no mobile device has been connected, Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a For information about how to navigate the the Phone main page on the infotainment Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a menu system using the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone Hands-Free Profile to make and receive controls, see Using the System 0 113. option. Touch this option to connect. phone calls. The infotainment system and Another way to connect is to touch the voice recognition are used to control the Audio System Phones tab at the top right of the display system. The system can be used while the and then touch Add Phone. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The When using the Bluetooth mobile device system, sound comes through the vehicle's . A Bluetooth smartphone with music range of the Bluetooth system can be up to capability can be paired to the vehicle as 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a smartphone and a music player at the all functions and not all mobile devices work same time. with the Bluetooth system. See a mobile device call can be adjusted by . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the my.chevrolet.com for more information pressing the steering wheel controls or the Bluetooth system. about compatible mobile devices. volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory . The pairing process is disabled when the Controls for later calls. The volume cannot be vehicle is moving. lowered beyond a certain level. Use the controls on the center stack and the . Pairing only needs to be completed once, steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell system. phone changes or the cell phone is Phone) deleted from the system. Steering Wheel Controls Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are within g : Press to answer incoming calls and start range of the system, the system connects voice recognition on your connected A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be to the paired cell phone that is set to Bluetooth mobile device. paired to the Bluetooth system and then First to Connect. If there is no cell phone connected to the vehicle before it can be set to First to Connect, it will link to the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 143 cell phone which was used last. To link to for information on this process. Once the 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking cell phone is paired, it will show under 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all to a Different Phone” later in this section. Connected. connected cell phones and mobile Pairing a Phone 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on devices. 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled your cell phone, there are a few ways to 4. Touch the information icon to the right on the cell phone before the pairing start the pairing process over: of the cell phone to open the cell process is started. . Turn the cell phone off and then phone’s settings menu. back on. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to or the phone icon on the shortcut tray . Go back to the beginning of the enable the setting for that device. near the bottom of the display. Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing Cell phones and mobile devices can be 3. Touch Phones at the top of the process. added, removed, connected, and infotainment display. There is also a disconnected. A sub-menu will display Connect Phones option in the middle of . Reset the cell phone, but this step whenever a request is made to add or the Phone display which will shortcut to should be done as a last effort. manage cell phones and mobile devices. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept the Phone List menu. Secondary Phone 4. Touch Add Phone. connection or allow phone book download, touch Always Accept and A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the Allow. The phone book may not be Phone by touching the information icon to infotainment display from your cell available if not accepted. the right of the paired cell phone name to phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell open the phone settings menu. If a cell 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone phones. phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it to confirm the six-digit code showing on can connect simultaneously alongside the infotainment display and touch Pair. First to Connect Paired Phones another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing The code on the cell phone and If multiple paired cell phones are within so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as infotainment display will need to be range of the system, the system connects to Incoming Calls. This means the mobile acknowledged for a successful pair. the paired cell phone that is set as First to device can only receive calls. The Address 7. Start the pairing process on the cell Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as Book of a Secondary Phone will not be phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the First to Connect phone: available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this cell phone. the cell phone manufacturer's user guide 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

144 Infotainment System If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. it possible to place outgoing calls from the display. Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts. Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names. 2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or To make a call using the Recents menu: functional while Handset mode is active. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 145 2. Touch Recents. . Press g on the steering wheel controls. Three-Way Calling 3. Touch the name or number to call. . Touch Answer on the infotainment Three-way calling must be supported on the display. Making a Call Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the Declining a Call wireless service carrier to work. To make a call by dialing the numbers: There are two ways to decline a call: To start a three-way call while in a 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. current call: . Press i on the steering wheel controls. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. number. another call. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to Call Waiting 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from start dialing the number. Call waiting must be supported on the Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 3. When the second call is active, touch the wireless service carrier to work. merge icon to conference the three-way To search for contacts using the keypad: call together. Accepting a Call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Ending a Call 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone Press g to answer, then touch Switch on numbers or contact names using the the infotainment display. . Press i on the steering wheel controls. digits on the keypad to search. Declining a Call . Touch # on the infotainment display, Results will show on the right side of the next to a call, to end only that call. Press to decline, then touch Ignore on display. Touch one to place a call. i the infotainment display Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones Accepting or Declining a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send When an incoming call is received, the Calls Only) numbers during a call. This is used when infotainment system mutes and a ring tone To switch between calls, touch Phone on the calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the is heard in the vehicle. Home Page to display Call View. While in Keypad to enter the number. Accepting a Call Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls. There are two ways to accept a call: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

146 Infotainment System Apple CarPlay and Android Auto The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons significant wear to maintain on the Home Page will illuminate depending connection quality. Aftermarket or If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or third-party cables may not work. CarPlay capability may be available through Apple CarPlay may automatically launch . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. a compatible smartphone. If available, the upon USB connection. If not, touch the See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 141 or Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. 0 142. Page of the infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to return to the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. phone for wireless projection to work. For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection 4. When the phone is first connected to 1. Download the Android Auto app to your activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, smartphone from the Google Play store. Verify your phone is wireless compatible by agree to the terms and conditions on There is no app required for Apple visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple both the infotainment system and the CarPlay. CarPlay support page. phone. 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple 1. Download the Android Auto app to your 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. smartphone from the Google Play store. iPhone by using the factory-provided The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons phone USB cable and plugging into a There is no app required for Apple CarPlay. on the Home Page will illuminate depending USB data port. For best performance, it is on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or highly recommended to use the device’s 2. For first time connection, there are two Apple CarPlay may automatically launch factory-provided USB cable, which should ways to set up wireless projection: upon wireless connection. If not, touch the be replaced after significant wear to . Connect your Android phone or Apple Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the maintain connection quality. Aftermarket iPhone by using the factory-provided Home Page to launch. or third-party cables may not work. phone USB cable and plugging into a Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance, Auto may experience occasional service activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable, the infotainment system and the phone. which should be replaced after To disconnect the phones wireless 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. projection: 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 147 2. Select Phones Press { on the center stack to exit Android The settings menu may be organized into 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into three categories. Select the desired category by touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. disconnected. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and { 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. hold on the center stack. To access the personalization menus: Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the Press { on the center stack to return to the disabled from the infotainment system. To infotainment display. Home Page. do this, touch Home, Settings, and then 2. Touch the desired category to display a Features are subject to change. For further touch the Apps tab along the top of the list of available options. information on how to set up Android Auto display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off 3. Touch to select the desired feature and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. setting. my.chevrolet.com. 4. Touch the options on the infotainment Android Auto is provided by Google and is Settings display to disable or enable a feature. subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Certain settings can be managed in the Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the Owner Center sites when an account is subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Settings menu. established, and may be modified if other Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto users have accessed the vehicle or created System support and to see if your phone is accounts. This may result in changes to the compatible, see https://support.google.com/ The menu may contain the following: security or functionality of the infotainment androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and system. Some settings may also be Time / Date to see if your phone is compatible, see transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Use the following features to set the clock: instructions, in the U.S. see Google may change or suspend availability . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, On to enable or disable automatic update mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca. Google Play, and other marks are of the time and date. When this feature trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a Refer to the User Terms and Privacy is on, the time and date cannot be trademark of Apple Inc. Statement for important details. To view, manually set. touch the Settings icon on the Home Page . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time of the infotainment display. using the controls on the infotainment display. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

148 Infotainment System . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date Wi-Fi Networks Privacy using the controls on the infotainment This will show connected and available Wi-Fi Touch and the following may display: display. networks. . Location Services: This setting enables or . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch disables sharing of vehicle location Off or On to disable or enable automatic If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the outside the vehicle. Emergency services update of the time zone based on vehicle vehicle, the infotainment system can be will not be affected when Off is selected. location. When this feature is on, the connected to an external protected Wi-Fi time zone cannot be manually set. network, such as a mobile device or home . Data Services: If equipped, this setting hotspot, to utilize connected services. determines if data sharing can be used by . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and the time zone. Touch a time zone from Wi-Fi Hotspot applications. Touch Off to disable data the list. Touch and the following may display: services. Emergency services and phone . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or clock format shown. the vehicle hotspot. others, will not be affected when Off is Touch Off or On to disable or enable. Touch the controls on the infotainment selected. Language display to disable or enable. . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting determines if voice commands can be This will set the display language used on . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi name. shared with a cloud-based voice the infotainment display. It may also use recognition system. Touch Off to prevent the selected language for voice recognition . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the the sharing and possible recording of your and audio feedback. Touch Language and vehicle Wi-Fi password. voice commands with this system. This touch the appropriate language. . Connected Devices: Touch to show may limit the system’s ability to Phones connected devices. understand your voice commands and . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow may disable some features. Touch to connect to a different cell phone or devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its mobile device source, disconnect a cell . Types: This setting lists all data, or touch Off to allow devices to phone or media device, or delete a cell Android-defined as dangerous permissions only use the vehicle hotspot but not phone or media device. currently used by the infotainment its data. system, the number of applications that Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 149 have requested this permission, and the Sounds . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies how often the voice recognition system number of applications that are allowed Touch and the following may display: to use this permission. confirms commands. Touch Confirm More . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Used By Applications: This setting lists all to have the system check with you more adjusts the maximum volume of the often before acting on your commands. applications that are requested or are infotainment system when you start your . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the using Android-defined as dangerous vehicle. To set the maximum startup amount of detail the voice recognition permissions. Only requested and active volume, touch the controls on the system provides when giving you permissions are shown. infotainment display to increase or feedback. Touch Auto to have the system Display decrease. automatically adjust to your speech Touch and the following may display: . Audio Cues: This feature determines if habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. sounds play when the infotainment . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, system starts up and shuts down. This navigation map view and any Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly feature can be turned off or on. downloaded apps optimized for day or the voice recognition system speaks. . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting night time conditions. Set to Auto for the . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the controls the volume of Audio Cues played display to automatically adjust based on formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for on startup and shut down. Touch the bright/dark conditions. shorter prompts. Touch On to hear controls on the infotainment display to Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the prompts with more personality. Touch increase or decrease. display. Auto to have the prompt match your . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate command style. determines if a sound plays when the infotainment display and follow the . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to touching the infotainment display or prompts. provide tutorial feedback on the display. radio controls. This feature can be turned . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the off or on. . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting display off. Touch anywhere on the controls whether voice commands can be infotainment display or press any Voice spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn infotainment control on the center stack Touch and the following may display: this on to speak commands without again to turn the display on. hearing the full prompt. Speaking while the prompt is still playing will immediately stop playing the current Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

150 Infotainment System prompt and recognize your command. To manually check for updates, touch To connect the infotainment system to a Background noise may cause accidental Settings on the Home Page and select the secured mobile device hotspot, home interruptions. Touch Off or On. System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on Favorites section and touch Updates. Follow the the Home Page, select the System tab, on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the Touch and the following may display: download, and install updates may vary by appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list vehicle. on-screen prompts. Download speeds of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. The vehicle can be used normally during the may vary. Favorites can be moved, renamed, software download. Once the download is On most compatible mobile devices, or deleted. complete, there may be a prompt to accept activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the To move, touch and hold the favorite, and the installation of the update upon the next Settings menu under Mobile Network then drag up or down to rearrange the ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, position. shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the or similar. vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to Availability of Over-the-Air software updates select how many favorites pages can be during the installation. The system will varies by vehicle and country. Features are viewed from the audio application. The deliver messages indicating success or error subject to change. For more information on Auto setting will automatically adjust this during and after the download and this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. installation processes. number based on the number of favorites Preferences you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software 25, 30, 35, or 40. updates requires Internet connectivity, which Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable the download of Updates can be accessed through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and new updates in the background. If equipped, the vehicle can download and active. If required, data plans are provided About install select software updates over a by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi wireless connection. The system will prompt hotspot such as a compatible mobile device Touch to view the infotainment system for certain updates to be downloaded and hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot software information. installed. There is also an option to check can be used. Applicable data rates may for updates manually. apply. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 151 Running Applications Touch the controls on the infotainment . Adaptive Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Touch to see a complete list of applications display to disable or enable. that are currently running on the Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High. infotainment system. This feature allows you to interact directly Return to Factory Settings with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped): This feature Touch and the following may display: display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 146. adjusts the volume based on the noise in . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle the vehicle and the speed. settings for the current user. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. display to disable or enable. Touch Reset or Cancel. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases Apps of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation app data settings, user profiles, and Touch and the following may display: favorites. personal data including navigation and . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, mobile device data. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. Touch Erase or Cancel. automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and . Clear Default Applications: Resets Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the preferred applications that have been set display to disable or enable. position. to open when selecting a function. No . About Apps: Touch to view the versions . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to application data will be lost. of the shop software. select how many favorites pages can be Touch Clear or Cancel. viewed from the audio application. The Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this Apps Depending on the current audio source, number based on the number of favorites The menu may contain the following: different options will be available. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Android Auto Touch and the following may display: . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, This feature allows you to interact directly (RDS) to be turned on or off. with your mobile device on the infotainment Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in Touch the controls on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 display to disable or enable. 0 146. AM-FM Radio 116. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

152 Infotainment System . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Destination Card Preferences to be turned on or off. automatically turns on and regulates the . Map Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment ventilated seats when the cabin . Route Preferences temperature is warm. display to disable or enable. . Navigation Voice Control Touch the controls on the infotainment . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows . Traffic Preferences access to explicit content SiriusXM display to disable or enable. . Alert Preferences channels. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Fuel Grade Preferences Touch Off or On. automatically turns on and regulates the heated seats when the cabin temperature . Manage History . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a is cool. The auto heated seats can be . Predictive Navigation different phone source, disconnect a turned off by using the heated seat phone, or delete a phone. . About controls on the center stack. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music See Using the Navigation System 0 124. Touch the controls on the infotainment index to be reset if you are having Phone difficulty accessing all of the media display to disable or enable. content on your device. . Auto Defog: This setting automatically Touch and the following may display: turns the front defogger on when the Touch Yes or No. . My Number: Displays the cell phone vehicle engine is started. number of the Bluetooth connected Climate Touch the controls on the infotainment device. Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. . Active Call View: Shows active call display . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the . Auto Rear Defog: This setting when answering a call. amount of airflow when the climate automatically turns the rear window Touch the controls on the infotainment control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is display to disable or enable. Touch Low, Medium, or High. started. . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches Touch the controls on the infotainment instrument cluster. the system into Recirculation Mode based display to disable or enable. Touch Off or On. on the quality of the outside air. Navigation . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Touch and the following may display: last name. Sensitivity. . Re-sync Device Contacts: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 153 This allows the device contacts to re-sync To access: 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) if you are having difficulty accessing all of 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then transmitter key you wish to register in the contacts on your cell phone. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. the transmitter pocket. The key does not need to be the one that started the . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to 2. Create a Personal Identification Number delete all vehicle stored contacts. vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. System Operation 0 7 for transmitter . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change pocket location. OnStar cell phone TTY mode. the PIN, touch Change PIN. Touch Disable or Enable. 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch The PIN is required to: Setup Keys. Vehicle . Register or unregister keys. . If the transmitter key has not This menu allows adjustment of different . Change Teen Driver settings. previously been registered, the option vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. to add the key displays. Touch Setup 0 100. . Access or delete Report Card data. and a confirmation message displays. Teen Driver restrictions will be Teen Driver Register keys to activate Teen Driver and applied whenever this key is used to assign restrictions to the key: operate the vehicle. If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a registered for beginner drivers to encourage . If the transmitter key has already maximum of eight keys. Label the key to been registered, the option to safe driving habits. When the vehicle is tell it apart from the other keys. started with a Teen Driver key, it will remove the key displays. If Remove is automatically activate certain safety For a pushbutton start system: touched, the transmitter key is no longer registered. A confirmation systems, allow setting of some features, and 1. Start the engine. limit the use of others. The Report Card will message displays, and Teen Driver 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle restrictions will not be applied if this record vehicle data about driving behavior must be in P (Park). For manual that can be viewed later. When the vehicle transmitter key is used to operate transmissions, the vehicle must be the vehicle. is started with a registered key, the Driver stopped with the parking brake set. Information Center (DIC) displays a message In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, that Teen Driver is active. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key and then Teen Driver. are both present at start up, the vehicle will 4. Enter the PIN. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

154 Infotainment System recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit be active. Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. For a keyed ignition system: maximum allowable audio volume level. When ON, the teen driver will not be able to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain 1. Start the engine. Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a maximum radio volume to be set. Use the explicit content, and the Explicit Content 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle arrows to choose the maximum allowable Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be must be in P (Park). For manual level for the audio volume. unavailable for change. transmissions, the vehicle must be When Teen Driver is Active: stopped with the parking brake set. Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the maximum speed of the vehicle. When the . The radio will mute when the driver, or in 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle some vehicles, the front passenger seat and then Teen Driver. speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC belt, is not buckled. The audio from any 4. Enter the PIN. displays a message that the top speed is device paired to the vehicle will also be 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays limited. muted. instructions for registering or On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter . An object placed on the front passenger unregistering a key. A confirmation is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, message displays. acceleration will be limited. The DIC will grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic Manage Settings display a message that the acceleration is device, could cause the passenger sensing limited. system to falsely sense an unbuckled Buckle To Drive : When turned ON, Buckle front passenger, mute the radio, and to Drive prevents the driver from shifting Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the prevent shifting from P (Park) if Buckle to out of P (Park) for a period of time if driver speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch Drive is ON. If this happens, remove the seat belt, and on some vehicles, the Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the object from the seat. See Passenger passenger seat belt, is not buckled. See warning speed. Sensing System 0 50. Buckle To Drive 0 39 and 0 Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a . Some safety systems, such as Forward Vehicle Personalization 100. warning in the DIC when exceeding a Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be selectable speed. Choose the desired speed turned off. warning level. The speed warning does not limit the speed of the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 155 . The gap setting for the Forward Collision . Distance Driven – the total distance . Antilock Braking System Active – The Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, driven. number of Antilock Brake System if equipped, cannot be changed. . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle activations. . When trying to change a safety feature speed detected. . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times that is not configurable in Teen Driver, . Overspeed Warnings – the number of the driver was alerted for following a the DIC displays a message indicating times the speed warning setting was vehicle ahead too closely. that Teen Driver is active and the action exceeded. Report Card Data is not available. . Wide Open Throttle – the number of . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until times the accelerator pedal was pressed the Report Card is reset or until the . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) nearly all the way down. maximum count is exceeded. If the – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of maximum count is exceeded for a Report low fuel light on the instrument cluster times the driver was notified when Card line item, that item will no longer be flashes and the DIC low fuel warning approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly updated in the Report Card until it is reset. cannot be dismissed. and at potential risk for a crash. Each item will report a maximum of . Do not tow a trailer. . Forward Automatic Braking, also called 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report Report Card Automatic Emergency Braking (if a maximum of 64,374 km (40,000 mi). equipped) – the number of times the The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s To delete Report Card data, do one of the vehicle detected that a forward collision following: consent to record certain vehicle data when was imminent and applied the brakes. the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen . From the Report Card display, touch Driver key. There is one Report Card per . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – Reset. the number of times the vehicle detected vehicle. Data is only recorded when a . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from registered Teen Driver key is used to that a rearward collision was imminent and applied the brakes. the Teen Driver menu. This will also operate the vehicle. unregister any Teen Driver keys and . Traction Control – the number of times delete the PIN. The Report Card data is collected from the the Traction Control System activated to time Teen Driver is activated or the last reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. Forgotten PIN time the Report Card was reset. The following items may be recorded: . Stability Control – the number of events See your dealer to reset the PIN. which required the use of electronic stability control. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

156 Infotainment System Trademarks and License Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with Agreements an “XL” preceding the channel name. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM FCC Information Satellite Radio receivers by notifying See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. SiriusXM: . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com If you decide to continue service after your or call 1-888-601–6296. trial, your selected subscription plan will automatically renew thereafter. You will be . Canada Customers — See charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," terms and how to cancel, which includes manipulate, or otherwise make available any mean that an electronic accessory has been calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees technology or software incorporated in designed to connect specifically to iPod or and programming are subject to change. receivers compatible with the SiriusXM iPhone, respectively, and has been certified Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one Satellite Radio System or that support the by the developer to meet Apple time activation fee, and other fees may SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any performance standards. Apple is not apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice responsible for the operation of this device fees and programming subject to change. compression software included in this or its compliance with safety and regulatory Subscriptions subject to Customer product is protected by intellectual property standards. Please note that the use of this Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. rights including patent rights, copyrights, accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc. classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is registered in the U.S. and other countries. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that Satellite Radio. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 157 be manufactured, distributed, HD Radio Technology Schedule I: Gracenote EULA or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM Canada). HD Radio Technology manufactured under Music recognition technology and related license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote and Foreign Patents. For patents see is the industry standard in music recognition http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the technology and related content delivery. For HD, HD Radio, and “ARC” logos are more information see www.gracenote.com. registered trademarks or trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., States and/or other countries. copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. TouchSense Technology and TouchSense Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to System 1000 Series Licensed from Bluetooth present Gracenote. One or more patents Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Gracenote may apply to this 1000 protected under one or more of the owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any product and service. See the Gracenote U.S. Patents at the following address use of such marks by General Motors is website for a non-exhaustive list of www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html under license. Other trademarks and trade applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, and other patents pending. names are those of their respective owners. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote Bose logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Java Gracenote" logo are either registered Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint Java is a registered trademark of Oracle trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in surround are registered trademarks of Bose and/or its affiliates. the United States and/or other countries. Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

158 Infotainment System Gracenote Terms of Use OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of This application or device contains software GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote HEREIN. warranties, express or implied, regarding the (the "Gracenote Software") enables this You agree that your non-exclusive license to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote application to do disc or file identification use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the and obtain music-related information, Software, and Gracenote Servers will Gracenote Servers or to change data including name, artist, track, and title terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote information ("Gracenote Data") from online If your license terminates, you agree to deems sufficient. No warranty is made that servers or embedded databases (collectively, cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote are error-free or that functioning of functions. You may use Gracenote Data only Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers by means of the intended End-User Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not functions of this application or device. and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that This application or device may contain ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. free to discontinue its services at any time. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein payment to you for any information that with respect to Gracenote Data shall also you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES apply to such content and such content enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT providers shall be entitled to all of the against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF benefits and protections set forth herein The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A that are available to Gracenote. identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE Servers for your own personal SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN non-commercial use only. You agree not to knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR assign, copy, transfer or transmit the ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE LOST REVENUES. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 159 © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO Map End User License Agreement LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED MPEG4–AVC (H.264) END USER TERMS FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE for your personal, internal use only and not PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. for resale. It is protected by copyright, and CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN is subject to the following terms (this “End MPEG4–Visual COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD User License Agreement”) and conditions (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER which are agreed to by you, on the one VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE and its licensors (including their licensors NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL and suppliers) on the other hand. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. The Data for areas of Canada includes LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO MP3 information taken with permission from LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED Canadian authorities, including: © Her FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE WMV/WMA Corporation, GeoBase®. HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. This product includes technology owned by HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the VC-1 Microsoft Corporation and under a license United States Postal Service® to publish and THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or sell ZIP+4® information. PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE distribution of such technology outside of © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A this product is prohibited without a license are not established, controlled, or approved CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft by the United States Postal Service. The COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD Licensing, GP as applicable. following trademarks and registrations are (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 owned by the USPS: United States Postal VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

160 Infotainment System TERMS AND CONDITIONS guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty Personal Use Only: You agree to use this applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” Data for the solely personal, noncommercial communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND purposes for which you were licensed, and limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND not for service bureau, timesharing or other handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER similar purposes. Except as otherwise set digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, forth herein, you agree not to otherwise Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, This Data may contain inaccurate or IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF disassemble or reverse engineer any portion incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, of this Data, and may not transfer or of time, changing circumstances, sources SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE distribute it in any form, for any purpose, used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. except to the extent permitted by comprehensive geographic data, any of NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR and all accompanying materials on a ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, permanent basis if you retain no copies and No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) the recipient agrees to the terms of this End This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH only be transferred or sold as a complete its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER set as provided to you and not as a subset suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION thereof. representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. Restrictions express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability otherwise, including but not limited to, Except where you have been specifically content, quality, accuracy, completeness, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR licensed to do so by HERE and without effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE limiting the preceding paragraph, you may particular purpose, usefulness, use or results LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, not (a) use this Data with any products, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE systems, or applications installed or Data or server will be uninterrupted or NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, otherwise connected to or in communication error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, positioning, dispatch, real time route WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 161 POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY written or oral agreements previously LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR existing between us with respect to such SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, subject matter. INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL Governing Law DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN The above terms and conditions shall be THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN without giving effect to (i) its conflict of ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS NOTICE OF USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE International Sale of Goods, which is POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) States, Territories, and Countries do not the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: allow certain liability exclusions or damages any and all disputes, claims, and actions limitations, so to that extent the above may arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC not apply to you. provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Export Control Government End Users ADDRESS: You agree not to export from anywhere any If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL part of the Data provided to you or any of the United States government or any 60606. direct product thereof except in compliance other entity seeking or applying rights This Data is a commercial item as defined in with, and with all licenses and approvals similar to those customarily claimed by the FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User required under, applicable export laws, rules United States government, this Data is a License Agreement under which this Data and regulations. Entire Agreement: These “commercial item” as that term is defined at was provided. terms and conditions constitute the entire 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in agreement between HERE (and its licensors, accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights including their licensors and suppliers) and Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. or otherwise furnished shall be marked and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following and supersedes in their entirety any and all government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

162 Infotainment System the Contracting Officer, federal government The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to agency, or any federal official must notify contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in HERE prior to seeking additional or No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export alternative rights in the Data. by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. Unicode "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms with the license terms below. of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR copyright.html. Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT Free Type Project non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR Portions of this software are copyright © the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, 2010 The FreeType Project intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A (http://www.freetype.org). All rights by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR reserved. you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) Open Source SW QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE Further information concerning the OSS rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS licenses is shown in the infotainment retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, display. all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR QNX required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. Portions of this software are copyright © reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN reserved. attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the Part C – EULA NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 163 CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, Linotype INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF Office and may be registered in certain THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Usage in text form of each of the Licensed FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL Trademarks is: OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), The trademark attribution requirements for EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. trademarks.html. WMA END USER NOTICE This product is protected by certain The marks of companies displayed by this intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use product to indicate business locations are or distribution of such technology outside of the marks of their respective owners. The this product is prohibited without a license use of such marks in this product does not from Microsoft. imply any sponsorship, approval, For more information on the Software, or endorsement by such companies of this including any open source software license product. terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or contact QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 ([email protected]). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

164 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 164 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 166 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 169 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 170 Service ...... 171

1. Fan Control ^ : Turn the knob clockwise or 2. MAX Defrost counterclockwise to increase or decrease the 3. A/C (Air Conditioning) fan speed or turn the fan off. The fan speed appears in the display screen. 4. TEMP (Temperature Control) Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press the air 5. Recirculation delivery mode buttons to change the 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls direction of the airflow. The indicator light 7. Rear Window Defogger in the selected button will turn on. The current mode appears in the display screen. TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the To change the current mode, select one or temperature setting. more of the following modes: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Climate Controls 165 0 : Clears the windows of fog or moisture. Ionizer : If equipped, this feature helps to If the vehicle is equipped with heated Air is directed to the windshield. clean the air inside the vehicle and remove outside mirrors, they turn on when the rear contaminants such as pollen, odors, and window defogger button is on and help to { : Air is directed to the instrument dust. If the climate control system is on and clear fog or frost from the surface of the panel outlets. the ionizer is enabled, the ionizer status mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 22. z : Air is directed to the floor outlets. indicator will be lit on the climate control display. To turn the ionizer on or off, see Caution 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield “Climate and Air Quality” under Vehicle Do not try to clear frost or other material 0 and the fan runs at a higher speed. This Personalization 100. from the inside of the front windshield mode overrides the previous mode selected Rear Window Defogger and rear window with a razor blade or and clears fog or frost from the windshield anything else that is sharp. This may more quickly. When the button is pressed K : Press to turn the rear window defogger damage the rear window defogger grid again, the system returns to the previous on or off. An indicator light on the button and affect the radio's ability to pick up mode setting and fan speed. The current comes on to show that the rear window mode setting and fan speed appear in the stations clearly. The repairs would not be defogger is on. The defogger turns off when covered by the vehicle warranty. display screen. the ignition is turned to off or to ACC/ For best results, clear all snow and ice from ACCESSORY. Remote Start Climate Control Operation : the windshield before defrosting. The upper lines on the rear window are If equipped with remote start, the climate A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning antenna grids and are not intended to control system may run when the vehicle is system on or off. This status appears in the defrost the glass. started remotely. The system will determine display screen. If the fan control is turned the best mode and temperature setting for The rear window defogger can be set to operation. Once the vehicle is started with off or the outside temperature falls below automatic operation. See “Climate and Air freezing, the air conditioner will not run. 0 the Engine Start/Stop button, the climate Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 100. control system will begin to operate at the @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An When Auto Rear Defog is selected, the rear last customer selected operating mode and indicator light comes on and the status window defogger turns on automatically temperature. If equipped with heated or appears in the display screen. Air is when the interior temperature is cold and ventilated seats, they may come on recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the the outside temperature is about 7 °C (44 °F) during a remote start. See Remote Vehicle vehicle or to reduce the entry of outside air and below. The auto rear defogger turns off Start 0 13 and and odors. automatically. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 34. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

166 Climate Controls Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system.

1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Settings 1. Driver and Passenger Ventilated Seats (If 7. SYNC 2. Fan Control Equipped) 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature 2. Driver and Passenger Temperature 9. Fan Controls Controls Controls 10. Power (On/Off) 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) 3. MAX Defrost 11. Recirculation 5. Recirculation 4. Air Delivery Mode Controls 12. Rear Window Defogger 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls 5. A/C (Air Conditioning) 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) 6. Driver and Passenger Heated Seats (If 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped) 9. On/Off (Power) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Climate Controls 167 The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation Driver and Passenger Temperature driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan Controls : The temperature can be adjusted settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and separately for the driver and the passenger. CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. to increase or decrease the driver or display application tray. A selection can then passenger temperature setting. When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate be made on the front climate control page SYNC : Press to link the passenger displayed. See the infotainment manual. automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected setting is temperature settings to the driver setting. Climate Control Status Display displayed. Functions not manually set will The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When continue to be automatically controlled, the passenger settings are adjusted, the even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. SYNC indicator light turns off. For automatic operation: Manual Operation 1. Press AUTO. O : Press to turn the fan off or on. If on is 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system selected, or any other button is pressed or time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature knob turned, the climate control system will as needed for best comfort. turn on and return to delivering airflow as set. The temperature control and air delivery To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the mode can still be adjusted. vehicle faster with A/C on, the system will automatically turn on recirculation in warm ^ : Press the large fan symbol to increase weather. The recirculation light will not the fan speed. Press the small fan symbol to be lit. decrease the fan speed. The fan speed The climate control status display appears setting appears on the main display. When briefly when the center stack climate Press @ to manually select recirculation the fan speed is decreased completely, the controls are adjusted. and the indicator light will turn on. Press it fan turns off. Pressing either button cancels again to select outside air and the indicator automatic fan control and the fan is light will turn off. controlled manually. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

168 Climate Controls Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press X, Y, For best results, clear all snow and ice from turn on the air conditioner. The fan speed or [ to change the direction of the the windshield before defrosting. may slightly increase to help prevent airflow. Any combination of the three A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning fogging. If the climate control system does buttons can be selected. The indicator light system on or off. If the fan control is turned not detect possible window fogging, it in the button will turn on. The current mode off or the outside temperature falls below returns to normal operation. appears in the display screen. Pressing any freezing, the air conditioner will not run. To turn Auto Defog off or on, see “Climate button cancels automatic air delivery control and Air Quality” under Vehicle Pressing this button cancels automatic air 0 and the direction of the airflow is controlled conditioning and turns off the air Personalization 100. manually. Press AUTO to return to conditioner. Press AUTO to return to Rear Window Defogger automatic operation. automatic operation and the air conditioner To change the current mode, select one or runs automatically as needed. When the K : Press to turn the rear window defogger more of the following modes: indicator light is on, the air conditioner runs on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window X automatically to cool the air inside the : Air is directed to the windshield. vehicle or to dry the air needed to defog defogger is on. The rear window defogger only works when the ignition is on. The Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel the windshield faster. defogger turns off when the ignition is outlets. M : Press to turn on recirculation. An turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY. [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets. indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle or The upper lines on the rear window are 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield, to reduce the entry of outside air and odors. antenna grids and are not intended to the fan runs at a higher speed, and the defrost the glass. If selected during cool or cold weather, the temperature of the air is increased if not windshield and windows may fog. Turn off The rear window defogger can be set to already at maximum. This mode overrides recirculation to help clear the windshield automatic operation. See “Climate and Air the previous mode selected and clears fog or 0 and windows. Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 100. frost from the windshield more quickly. When Auto Rear Defog is selected, the rear When the button is pressed again, the Auto Defog : The climate control system window defogger turns on automatically system returns to the previous mode setting may have a sensor to automatically detect when the interior temperature is cold and and fan speed. high humidity inside the vehicle. When high the outside temperature is about 7 °C (45 °F) humidity is detected, the climate control and below. The auto rear defogger turns off system may adjust to outside air supply and automatically. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Climate Controls 169 If equipped with heated outside mirrors, the Engine Start/Stop button, the climate Air Vents they turn on when the rear window control system will begin to operate at the defogger button is on and help to clear fog last customer selected operating mode and or frost from the surface of the mirror. See temperature. If equipped with heated or Heated Mirrors 0 22. ventilated seats, they may come on during a remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13 Caution and Do not try to clear frost or other material Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 34. from the inside of the front windshield Sensor and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. This may The solar sensor, on top of the instrument damage the rear window defogger grid panel near the windshield, monitors the and affect the radio's ability to pick up solar heat. stations clearly. The repairs would not be The climate control system uses the sensor covered by the vehicle warranty. information to adjust the temperature, fan Use the louvers on the air vents to change speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode the direction of the airflow. Driver and Passenger Heated and Ventilated for best comfort. On the center air vents, move the sliding Seats : If equipped, press L or M to heat Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the knob down to close off airflow. the driver or passenger seat. automatic climate control system may not work properly. On the side air vents, move the sliding knob If equipped, press { or C to ventilate the to the outboard side of the vehicle to close driver or passenger seat. See Heated and off the airflow. Ventilated Front Seats 0 34. Operation Tips Remote Start Climate Control Operation : . Keep all outlets open whenever possible If equipped with remote start, the climate for best system performance. control system may run when the vehicle is started remotely. The system will determine . Keep the path under all seats clear of the best mode and temperature setting for objects to help circulate the air inside the operation. Once the vehicle is started with vehicle more effectively. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

170 Climate Controls . Clear snow off the hood to improve visibility and help decrease moisture drawn into the vehicle, which may improve long term system performance. . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. . Do not attach any devices to the air vent slats; this restricts airflow and may cause damage to the air vents. Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door dampener 4. Release the retainer clips holding the Passenger Compartment Air Filter arm from the glove box door assembly. service door. Open the service door and remove the old filter. The filter removes dust, pollen, and other 3. Squeeze both sides of the glove box door airborne irritants from outside air that is to open beyond the stops. 5. Install the new air filter. pulled into the vehicle. 6. Close the service door and retainer clips. The filter should be replaced as part of 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the routine scheduled maintenance; see glove box. 0 Maintenance Schedule 304. To find out See your dealer if additional assistance is what type of filter to use, see Maintenance needed. Replacement Parts 0 313. 1. Open the glove box completely. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Climate Controls 171 Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 304. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

172 Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust ...... 188 System ...... 212 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 188 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 214 Driving Information Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 214 Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 173 Automatic Transmission Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 216 Distracted Driving ...... 173 Automatic Transmission ...... 188 Defensive Driving ...... 173 Manual Mode ...... 190 Fuel Impaired Driving ...... 174 Top Tier Fuel ...... 217 Control of a Vehicle ...... 174 Brakes Recommended Fuel (1.5L Engine) ...... 218 Braking ...... 174 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 191 Recommended Fuel (2.0L Engine) ...... 218 Steering ...... 174 Parking Brake ...... 191 Prohibited Fuels ...... 218 Off-Road Recovery ...... 175 Electric Parking Brake ...... 192 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 218 Loss of Control ...... 176 Brake Assist ...... 193 Fuel Additives ...... 218 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 176 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 193 Filling the Tank ...... 219 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 177 Ride Control Systems Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 220 Winter Driving ...... 177 Traction Control/Electronic Stability If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 178 Trailer Towing Control ...... 193 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 179 General Towing Information ...... 220 Cruise Control Driving Characteristics and Starting and Operating Towing Tips ...... 221 Cruise Control ...... 195 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 182 Trailer Towing ...... 224 Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . . . . 197 Ignition Positions ...... 182 Towing Equipment ...... 225 Starting the Engine ...... 183 Driver Assistance Systems Conversions and Add-Ons Stop/Start System ...... 184 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 204 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 226 Engine Heater ...... 185 Assistance Systems for Parking or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 186 Backing ...... 205 Shifting Into Park ...... 186 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 209 Shifting out of Park ...... 187 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Parking over Things That Burn ...... 187 System ...... 209 Extended Parking ...... 187 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . 211 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 173 Distracted Driving . Wait until the vehicle is parked to Driving Information retrieve items that have fallen to the Driving for Better Fuel Economy Distraction comes in many forms and can floor. take your focus from the task of driving. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other children. are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or economy possible: the road. Many local governments have restraint. . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. . Avoid stressful conversations while temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in driving, whether with a passenger or on a or turn them off when not required. your area. cell phone. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the { steering wheel, and focus your attention on Warning . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. Taking your eyes off the road too long or of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving too often could cause a crash resulting in . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to injury or death. Focus your attention on appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. driving. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or Refer to the infotainment section for more require. other electronic devices. information on using that system and the . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. navigation system, if equipped, including . Designate a front seat passenger to pairing and using a cell phone. . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features Defensive Driving TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming Defensive driving means “always expect the sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting unexpected.” The first step in driving . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program defensively is to wear the seat belt. See maintenance. all trip information into any navigation Seat Belts 0 38. device prior to driving. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

174 Driving and Operating . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle applied. Once the power assist is used up, it (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) can take longer to stop and the brake pedal are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are will be harder to push. mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a and be ready. vehicle while driving. Steering . Allow enough following distance between Braking you and the driver in front of you. Caution . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and To avoid damage to the steering system, reaction time. Deciding to push the brake do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is or similar objects at speeds greater than reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about over other objects such as lane dividers three-quarters of a second. In that time, a and speed bumps. Damage caused by { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels misuse of the vehicle is not covered by 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of the vehicle warranty. Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not who has been drinking or is impaired by pump the brakes. Doing so could make the drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine home; or if you are with a group, stops, there will be some power brake assist designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 175 Variable Effort Steering Normal use of the power steering assist Off-Road Recovery should return when the system cools down. The vehicle has a steering system that varies the amount of effort required to steer See your dealer if there is a problem. the vehicle in relation to the speed of the vehicle. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. The amount of steering effort required is less at slower speeds to make the vehicle . Reduce speed before entering a curve. more maneuverable and easier to park. At . Maintain a reasonable steady speed faster speeds, the steering effort increases through the curve. to provide a sport-like feel to the steering. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve This provides maximum control and stability. before accelerating gently into the straightaway. Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies The vehicle has electric power steering. The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the It does not have power steering fluid. . There are some situations when steering edge of a road onto the shoulder while Regular maintenance is not required. around a problem may be more effective than braking. driving. Follow these tips: If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without if there is nothing in the way, steer the steered, but may require increased effort. removing a hand. vehicle so that it straddles the edge of If the steering wheel is turned until it . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows the pavement. reaches the end of its travel and is held steering while braking. 2. Turn the steering wheel about against that position for an extended period one-eighth of a turn, until the right front of time, power steering assist may be tire contacts the pavement edge. reduced. 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight If the steering assist is used for an extended down the roadway. period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

176 Driving and Operating Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make Warning (Continued) Skidding a mirrored surface — and slow down After driving through a large puddle of There are three types of skids that when you have any doubt. water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, the brake pedal until the brakes work systems: or braking, including reducing vehicle normally. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. sudden changes could cause the tires to Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much slide. forces. Driving through flowing water speed or steering in a curve causes tires could cause the vehicle to be carried to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only away. If this happens, you and other . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle the braking skid. vehicle occupants could drown. Do not causes the driving wheels to spin. Driving on Wet Roads ignore police warnings and be very Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking cautious about trying to drive through Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle reasonable care suited to existing conditions, flowing water. traction and affect your ability to stop and and by not overdriving those conditions. But accelerate. Always drive slower in these skids are always possible. Hydroplaning types of driving conditions and avoid driving If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these through large puddles and deep-standing or Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build suggestions: flowing water. up under the vehicle's tires so they actually . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal ride on the water. This can happen if the and steer the way you want the vehicle { Warning road is wet enough and you are going fast to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it Wet brakes can cause crashes. They has little or no contact with the road. ready for a second skid if it occurs. might not work as well in a quick stop There is no hard and fast rule about . Slow down and adjust your driving and could cause pulling to one side. You hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow according to weather conditions. Stopping could lose control of the vehicle. down when the road is wet. distance can be longer and vehicle control (Continued) can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 177 Other Rainy Weather Tips { Warning Winter Driving Besides slowing down, other wet weather Driving on Snow or Ice driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake . Allow extra following distance. Snow or ice between the tires and the road overheating, can reduce brake creates less traction or grip, so drive . Pass with caution. performance, and could result in a loss of carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C . Keep windshield wiping equipment in braking. Shift the transmission to a lower (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. good shape. gear to let the engine assist the brakes Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir on a steep downhill slope. until roads can be treated. filled. For Slippery Road Driving: . Have good tires with proper tread depth. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly See Tires 0 259. { Warning causes the wheels to spin and makes the . Turn off cruise control. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with surface under the tires slick. Hill and Mountain Roads the ignition off is dangerous. This can . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction cause overheating of the brakes and loss Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 193. Driving on steep hills or through mountains of steering assist. Always have the engine . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves is different than driving on flat or rolling running and the vehicle in gear. vehicle stability during hard stops, but terrain. Tips include: the brakes should be applied sooner than . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in when on dry pavement. See Antilock shape. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Brake System (ABS) 0 191. the center line. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, . Allow greater following distance and cooling system, and transmission. . Be alert on top of hills; something could watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). . Shift to a lower gear when going down occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded steep or long hills. . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., areas. The surface of a curve or an falling rocks area, winding roads, long overpass can remain icy when the grades, passing or no-passing zones) and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden take appropriate action. steering maneuvers and braking while on ice. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

178 Driving and Operating . Turn off cruise control. If stuck too severely for the traction system Warning (Continued) to free the vehicle, turn the traction system Blizzard Conditions . Fully open the air outlets on or under off and use the rocking method. See Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal the instrument panel. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there . Adjust the climate control system to 193. is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside circulate the air inside the vehicle and Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program set the fan speed to the highest { Warning 0 323. To get help and keep everyone in the setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, vehicle safe: they can explode, and you or others . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust 0 188. could be injured. The vehicle can . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. overheat, causing an engine compartment To save fuel, run the engine for short fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as { Warning periods to warm the vehicle and then shut little as possible and avoid going above Snow can trap engine exhaust under the the engine off and partially close the 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to window. Moving about to keep warm also get inside. Engine exhaust contains helps. Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be If it takes time for help to arrive, when Turn the steering wheel left and right to seen or smelled. It can cause running the engine, push the accelerator clear the area around the front wheels. Turn unconsciousness and even death. pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than off any traction system. Shift back and forth If the vehicle is stuck in snow: the idle speed. This keeps the battery between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, charged to restart the vehicle and to signal spinning the wheels as little as possible. To . Clear snow from the base of the for help with the headlamps. Do this as prevent transmission wear, wait until the vehicle, especially any blocking the little as possible, to save fuel. wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. exhaust pipe. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on If the Vehicle Is Stuck and press lightly on the accelerator pedal the vehicle side that is away from the Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to when the transmission is in gear. Slowly wind, to bring in fresh air. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, spinning the wheels in the forward and (Continued) ice, or snow. reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 179 get the vehicle out after a few tries, it positions (1), and the maximum vehicle Warning (Continued) might need to be towed out. If the vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and does need to be towed out, see Towing the Overloading can also reduce stopping pounds. Vehicle 0 292. performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label shorten the life of the vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits also shows the tire size of the original It is very important to know how much Tire and Loading Information Label equipment tires (3) and the weight the vehicle can carry. This recommended cold tire inflation weight is called the vehicle capacity pressures (4). For more information on 0 weight and includes the weight of all tires and inflation see Tires 259 and 0 occupants, cargo, and all Tire Pressure 266. nonfactory-installed options. Two labels There is also important loading on the vehicle may show how much information on the Certification label. weight it may properly carry: the Tire It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight and Loading Information label and the Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Certification label. Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See “Certification Label” later { Warning in this section. Do not load the vehicle any heavier Label Example “Steps for Determining Correct Load than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Limit– (GVWR), or either the maximum A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading front or rear Gross Axle Weight Information label is attached to the 1. Locate the statement "The combined Rating (GAWR). This can cause vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire weight of occupants and cargo systems to break and change the and Loading Information label shows should never exceed XXX kg or way the vehicle handles. This could the number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. cause loss of control and a crash. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

180 Driving and Operating 2. Determine the combined weight of reduces the available cargo and the driver and passengers that will luggage load capacity of your be riding in your vehicle. vehicle.” 3. Subtract the combined weight of the See Trailer Towing 0 224 for important driver and passengers from XXX kg information on towing a trailer, towing or XXX lbs. safety rules, and trailering tips. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the Example 2 amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 5. Determine the combined weight of 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg luggage and cargo being loaded on (750 lbs). the vehicle. That weight may not Example 1 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg safely exceed the available cargo and (250 lbs). luggage load capacity calculated in 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Step 4. Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 6. If your vehicle will be towing a 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ trailer, load from your trailer will be 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg transferred to your vehicle. Consult (300 lbs). this manual to determine how this 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 181 Certification Label { Warning Things inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. . Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly. . Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so Example 3 that some of them are above the Label Example tops of the seats. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification label is . Do not leave an unsecured child 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg attached to the vehicle's center pillar restraint in the vehicle. (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (B-pillar). The label may show the gross . Secure loose items in the vehicle. 3. Available Cargo Weight = weight capacity of the vehicle, called . Do not leave a seat folded down 0 kg (0 lbs). the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating unless needed. (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and Information label for specific cargo. information about the vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

182 Driving and Operating Starting and Operating Ignition Positions Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press New Vehicle Break-In ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off. Caution If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will The vehicle does not need an elaborate turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) break-in. But it will perform better in the will remain active. See Retained Accessory 0 long run if you follow these guidelines: Power (RAP) 186. . Do not drive at any one constant If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition speed, fast or slow, for the first will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display 800 km (500 mi). Do not make the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is to brake or slow the vehicle. shifted into P (Park), the ignition will turn off. . Avoid making hard stops for the first The vehicle has an electronic keyless ignition 300 km (200 mi) or so. During this with pushbutton start. Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle time the new brake linings are not yet is moving. This will cause a loss of power The RKE transmitter must be in the vehicle broken in. Hard stops with new linings assist in the brake and steering systems and can mean premature wear and earlier for the system to operate. If the pushbutton disable the airbags. replacement. Follow this breaking-in start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing If the vehicle must be shut off in an guideline every time you get new emergency: brake linings. interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Following break-in, engine speed and load Operation 0 7. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring can be gradually increased. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be increased brake pedal force. on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal must be applied. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 183 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can With the ignition off, pressing the button The engine will not start in Service Mode. be done while the vehicle is moving. one time without the brake pedal applied Press the button again to turn the After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply will place the ignition system in ACC/ vehicle off. the brakes and steer the vehicle to a ACCESSORY. Starting the Engine safe location. The ignition will switch from ACC/ 3. Come to a complete stop, shift to ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to Move the shift lever to P (Park) or P (Park), and turn the ignition off. The prevent battery run down. N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any shift lever must be in P (Park) to turn the other position. To restart the engine when ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This ignition off. the vehicle is already moving, use mode is for driving and starting. With the N (Neutral) only. 4. Set the parking brake. See Electric ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, Parking Brake 0 192. pressing the button once will turn the Caution ignition on. Once engine cranking begins, { Warning release the button. Engine cranking will Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could Turning off the vehicle while moving may continue until the engine starts. See Starting 0 damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) cause loss of power assist in the brake the Engine 183. The ignition will then only when the vehicle is stopped. and steering systems and disable the remain on. airbags. While driving, only shut the Service Mode vehicle off in an emergency. This power mode is available for service and Caution diagnostics, and to verify the proper If the vehicle cannot be pulled over and If you add electrical parts or accessories, operation of the malfunction indicator lamp must be shut off while driving, press and you could change the way the engine as may be required for emission inspection hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than operates. Any resulting damage would purposes. With the vehicle off, and the two seconds, or press twice in five seconds. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. brake pedal not applied, pressing and See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 226. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : holding the button for more than This mode allows you to use some electrical five seconds will place the vehicle in Service accessories when the engine is off. Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do with the ignition on, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

184 Driving and Operating Starting Procedure 2. If the engine does not start after five to { Warning 1. With the Keyless Access system, the RKE 10 seconds, especially in very cold transmitter must be in the vehicle. Press weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could The automatic engine Stop/Start feature ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedal be flooded with too much gasoline. Try causes the engine to shut off while the applied. When the engine begins pushing the accelerator pedal all the way vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle cranking, let go of the button. to the floor and holding it there as you before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle hold ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a The idle speed will go down as the may restart and move unexpectedly. maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least Always shift to P (Park), and then turn engine gets warm. Do not race the 15 seconds between each try, to allow the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. engine immediately after starting it. the cranking motor to cool down. When If the RKE transmitter is not in the the engine starts, let go of the button Auto Engine Stop/Start vehicle, if there is interference, or if the and the accelerator. If the vehicle starts RKE transmitter battery is low, the Driver briefly but then stops again, do the When the brakes are applied and the vehicle Information Center (DIC) will display a same thing. This clears the extra gasoline is at a complete stop, the engine may turn message. See Driver Information Center from the engine. Do not race the engine off. When stopped, the tachometer displays (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or immediately after starting it. Operate AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 0 83. When the Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) the engine and transmission gently until brake pedal is released or the accelerator 0 96 and the oil warms up and lubricates all pedal is pressed, the engine will restart. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System moving parts. To maintain vehicle performance, other Operation 0 7. Stop/Start System conditions may cause the engine to Caution automatically restart before the brake pedal If equipped, the Stop/Start system will shut is released. Cranking the engine for long periods of off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has time, by trying to start the engine Auto Stops may not occur and/or auto components designed for the increased restarts may occur because: immediately after cranking has ended, number of starts. can overheat and damage the cranking . The climate control settings require the motor, and drain the battery. Wait at engine to be running to cool or heat the least 15 seconds between each try, to let vehicle interior. the cranking motor cool down. . The vehicle battery charge is low. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 185 . The vehicle battery has recently been Auto Stop Disable Switch in the plug end of the cord will prevent disconnected. engine heater operation at temperatures . Minimum vehicle speed has not been above −18 °C (0 °F). reached since the last Auto Stop. To Use the Engine Heater . The accelerator pedal is pressed. 1. Turn off the engine. . The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. . The outside temperature is not in the required operating range. . The vehicle transmission is shifted out of D (Drive) to any gear other than P (Park). . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver modes have been selected. . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can . The driver door has been opened or driver be disabled and enabled by pressing the seat belt has been unbuckled. switch with the h symbol. Auto Stop is . The hood has been opened. enabled each time you start the vehicle. . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum When the indicator light is illuminated, the allowed time. system is enabled. Engine Heater The electrical cord is on the passenger side of the engine compartment, The engine heater, if available, can help in between the fender and the air cleaner. cold weather conditions at or below −18 ° 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt C (0 °F) for easier starting and better fuel AC outlet. economy during engine warm-up. Plug in the engine heater at least four hours before starting the vehicle. An internal thermostat Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

186 Driving and Operating . Power Windows (during RAP this { Warning functionality will be lost when any door Warning (Continued) Plugging the cord into an ungrounded is opened) It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle outlet could cause an electrical shock. . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) Also, the wrong kind of extension cord be lost when any door is opened) with the parking brake firmly set. The could overheat and cause a fire. You . Auxiliary Power Outlet vehicle can roll. could be seriously injured. Plug the cord . Audio System Do not leave the vehicle when the engine into a properly grounded three-prong . OnStar System is running. If you have left the engine 110-volt AC outlet. If the cord will not running, the vehicle can move suddenly. reach, use a heavy-duty three-prong Shifting Into Park You or others could be injured. To be extension cord rated for at least 15 amps. 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the sure the vehicle will not move, even parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake when you are on fairly level ground, 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to 0 192. unplug and store the cord as it was always set the parking brake and move before to keep it away from moving 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting 0 engine parts. holding in the button on the shift lever Into Park 186. If you are towing a and pushing the shift lever all the way trailer, see Driving Characteristics and The length of time the heater should remain toward the front of the vehicle. Towing Tips 0 221. plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a 3. Turn the ignition off. dealer in the area where you will be parking If you have to leave the vehicle with the the vehicle for the best advice on this. Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine engine running, be sure the vehicle is in Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Running P (Park) and the parking brake is set before you leave it. After you have moved the shift When the ignition is turned from on to off, { Warning lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake the following features (if equipped) will It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle pedal down. Then, see if you can move the continue to function for up to 10 minutes, shift lever away from P (Park) without first with the engine running. It could or until the driver door is opened. These pressing the button. features will also work when the ignition is overheat and catch fire. (Continued) If you can, it means that the shift lever was in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: not fully locked in P (Park). . Infotainment System Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 187 Torque Lock If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a Parking over Things That Burn battery with low voltage, try charging or Torque lock is when the weight of the jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting vehicle puts too much force on the parking { Warning - North America 0 290 for more information. pawl in the transmission. This happens when Things that can burn could touch hot parking on a hill and shifting the To shift out of P (Park): exhaust parts under the vehicle and transmission into P (Park) is not done 1. Apply the brake pedal. ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, properly and then it is difficult to shift out 2. Release the parking brake. See Electric dry grass, or other things that can burn. of P (Park). To prevent torque lock, set the Parking Brake 0 192. parking brake and then shift into P (Park). To find out how, see “Shifting Into Park” listed 3. Press the shift lever button. Extended Parking previously. 4. Move the shift lever. It is best not to park with the vehicle If torque lock does occur, your vehicle may If unable to shift out of P (Park): running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate need to be pushed uphill by another vehicle 1. Fully release the shift lever button. to relieve the parking pawl pressure, so you ventilation. can shift out of P (Park). 2. While holding down the brake pedal, 0 press the shift lever button again. See Shifting Into Park 186 and Engine Exhaust 0 188. Shifting out of Park 3. Move the shift lever. If the vehicle is left parked and running with This vehicle is equipped with an electronic This vehicle may have the Buckle to Drive the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it shift lock release system. The shift lock feature, which may prevent the vehicle from will continue to run for up to half an hour. release is designed to prevent movement of shifting out of P (Park). See Buckle To Drive the shift lever out of P (Park), unless the 0 39. If the vehicle is left parked and running with ignition is on and the brake pedal is applied. the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will If the shift lever will not move from P (Park), continue to run for up to an hour. The shift lock release is always functional consult your dealer or a professional towing except in the case of an uncharged or low service. The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is voltage (less than 9 volt) battery. parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel. The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

188 Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission

{ Warning If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide vehicle: (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. . Drive it only with the windows Exposure to CO can cause completely down. unconsciousness and even death. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: Never park the vehicle with the engine . The vehicle idles in areas with poor running in an enclosed area such as a ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, garage or a building that has no fresh air deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes). ventilation. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange Running the Vehicle While Parked P: This position locks the drive wheels. Use or different. P (Park) when starting the engine because It is better not to park with the engine . The exhaust system leaks due to the vehicle cannot move easily. corrosion or damage. running. . The vehicle exhaust system has been If the vehicle is left with the engine running, { Warning follow the proper steps to be sure the modified, damaged, or improperly It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park repaired. if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) 0 186 and . There are holes or openings in the Engine Exhaust 0 188. with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle body from damage or vehicle can roll. If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see aftermarket modifications that are not Do not leave the vehicle when the engine completely sealed. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 is running. If you have left the engine (Continued) 221. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 189

Warning (Continued) Caution Caution sure the vehicle will not move, even Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with when you are on fairly level ground, moving forward could damage the the engine running at high speed may always set the parking brake and move transmission. The repairs would not be damage the transmission. The repairs the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to would not be covered by the vehicle Into Park 0 186 and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is warranty. Be sure the engine is not Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips stopped. running at high speed when shifting the 0 221. vehicle. To rock the vehicle back and forth to get Make sure the shift lever is fully in P (Park) out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck Caution before starting the engine. The vehicle has 0 an automatic transmission shift lock control 178. A transmission hot message may display system. With the ignition on, fully apply the N: In this position, the engine does not if the automatic transmission fluid is too regular brake, then press the button on the connect with the wheels. To restart the hot. Driving under this condition can shift lever before shifting from P (Park). engine when the vehicle is already moving, damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the If you cannot shift out of P (Park), ease use N (Neutral) only. engine to cool the automatic pressure on the shift lever, then push the transmission fluid. This message clears shift lever all the way into P (Park) as you { Warning when the transmission fluid has cooled maintain brake application. Then press the sufficiently. shift lever button and move the shift lever Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is into another gear. See Shifting out of Park D: This position is for normal driving. 0 dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on 187. If more power is needed for passing, press the brake pedal, the vehicle could move the accelerator pedal down. R: Use this gear to back up. very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a Caution drive gear while the engine is running at If the vehicle does not shift gears, the high speed. transmission could be damaged. Have the vehicle serviced right away. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

190 Driving and Operating If the vehicle is stopped on a hill, with your trailer. The vehicle has an electronic shift highest gear available for this foot off the brake pedal, the vehicle may position indicator within the instrument pre-determined range is displayed next to roll. This is normal and is due to the torque cluster. When using the ERS mode a number the L in the DIC. See Driver Information converter designed to improve fuel economy will display next to the L, indicating the Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or and performance. Use the brake to hold the highest gear available for the range selected. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) vehicle on a hill. Do not use the accelerator 0 96. The number displayed in the DIC is pedal. the highest gear that the transmission will L: This position gives you access to gear be allowed to operate in. This means that ranges. This provides more engine braking all gears below that number are available. but lower fuel economy than D (Drive). You For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next can use it on very steep hills, or in deep to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears snow or mud. See Manual Mode 0 190. are automatically shifted by the vehicle. The transmission will not shift into 5 (Fifth) until Operating Modes : The transmission may the + (Plus) button is used or you shift back operate in a lower gear than normal to into D (Drive). improve vehicle performance. The engine speed may be higher and there may be an While in L (Low), the transmission will increase in noise during the following prevent shifting to a lower gear range if the conditions: engine speed is too high. You have a brief To use this feature: period of time to slow the vehicle. If vehicle . When climbing a grade 1. Press the shift lever button and move speed is not reduced within the time . When driving downhill the shift lever to L (Low). allowed, the lower gear range shift will not . When driving in hot temperatures, or at 2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on the shift be completed. You must further slow the high altitude lever to increase or decrease the gear vehicle, then press − (Minus) to the desired lower gear range. Manual Mode range available. When you shift from D (Drive) to L (Low), Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode the transmission will shift to a ERS mode allows you to choose the top-gear pre-determined lower gear range. The limit of the transmission and the vehicle's speed while driving downhill or towing a Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 191 Brakes Using ABS 3. The brake system warning light will come on, if the ignition is on. See Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake System Warning Light 0 88. Antilock Brake System (ABS) pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps operate is normal. If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing prevent a braking skid and maintain steering Braking in Emergencies 0 while braking hard. Tips 221. ABS allows steering and braking at the same To release the parking brake: ABS performs a system check when the time. In many emergencies, steering can 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor help even more than braking. or clicking noise may be heard while this 2. Push down firmly on the parking brake test is going on, and the brake pedal may Parking Brake pedal to release the parking brake. move slightly. This is normal. 3. Slowly raise the parking brake pedal. 4. The brake system warning light will turn off, if the ignition is on. Caution Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause If there is a problem with ABS, this warning premature wear or damage to brake light stays on. See Antilock Brake System system parts. Make sure that the parking (ABS) Warning Light 0 89. brake is fully released and the brake ABS does not change the time needed to warning light is off before driving. get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you To set the manual parking brake, Driving with the parking brake applied will get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will if equipped: cause a warning chime to sound and a Driver Information Center (DIC) message not be enough time to apply the brakes if 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always may display. Release the parking brake or leave enough room ahead to stop, even 2. Firmly push the parking brake stop the vehicle. with ABS. pedal down. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

192 Driving and Operating Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is parking brake status light to ensure that the moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long parking brake is applied. as the switch is pulled. If the switch is pulled until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB Apply EPB will remain applied. To apply the EPB: The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. in some situations when the vehicle is not 2. Pull the EPB switch momentarily. moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of The red parking brake status light will flash the EPB system, or at the request of other and then stay on once the EPB is fully safety functions that utilize the EPB. applied. If the red parking brake status light flashes continuously, the EPB is only If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear partially applied or there is a problem with wheels to prevent vehicle movement. the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release If equipped, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) EPB Release the EPB and try to apply it again. If the can always be applied, even if the vehicle is light does not come on, or keeps flashing, To release the EPB: off. In case of insufficient electrical power, have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the the EPB cannot be applied or released. To 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ vehicle if the red parking brake status light prevent draining the battery, avoid ACCESSORY. is flashing. See your dealer. unnecessary repeated cycles of the EPB. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. If the amber service parking brake warning The system has a red parking brake status 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. light is on, pull the EPB switch. Continue to light and an amber service parking brake hold the switch until the red parking brake The EPB is released when the red parking warning light. See Electric Parking Brake status light remains on. If the amber service brake status light is off. Light 0 89 and parking brake warning light is on, see your Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 89. If the amber service parking brake warning dealer. There are also parking brake-related Driver light is on, release the EPB by pressing and Information Center (DIC) messages. holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light is off. If either light stays on after release is attempted, see your dealer. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 193

Caution apply the brake pedal as the driving HSA is available when the vehicle is facing situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages uphill in a forward gear, or when facing Driving with the parking brake on can when the brake pedal is released. downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must overheat the brake system and cause come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA premature wear or damage to brake Hill Start Assist (HSA) to activate. system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake { Warning Ride Control Systems warning light is off before driving. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention Traction Control/Electronic If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and drive safely. You may not hear or hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Stability Control feel alerts or warnings provided by this Tips 0 221. system. Failure to use proper care when System Operation Automatic EPB Release driving may result in injury, death, The vehicle has a Traction Control System or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability The EPB will automatically release if the 0 vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an 173. Control (ESC). These systems help limit attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid wheel slip and assist the driver in acceleration when the EPB is applied, to When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill maintaining control, especially on slippery preserve parking brake lining life. Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from road conditions. rolling in an unintended direction during the TCS activates if it senses that any of the transition from brake pedal release to Brake Assist drive wheels are spinning or beginning to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release lose traction. When this happens, TCS Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the applies the brakes to the spinning wheels applications due to emergency braking accelerator pedal is not applied within a few and reduces engine power to limit situations and provides additional braking to minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will wheel spin. activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if apply. The brakes may also release under the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake the vehicle. senses a difference between the intended pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement path and the direction the vehicle is actually during this time may occur. Continue to traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

194 Driving and Operating braking pressure to any one of the vehicle The indicator light for both systems is in the Turning the Systems Off and On wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping instrument cluster. This light will: the vehicle on the intended path. . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. If cruise control is being used and traction . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit . Turn on and stay on when either system wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. is not working. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Both systems come on automatically when Information Center (DIC), and d comes on the vehicle is started and begins to move. and stays on to indicate that the system is The systems may be heard or felt while inactive and is not assisting the driver in they are operating or while performing maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to diagnostic checks. This is normal and does drive, but driving should be adjusted not mean there is a problem with the accordingly. vehicle. Caution If d comes on and stays on: It is recommended to leave both systems on Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate for normal driving conditions, but it may be 1. Stop the vehicle. heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. driveline could be damaged. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the 3. Start the engine. Vehicle Is Stuck 0 178 and “Turning the To turn off only TCS, press and release g. Systems Off and On” later in this section. Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays The traction off light i displays in the on, the vehicle may need more time to instrument cluster. diagnose the problem. If the condition persists, see your dealer. To turn TCS on again, press and release g. The traction off light i displayed in the instrument cluster will turn off. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 195 To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, Warning (Continued) press and hold g until the traction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g come on Cruise control can be dangerous on and stay on in the instrument cluster. slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, excessive wheel slip, and you could lose press and release g. The traction off light control. Do not use cruise control on i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the slippery roads. instrument cluster turn off. Adding accessories can affect the vehicle With the Traction Control System (TCS) or performance. See Accessories and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Modifications 0 229. the system may begin to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control. If this 5 : Press to turn the cruise control system happens, cruise control will automatically on and off. A white indicator comes on in Cruise Control disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic the instrument cluster when cruise is Stability Control 0 193. If a collision alert Cruise control lets the vehicle maintain a turned on. speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more occurs when cruise control is activated, without keeping your foot on the cruise control is disengaged. See Forward * : Press to disengage cruise control accelerator. Cruise control does not work at Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 209. When without erasing the set speed from memory. road conditions allow you to safely use it speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph). +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, again, cruise control can be turned back on. press to resume that speed or press and { Warning Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already Cruise control can be dangerous where StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. active, use to increase vehicle speed. you cannot drive safely at a steady If the brakes are applied, cruise control −SET : Press briefly to set the speed and speed. Do not use cruise control on disengages. activate cruise control. If cruise control is winding roads or in heavy traffic. already active, use to decrease vehicle (Continued) speed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

196 Driving and Operating Setting Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Driver If 5 is on when not in use, -SET or +RES If the cruise control system is already 0 activated: Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 94 or could get bumped and go into cruise when Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not . Press and hold +RES until the vehicle 0 96. The increment value used depends on being used. accelerates to the desired speed, then the units displayed. release it. To set a speed: Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise . To increase the speed in small increments, 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. briefly press +RES. For each press, the Control 2. Get up to the desired speed. vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off 3. Press and release -SET. The desired set The speedometer reading can be displayed the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the speed briefly appears in the instrument in either English or metric units. See Driver previous set cruise speed. While pressing the cluster. Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or accelerator pedal or shortly following the 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 release to override cruise control, briefly pedal. 96. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. pressing -SET will result in cruise control set The cruise control indicator on the to the current vehicle speed. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control instrument cluster turns green after cruise Using Cruise Control on Hills control has been set to the desired speed. If the cruise control system is already See Instrument Cluster 0 80. activated: How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and Resuming a Set Speed . Press and hold -SET until the desired the steepness of the hills. When going up lower speed is reached, then release it. If cruise control is set at a desired speed steep hills, you might have to step on the and then the brakes are applied, cruise . To slow down in small increments, briefly accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle control is disengaged without erasing the press -SET. For each press, the vehicle speed. When going downhill, you might set speed from memory. goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is Once the vehicle speed reaches about applied, cruise control will disengage. 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press +RES. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 197 Ending Cruise Control If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can Warning (Continued) There are four ways to end cruise control: apply acceleration or limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following when vehicles suddenly slow or stop . Step lightly on the brake pedal. gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. * ahead, or enter your lane. Also see . Press . If ACC is controlling your vehicle speed “Alerting the Driver” in this section. . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). when the Traction Control System (TCS) or Complete attention is always required StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . Press 5 to turn cruise control system off while driving and you should be ready to system activates, the ACC may automatically take action and apply the brakes. See completely. disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Defensive Driving 0 173. Erasing Speed Memory Stability Control 0 193. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, the The cruise control set speed is erased from ACC can be turned back on. memory if 5 is pressed or if the vehicle is { Warning Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system turned off. ACC will not detect or brake for children, will disengage and prevent engagement Adaptive Cruise Control of ACC. pedestrians, animals, or other objects. (Advanced) ACC can reduce the need for you to Do not use ACC when: frequently brake and accelerate, especially . On winding and hilly roads or when If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control when used on expressways, freeways, and the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, (ACC), it allows you to select the cruise interstate highways. When used on other or dirt. The system may not detect a control set speed and following gap. Read roads, you may need to take over the vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of this entire section before using this system. control of braking or acceleration more the vehicle clean. The following gap is the following time often. between your vehicle and a vehicle detected . Visibility is low, such as in fog, rain, directly ahead in your path moving in the or snow conditions. ACC performance same direction. If no vehicle is detected in { Warning is limited under these conditions. your path, ACC works like regular cruise ACC has limited braking ability and may . On slippery roads where fast changes control. ACC uses camera and radar sensors. not have time to slow the vehicle down in tire traction can cause excessive See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. enough to avoid a collision with another wheel slip. vehicle you are following. This can occur (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

198 Driving and Operating * : Press briefly to set the speed and green J indicator will be lit on the activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if instrument cluster; the following gap will ACC is already activated. To decrease speed not display. by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h control mode will be set to the last mode (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold used before the vehicle was turned off. SET– . [ : Press to select a following gap time { Warning (or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, Always check the cruise control indicator or Near. on the instrument cluster to determine Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise which mode cruise control is in before Control using the feature. If ACC is not active, the 5 : Press to turn the system on or off. vehicle will not automatically brake for A white cruise control indicator comes on in To switch between ACC and regular cruise the instrument cluster. control, press and hold *. A Driver other vehicles, which could cause a crash Information Display (DIC) message displays. if the brakes are not applied manually. +RES : Press briefly to resume the previous See Vehicle Messages 0 99. You and others could be seriously injured set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC or killed. is already activated. To increase speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To Setting Adaptive Cruise Control increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. If ACC is on when not in use, 5 could get pressed and cruise control could become −SET : Press briefly to set the speed and active when not desired. Keep the cruise activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control control off when cruise is not being used. ACC is already activated. To decrease speed Indicator by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. Select the set speed desired for cruise. This To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h ] is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold When ACC is engaged, a green indicator detected in its path. SET– . will be lit on the instrument cluster. When the regular cruise control is engaged, a Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 199 ACC will not set at a speed less than Resuming a Set Speed . Use the accelerator to get to the higher speed. Press -SET. Release the control and 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can be If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will resumed when driving at lower speeds. The the brakes are applied, the ACC is now cruise at the higher speed. minimum allowable set speed is 25 km/h disengaged without erasing the set speed (15 mph). from memory. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, To set ACC: ACC will not brake because it is To begin using ACC again, press RES+ briefly overridden. The ACC indicator on the 1. Press 5. while moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph). instrument panel will turn blue. 2. Get up to the desired speed. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed. . Press and hold +RES until the desired set 3. Press and release -SET. speed appears on the display, then A green ACC indicator and the set speed 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. release it. display on the instrument cluster. The . To increase vehicle speed in small After ACC is set, it may immediately apply vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a increments, briefly press +RES. For each the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected vehicle ahead was present and moved. See press, the vehicle goes 1 km/h (1 mph) closer than the selected following gap. “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later faster. in this section. . To increase vehicle speed in larger Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed increments, briefly press and hold +RES. will increase to the set speed under the For each press, the vehicle goes 5 km/h following conditions: (5 mph) faster. . There is no vehicle ahead. When it is determined that there is no . The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected vehicle ahead inside the selected following The ACC indicator displays in the instrument following gap. gap, then the vehicle speed will increase to cluster. When ACC is turned on, the . The vehicle speed is not being limited the set speed. indicator will be lit white. When the ACC is because of a sharp turn. Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed active, the indicator turns green. Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed If ACC is already activated, do one of the Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding following: traffic speeds, and weather conditions when If ACC is already activated, do one of the selecting the set speed. following: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

200 Driving and Operating . Use the brake to get to the desired lower Since each gap setting corresponds to a When this condition occurs, a series of red speed. Release the brake and press -SET. following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the lights will flash on the windshield and eight The vehicle will now cruise at the lower following distance will vary based on vehicle beeps will sound from the front. speed. speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the See Defensive Driving 0 173. . Press and hold -SET until the desired further back your vehicle will follow a lower speed is reached, then release it. vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and Approaching and Following a Vehicle . To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller weather conditions when selecting the increments, press -SET down briefly. For following gap. The range of selectable gaps each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h may not be appropriate for all drivers and (1 mph) slower. driving conditions. . To decrease vehicle speed in larger Changing the gap setting automatically increments, briefly press and hold -SET. changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, For each press, the vehicle goes 5 km/h Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision The vehicle ahead indicator is in the (5 mph) slower. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision instrument cluster. Alert (FCA) System 0 209. Selecting the Follow Distance It only displays when a vehicle is detected Alerting the Driver When a slower moving vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path moving in the same ahead within the selected following gap, direction. ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and If this symbol is not displaying, ACC will not attempt to maintain the follow distance gap respond to or brake to vehicles ahead. selected. ACC automatically slows the vehicle down Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust and adjusts vehicle speed to follow the the following gap. When pressed, the vehicle in front at the selected following current gap setting displays briefly on the If ACC is engaged, driver action may be gap. The vehicle speed increases or instrument cluster. Subsequent presses cycle required when ACC cannot apply sufficient decreases to follow the vehicle in front of the gap button through three settings: Far, braking because of approaching a vehicle you, but will not exceed the set speed. Medium, or Near. The gap setting will be too rapidly. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. maintained until it is changed. When braking is active, the brake lamps will Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 201 come on. The automatic braking may feel or . Objects that are close to the front of your Notification to Resume ACC vehicle. sound different than if the brakes were ACC will maintain a following gap behind a applied manually. This is normal. ACC Automatically Disengages detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects ACC may automatically disengage and the stop behind that vehicle. driver will need to manually apply the If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven { Warning brakes to slow the vehicle if: away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ACC may not detect and react to stopped . The sensors are blocked. ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For . The Traction Control System (TCS) or check traffic before proceeding. In addition, example, the system may not brake for a StabiliTrak/ESC has activated or been three beeps will sound. See “Adaptive Cruise vehicle it has never detected moving. This disabled. Go Notifier” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 100. can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a . There is a fault in the system. vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle . The radar falsely reports blockage when When the vehicle ahead drives away, press ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may driving in a desert or remote area with +RES or the accelerator pedal to resume not stop and could cause a crash. Use no other vehicles or roadside objects. ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes caution when using ACC. Your complete A DIC message may display to indicate or if the driver door is opened and the attention is always required while driving that ACC is temporarily unavailable. driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC and you should be ready to take action automatically applies the Electric Parking The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC and apply the brakes. Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB is no longer active. In some cases, when ACC status light will turn on. See Electric Parking is temporarily unavailable, regular cruise 0 Irregular Objects Affecting ACC Brake 192. To release the EPB, press the control may be used. See “Switching accelerator pedal. ACC may have difficulty detecting the Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” in following objects: this section. Always consider driving A DIC warning message may display indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting . Vehicles with cargo extending from the conditions before using either cruise control the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 99. back end. system. . Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car fitted, or horse carriages. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

202 Driving and Operating

{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued) If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC The ACC will not automatically apply the attention in curves and be ready to use is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the brakes if your foot is resting on the the brakes if necessary. Select an vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. accelerator pedal. You could crash into a appropriate speed while driving in curves. The vehicle can move. When ACC is vehicle ahead of you. holding the vehicle at a stop, always be ACC may operate differently in a sharp prepared to manually apply the brakes. Curves in the Road curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp. ACC automatically slows { Warning the vehicle down while navigating the curve { Warning and may increase speed out of the curve, On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle but will not exceed the set speed. Leaving the vehicle without placing it in ahead in your lane. You could be startled P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave if the vehicle accelerates up to the set the vehicle while it is being held at a speed, especially when following a vehicle stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in exiting or entering exit ramps. You could P (Park) and turn off the ignition before lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do leaving the vehicle. not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the ACC Override brakes if necessary. If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the When following a vehicle and entering a instrument cluster to indicate that automatic { Warning curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead braking will not occur. ACC will resume On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle and accelerate to the set speed. When this operation when the accelerator pedal is not in another lane, or may not have time to happens the vehicle ahead indicator will not being pressed. react to a vehicle in your lane. You could appear. crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 203 ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills is completely in the lane. The brake may or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect need to be manually applied. a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle hills. The driver will often need to take over acceleration and braking on steep hills, The detection of objects in front of the especially when towing a trailer. If the vehicle may not be possible if: brakes are applied, the ACC disengages. . The vehicle or object ahead is not within Ending ACC your lane. There are three ways to disengage ACC: ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, lane and apply the brakes. or is shifted to one side of the lane. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. * ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ Driving in Narrow Lanes . Press . or braking that is considered unnecessary. Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside . Press 5. It could respond to vehicles in different objects may be incorrectly detected when Erasing Speed Memory lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary located along the roadway. objects when entering or exiting a curve. The cruise control set speed is erased from This is normal operation. The vehicle does Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is not need service. Trailer turned off. Other Vehicle Lane Changes Weather Conditions Affecting ACC System operation may be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would obstruct the front camera view. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

204 Driving and Operating Do not install objects on top of the vehicle Driver Assistance Systems that overhang and obstruct the front Warning (Continued) camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other This vehicle may have features that work . Work under poor visibility or bad items that can be transported. together to help avoid crashes or reduce weather conditions. crash damage while driving, backing, and Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog . Work if the detection sensor is not parking. Read this entire section before lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, using these systems. to detect an object. mud, or dirt. Cleaning the Sensing System { Warning . Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, The camera sensor on the windshield ahead Do not rely on the Driver Assistance magnet, or metal plate. of the rearview mirror and the radar sensors Systems. These systems do not replace . Work if the area surrounding the on the front of the vehicle can become the need for paying attention and driving blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. These detection sensor is damaged or not safely. You may not hear or see alerts or properly repaired. areas need to be cleaned for ACC to operate warnings provided by these systems. properly. Failure to use proper care when driving Complete attention is always required If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control may result in injury, death, or vehicle while driving, and you should be ready to may be available. See “Switching Between damage. See Defensive Driving 0 173. take action and apply the brakes and/or ACC and Regular Cruise Control” in this steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. section. Always consider driving conditions Under many conditions, these systems before using either cruise control system. will not: Audible Alert For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Some driver assistance features alert the Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 295. or animals. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see System operation may also be limited under . Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system. “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. 0 . Work at all driving speeds. Personalization 100. . Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 205 Cleaning Assistance Systems for Parking or Depending on vehicle options, keep these Backing areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Information Center (DIC) messages may Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA), Rear Cross display when the systems are unavailable or Traffic Alert (RCTA), and Automatic Parking blocked. Assist (APA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing. Rear Vision Camera (RVC) When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the RVC displays an image of the area . Front and rear bumpers and the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment below the bumpers display. The previous screen displays when . Front grille and headlamps the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after . Front camera lens in the front grille or a short delay. To return to the previous near the front emblem screen sooner, press any button on the . Front side and rear side panels infotainment system, shift into P (Park), . Outside of the windshield in front of the or reach a vehicle speed of approximately rearview mirror 12 km/h (8 mph). . Rear side corner bumpers . Rear Vision Camera above the license plate Radio Frequency This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

206 Driving and Operating Displayed images may be farther or closer Park Assist than they appear. The area displayed is With Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA), as limited and objects that are close to either the vehicle moves at speeds of less than corner of the bumper or under the bumper 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers do not display. may detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front A warning triangle may appear on the and 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a infotainment display to show that Rear Park zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) below bumper level. These detection has detected an object. This triangle changes distances may be shorter during warmer or from amber to red and increases in size the humid weather. Blocked sensors will not closer the object. detect objects and can also cause false detections. Keep the sensors clean of mud, { Warning dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors 1. View Displayed by the Camera after a car wash in freezing temperatures. The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, { Warning animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the The Park Assist system does not detect bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, distances may be different from actual or objects located below the bumper or distances. Do not drive or park the that are too close or too far from the vehicle using only these camera(s). vehicle. It is not available at speeds Always check behind and around the greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent vehicle before driving. Failure to use injury, death, or vehicle damage, even 1. View Displayed by the Camera proper care may result in injury, death, with Park Assist, always check the area 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper or vehicle damage. around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 207 traffic coming from the left or right. This RCTA can also be turned on or off through system detects objects coming from up to vehicle personalization. See “Collision/ 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of Detection Systems” under Vehicle the vehicle. When an object is detected, Personalization 0 100. three beeps sound from either the left or right, depending on the direction of the Automatic Parking Assist (APA) detected vehicle. If equipped, APA searches for and steers the vehicle into parallel or perpendicular parking Turning the Features On or Off spots. When using APA, you must still shift The instrument cluster may have a Park gears, and control the brakes and Assist display with bars that show “distance accelerator. A display and audible beeps help to object” and object location information. to guide parking maneuvers. As the object gets closer, more bars light up and the bars may change color from yellow { Warning to amber to red. APA does not apply the brakes. APA may When an object is first detected in the rear, The X button on the center console is not detect objects in the parking space, one beep will be heard from the rear. When used to turn on or off the Front and Rear objects that are soft or narrow, objects an object is very close — <0.6 m (2 ft) in the Park Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert at high off the ground such as flatbed vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle the same time. The indicator light next to trucks, or objects below ground level such front — five beeps will sound from the front the button comes on when the features are as large potholes. Always verify that the or rear depending on where the object is on and turns off when the features have parking space is appropriate for parking a detected. Beeps for Front Park Assist (FPA) been disabled. vehicle. APA does not respond to changes are higher pitched than for Rear Park To turn the rear Park Assist symbols or in the parking space, such as movement Assist (RPA). guidance lines on or off, see “Rear Camera of an adjacent vehicle, or a person or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Park Assist Symbols” under Vehicle object entering the parking space. APA 0 If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into Personalization 100. does not detect or avoid traffic that is R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning (Continued) triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the infotainment display to warn of Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

208 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) press and hold O during the search process or, if available, change the parking mode in behind or alongside of the vehicle. the infotainment display. Always be prepared to stop the vehicle during the parking maneuver.

Press O on the center console to enable the system to search for a parking space that is large enough and within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle. The vehicle speed must be APA will instruct the vehicle to stop once a below 30 km/h (18 mph). large enough space is found. Follow the displayed instructions. When instructed, shift The system cannot: to R (Reverse) to engage automatic steering. . Detect whether it is a legal parking space. After completely passing a large enough The steering wheel will briefly vibrate as a . Park exactly lined up with the vehicle space, an audible beep occurs. A red stop reminder to remove hands from the steering next to it if the spot is approached at an symbol and message is displayed. wheel. Check surroundings and continue angle or if the parking space is angled. If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but does not braking or accelerating as needed, and be . Park exactly centered in a spot that is steer into the expected space, this may be prepared to stop to avoid vehicles, marked too large. because the system is maneuvering the pedestrians, or objects. . Always detect short curbs. vehicle into a previously detected space. The If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), APA APA system does not need service. When enabled, APA searches for parallel is automatically disengaged and automatic parking spaces to the right of the vehicle. To steering will turn off. A progress arrow search for a parking space to the left, turn displays the status of the parking maneuver. on the left turn signal or, if available, Depending on the space size, additional change the side selection in the maneuvers may be required, and there will infotainment display. To switch the parking be additional instructions. When changing mode between parallel and perpendicular, gears, allow the automatic steering to complete before continuing the parking maneuver. Upon successful completion of a Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 209 maneuver, APA will beep and display a Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) PARKING COMPLETE message. Place the System vehicle in P (Park). warning at all. FCA does not warn of APA may automatically disengage if: If equipped, the FCA system may help to pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, avoid or reduce the harm caused by . The steering wheel is used by the driver. bridges, construction barrels, or other front-end crashes. When approaching a objects. Be ready to take action and . The maximum allowed speed is exceeded. vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving . There is a failure with the APA system. flashing red alert on the windshield and 0 173. . Electronic stability control or antilock rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber brakes are activated. visual alert if following another vehicle FCA can be disabled with the FCA steering . A high priority vehicle message is much too closely. wheel control or, if equipped, through displayed in the DIC. FCA detects vehicles within a distance of vehicle personalization. See “Collision/ approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at Detection Systems” under Vehicle To cancel APA, press O again. speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle Personalization 0 100. When the System Does Not Seem to Work has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can Properly detect vehicles to distances of approximately Detecting the Vehicle Ahead The APA system may require a short period 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. of driving along curves to calibrate. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 197. Assistance Systems for Driving { Warning If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), FCA is a warning system and does not Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert apply the brakes. When approaching a FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead system detects a vehicle ahead. When a Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front too rapidly, or when following a vehicle vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to too closely, FCA may not provide a indicator will display green. Vehicles may avoid a crash or reduce crash damage. warning with enough time to help avoid not be detected on curves, highway exit a crash. It also may not provide any ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a (Continued) vehicle ahead is partially blocked by Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

210 Driving and Operating pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not When your vehicle approaches another presses will change this setting. The chosen detect another vehicle ahead until it is detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA setting will remain until it is changed and completely in the driving lane. display will flash on the windshield. Also, will affect the timing of both the Collision eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The { Warning from the front. When this Collision Alert timing of both alerts will vary based on occurs, the brake system may prepare for vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, FCA does not provide a warning to help driver braking to occur more rapidly which the farther away the alert will occur. avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Consider traffic and weather conditions FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if Continue to apply the brake pedal as the when selecting the alert timing. The range the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, driving situation dictates. Cruise control may of selectable alert timing may not be or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. be disengaged when the Collision Alert appropriate for all drivers and driving It may also not detect a vehicle on occurs. conditions. winding or hilly roads, or in conditions Tailgating Alert that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, Following Distance Indicator or snow, or if the headlamps or The following distance to a moving vehicle windshield are not cleaned or in proper you are following is indicated in following condition. Keep the windshield, time in seconds on the Driver Information headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center good repair. (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Collision Alert The vehicle ahead indicator will display 0 96. The minimum following time is amber when you are following a detected 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle vehicle ahead much too closely. detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of sensor range, dashes will be displayed. Selecting the Alert Timing The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to far, medium, near, or on some vehicles, off. The first button press shows the current control setting on the DIC. Additional button Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 211 Unnecessary Alerts brake moderately or hard. This Automatic Emergency Braking can only occur if a Warning (Continued) FCA may provide unnecessary alerts to vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA . Detect a vehicle when weather limits turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 209. These alerts are normal operation and the . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially vehicle does not need service. The system works when driving in a forward blocked by pedestrians or other gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h objects. Cleaning the System (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive Complete attention is always required Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). If the FCA system does not seem to operate while driving, and you should be ready to properly, this may correct the issue: It can detect vehicles up to approximately 60 m (197 ft). take action and apply the brakes and/or . Clean the outside of the windshield in steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. front of the rearview mirror. { Warning . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete . Clean the headlamps. AEB is an emergency crash preparation stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this feature and is not designed to avoid happens, AEB may engage the Electric Automatic Emergency crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a Braking (AEB) vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the operating speed range and only responds accelerator pedal. If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert to detected vehicles. (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes { Warning Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the AEB may not: system detects a vehicle ahead in your path AEB may automatically brake the vehicle . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or suddenly in situations where it is that is traveling in the same direction that hilly roads. you may be about to crash into, it can unexpected and undesired. It could provide a boost to braking or automatically . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles respond to a turning vehicle ahead, brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or with a trailer, tractors, muddy guardrails, signs, and other non-moving lessen the severity of crashes when driving vehicles, etc. objects. To override AEB, firmly press the in a forward gear. Depending on the (Continued) accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. situation, the vehicle may automatically Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

212 Driving and Operating Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) provides a red flashing alert on the { Warning windshield and rapidly beeps. FPB can IBA may activate when the brake pedal is provide a boost to braking or automatically applied quickly by providing a boost to Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer brake the vehicle. This system includes braking based on the speed of approach and could cause you to lose control of the Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and the distance to a vehicle ahead. vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert, or if the vehicle has ACC to Off, Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal when towing a trailer. may also respond to pedestrians. See movement during this time is normal and Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) 0 211. the brake pedal should continue to be A system unavailable message may The FPB system can detect and alert to applied as needed. IBA will automatically display if: pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds disengage only when the brake pedal is between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h released. . The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean. (50 mph). During daytime driving, the system detects pedestrians up to a distance { Warning . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with object detection. of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During IBA may increase vehicle braking in nighttime driving, system performance is . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ very limited. situations when it may not be necessary. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. You could block the flow of traffic. If this occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal The AEB system does not need service. { Warning and then apply the brakes as needed. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle System detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect personalization. See “Collision/Detection If equipped, the Front Pedestrian Braking pedestrians, including children: Systems” under Vehicle Personalization (FPB) system may help avoid or reduce the 0 100. . When the pedestrian is not directly harm caused by front-end crashes with ahead, fully visible, or standing nearby pedestrians when driving in a upright, or when part of a group. forward gear. FPB displays an amber (Continued) indicator, ~, when a nearby pedestrian is detected ahead. When approaching a detected pedestrian too quickly, FPB Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 213 FPB alerts and automatic braking will not Automatic Braking Warning (Continued) occur unless the FPB system detects a If FPB detects it is about to crash into a . Due to poor visibility, including pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes nighttime conditions, fog, rain, detected in front of the vehicle, the have not been applied, FPB may or snow. pedestrian ahead indicator will display automatically brake moderately or brake amber. . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, hard. This can help to avoid some very low snow, or ice. Front Pedestrian Alert speed pedestrian crashes or reduce . If the headlamps or windshield are not pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically cleaned or in proper condition. brake to detected pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Be ready to take action and apply the Automatic braking levels may be reduced brakes. For more information, see under certain conditions, such as higher Defensive Driving 0 173. Keep the speeds. windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor If this happens, Automatic Braking may clean and in good repair. When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. Brake through vehicle personalization. See will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid A firm press of the accelerator pedal will “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle high-pitched beeps will sound from the also release Automatic Braking and the EPB. Personalization 0 100. front. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking { Warning to occur more rapidly which can cause a Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead FPB may alert or automatically brake the brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control vehicle suddenly in situations where it is may be disengaged when the Front unexpected and undesired. It could falsely Pedestrian Alert occurs. alert or brake for objects similar in shape or size to pedestrians, including shadows. This is normal operation and the vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

214 Driving and Operating areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, Warning (Continued) the left or right side mirror display will light Warning (Continued) does not need service. To override up if a moving vehicle is detected in that proper care when changing lanes may Automatic Braking, firmly press the blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. a vehicle is also detected on the same side, Before making a lane change, always the display will flash as an extra warning check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, Automatic Braking can be disabled through not to change lanes. Since this system is and use the turn signals. vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” read the entire LCA section before using this LCA Detection Zones under Vehicle Personalization 0 100. feature.

{ Warning Lane Change Alert (LCA) Using the Front Pedestrian Braking If equipped, the LCA system is a system while towing a trailer could cause lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with you to lose control of the vehicle and moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly when towing a trailer. approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the Cleaning the System corresponding outside side mirror and will 1. SBZA Detection Zone If FPB does not seem to operate properly, flash if the turn signal is on. 2. LCA Detection Zone cleaning the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror may correct the { Warning The LCA sensor covers a zone of issue. approximately one lane over from both LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) outside of the system detection zones, height of the zone is approximately between pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. If equipped, the SBZA system is a not provide alerts when changing lanes The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning lane-changing aid that assists drivers with under all driving conditions. Failure to use area starts at approximately the middle of avoiding crashes that occur with moving (Continued) the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 215 are also warned of vehicles rapidly zone. If the turn signal is activated in the objects may also interfere with the approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind same direction as a detected vehicle, this detection of vehicles. This is normal system the vehicle. display will flash as an extra warning not to operation; the vehicle does not need service. change lanes. How the System Works LCA may not always alert the driver to LCA can be disabled through vehicle vehicles in the next lane over, especially in The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors personalization. See “Collision/Detection wet conditions or when driving on sharp when the system detects a moving vehicle Systems” under Vehicle Personalization curves. The system does not need to be in the next lane over that is in the side 0 100. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the serviced. The system may light up due to blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone LCA mirror displays will not light up. guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it non-moving objects. This is normal system may be unsafe to change lanes. Before When the System Does Not Seem to operation; the vehicle does not need service. making a lane change, check the LCA Work Properly display, check mirrors, glance over your LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors The LCA system requires some driving for shoulder, and use the turn signals. in the left or right corners of the rear the system to calibrate to maximum bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, performance. This calibration may occur ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For more quickly if the vehicle is driven on a cleaning instructions, see "Washing the straight highway road with traffic and Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 295. If the DIC roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers). still displays the system unavailable LCA displays may not come on when message after cleaning both sides of the Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle toward the rear corners of the Display Display vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA vehicle, see your dealer. detection zones that extend back from the If the LCA displays do not light up when When the vehicle is started, both outside side of the vehicle do not move further back moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to when a trailer is towed. Use caution while rapidly approaching this zone and the indicate the system is operating. When the changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA system is clean, the system may need vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending side mirror display will light up if a moving Radio Frequency Information vehicle is detected in the next lane over in out to either side of the vehicle. Attached that blind zone or rapidly approaching that See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

216 Driving and Operating

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due . Provide an alert or enough steering use LKA in bad weather conditions or on to unintentional lane departures. This assist to avoid a lane departure or roads with unclear lane markings, such as system uses a camera to detect lane crash. construction zones. markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently . Detect lane markings under poor turning the steering wheel if the vehicle weather or visibility conditions. This approaches a detected lane marking. It may can occur if the windshield or { Warning also provide a Lane Departure Warning headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, Using LKA while towing a trailer or on (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected or ice; if they are not in proper slippery roads could cause loss of control condition; or if the sun shines directly lane marking. LKA can be overridden by of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the into the camera. turning the steering wheel. This system is system off. not intended to keep the vehicle centered in . Detect road edges. the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. How the System Works turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if it detects that you are If LKA only detects lane markings on one LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the accelerating, braking or actively steering. side of the road, it will only assist or windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to provide an LDW alert when approaching detect lane markings. It may provide brief { Warning the lane on the side where it has steering assist if it detects an unintended detected a lane marking. Even with LKA lane departure. It may further provide an The LKA system does not continuously and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. audible alert indicating that a lane marking steer the vehicle. It may not keep the has been crossed. Always keep your attention on the road vehicle in the lane or give a Lane and maintain proper vehicle position To turn LKA on and off, press A on the Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a within the lane, or vehicle damage, steering wheel. If equipped, the indicator lane marking is detected. injury, or death could occur. Always keep light on the button comes on when LKA is The LKA and LDW systems may not: the windshield, headlamps, and camera on and turns off when LKA is disabled. (Continued) sensors clean and in good repair. Do not (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 217 When on, A is white, if equipped, . Roads with poor lane markings, such as Fuel indicating that the system is not ready to two-lane roads. assist. A is green if LKA is ready to If the LKA system is not functioning Top Tier Fuel properly when lane markings are clearly assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the GM recommends the use of TOP TIER visible, cleaning the windshield may help. steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, detected lane marking. A is amber when A camera blocked message may display if reduce engine deposits, and maintain assisting. It may also provide a Lane the camera is blocked. Some driver optimal vehicle performance. Look for the Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing assistance systems may have reduced TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com A amber if the vehicle crosses a performance or not work at all. An LKA or for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline detected lane marking. Additionally, there LDW unavailable message may display if the marketers and applicable countries. may be three beeps, on the right or left, systems are temporarily unavailable. This depending on the lane departure direction. message could be due to a blocked camera. The LKA system does not need service. Clean Take Steering the outside of the windshield behind the The LKA system does not continuously steer rearview mirror. the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur driver steering, an alert and chime may be due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA road, temporary or construction lane may become temporarily unavailable after markings, or other road imperfections. This repeated take steering alerts. is normal system operation; the vehicle does When the System Does Not Seem to not need service. Turn LKA off if these Work Properly conditions continue. The system performance may be affected by: . Close vehicles ahead. . Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels. . Banked roads. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

218 Driving and Operating

Recommended Fuel (1.5L Engine) economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane Caution (Continued) rated as low as 87 can be used. Using unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane, . Fuel with any amount of methanol, however, will lead to reduced acceleration methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a fuels can corrode metal fuel system gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as parts or damage plastic and rubber possible, otherwise, the engine could be parts. damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when . Fuel containing metals such as Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the methylcyclopentadienyl manganese ASTM specification D4814 with a posted engine needs service. tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. the emissions control system and Do not use gasoline with a posted octane Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels spark plugs. rating of less than 87, as this may cause greater than 15% by volume. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of engine knock and will lower fuel economy. less than the recommended fuel. Using Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Prohibited Fuels this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels Caution greater than 15% by volume. life of the emissions catalyst. Do not use fuels with any of the Recommended Fuel (2.0L Engine) following conditions; doing so may Fuels in Foreign Countries damage the vehicle and void its The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel warranty: octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel fuel not to use in a foreign country, see labeled greater than 15% ethanol by Prohibited Fuels 0 218. volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Fuel Additives or FlexFuel. Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly (Continued) specification D4814 with a posted octane recommended for use with your vehicle. rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly If your country does not have TOP TIER recommended for best performance and fuel Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 219 System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil Warning (Continued) change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever . Avoid using electronic devices while occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and refueling. ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus . Do not re-enter the vehicle while −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s pumping fuel. engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally. . Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children Filling the Tank pump fuel. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See metallic object to discharge static 0 electricity from your body. Fuel Gauge 83. To open the fuel door, push and release the . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is rearward center edge of the door. { Warning inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is The capless refueling system does not have Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill and can cause injury or death. more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss nozzle, begin fueling. Follow these guidelines to help avoid noise to stop before beginning to injuries to you and others: flow fuel. { Warning . Read and follow all the instructions on Overfilling the fuel tank by more than the fuel pump island. three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may . Turn off the engine when refueling. cause: . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking . Vehicle performance issues, including materials away from fuel. engine stalling and damage to the fuel system. . Do not leave the fuel pump unattended. . Fuel spills. (Continued) . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

220 Driving and Operating Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before { Warning Warning (Continued) removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel . Do not fill a container while it is painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in 0 Exterior Care 295. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and a pickup bed, or on any surface other closed until it latches. damage the capless fuel system. This than the ground. could cause a fire. You or others could be . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with { Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be the inside of the fill opening before If a fire starts while you are refueling, do damaged. operating the nozzle. Maintain contact not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the until filling is complete. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking by notifying the station attendant. Leave and return it to the storage location. materials away from fuel. the area immediately. Filling a Portable Fuel Container . Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel. Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel { Warning Container Trailer Towing If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be Never fill a portable fuel container while filled from a portable fuel container: it is in the vehicle. Static electricity General Towing Information discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be Only use towing equipment that has been badly burned and the vehicle could be designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer damaged. To help avoid injury to you or trailering dealer for assistance with and others: preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer. . Dispense fuel only into approved containers. To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from 0 (Continued) Vehicle 292. To tow the vehicle behind under the carpet in the trunk. another vehicle such as a motor home, see 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 293. capless fuel system. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 221 When towing with the 2.0L L4 engine, only Driving with a Trailer . It is recommended to perform the first oil use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating change before heavy towing. Trailering is different than just driving the of 89 or higher. Using gasoline with a lower vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer octane rating while towing may damage the handling, acceleration, braking, durability, towing, do not drive over 80 km/h engine and may not be covered by the and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering (50 mph) and do not make starts at full vehicle warranty. See Recommended Fuel takes correct equipment, and it has to be throttle. (1.5L Engine) 0 218 or 0 used properly. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If the Recommended Fuel (2.0L Engine) 218. transmission downshifts too often, a The following information has many Driving Characteristics and lower gear may be selected using Manual time-tested, important trailering tips and Mode See Manual Mode 0 190. Towing Tips safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned off when towing { Warning Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer. a trailer: You can lose control when towing a When towing a trailer: . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) trailer if the correct equipment is not . Super Cruise Control used or the vehicle is not driven properly. . Become familiar with and follow all state . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) For example, if the trailer is too heavy or and local laws that apply to trailer the trailer brakes are inadequate for the towing. These requirements vary from . Park Assist load, the vehicle may not stop as state to state. . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) expected. You and others could be . State laws may require the use of . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) extended side view mirrors. Even if not seriously injured. The vehicle may also be If equipped, the following driver assistance required, you should install extended side damaged, and the repairs would not be features should be turned to alert or off view mirrors if your visibility is limited or covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a when towing a trailer: restricted while towing. trailer only if all the steps in this section . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . Do not tow a trailer during the first have been followed. Ask your dealer for . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) advice and information about towing a 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent damage to the engine, axle, or other . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) trailer with the vehicle. parts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

222 Driving and Operating If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), Towing a trailer requires experience. The Following Distance the LCA detection zones that extend back combination of the vehicle and trailer is Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle from the side of the vehicle do not move longer and not as responsive as the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a further back when a trailer is towed. Use itself. Get used to the handling and braking trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking caution while changing lanes when towing a of the combination by driving on a level and sudden turns. trailer. road surface before driving on public roads. If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert The trailer structure, the tires, and the Passing (RCTA), use caution while backing up when brakes must all be rated to carry the More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones intended cargo. Inadequate trailer towing a trailer. The combination of the that extend out from the back of the vehicle equipment can cause the combination to vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as do not move further back when a trailer is operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. quickly and is much longer than the vehicle towed. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts alone. It is necessary to go much farther and attachments, safety chains, electrical beyond the passed vehicle before returning { Warning connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid Towing Equipment 0 225. If the trailer has To prevent serious injury or death from passing on hills if possible. electric brakes, start the combination carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a moving and then manually apply the trailer Backing Up trailer: brake controller to check that the trailer Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ brakes work. During the trip, occasionally one hand. To move the trailer to the left, hatch, or rear-most window open. check that the cargo and trailer are secure move that hand to the left. To move the . Fully open the air outlets on or under and that the lamps and any trailer brakes trailer to the right, move that hand to the the instrument panel. are working. right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, . Adjust the climate control system to a Towing with a Stability Control System have someone guide you. setting that brings in only outside air. When towing, the stability control system See “Climate Control Systems” in the might be heard. The system reacts to Index. vehicle movement caused by the trailer, For more information about carbon which mainly occurs during cornering. This is monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 188. normal when towing heavier trailers. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 223 Making Turns altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the could show signs similar to engine parking brake and shift into P (Park). Caution overheating. To avoid this, let the engine 5. Release the brake pedal. Turn more slowly and make wider arcs run, preferably on level ground, with the when towing a trailer to prevent damage transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes Leaving After Parking on a Hill to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns before turning the engine off. If the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. overheat warning comes on, see Engine could cause the trailer to contact the . Start the engine. Overheating 0 241. vehicle. . Shift into a gear. Parking on Hills . Release the parking brake. Make wider turns than normal when towing, 2. Let up on the brake pedal. so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, { Warning over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of or other objects. Always signal turns well in To prevent serious injury or death, the chocks. advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. always park your vehicle and trailer on a 4. Stop and have someone pick up and level surface when possible. Driving on Grades store the chocks. Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear When parking your vehicle and your trailer Maintenance When Trailer Towing on a hill: before starting down a long or steep The vehicle needs service more often when downhill grade. If the transmission is not 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift used to tow trailers. See Maintenance shifted down, the brakes may overheat and into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into Schedule 0 304. It is especially important to result in reduced braking efficiency. the curb if facing downhill or into traffic check the automatic transmission fluid, if facing uphill. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling transmission to a lower gear if the 2. Have someone place chocks under the system, and brake system before and during transmission shifts too often under heavy trailer wheels. each trip. loads and/or hilly conditions. 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on When towing at higher altitudes, engine gradually release the brake pedal to the trailer hitch are tight. coolant will boil at a lower temperature allow the chocks to absorb the load of than at lower altitudes. If the engine is the trailer. turned off immediately after towing at high Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

224 Driving and Operating Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Before towing a trailer, always separately Maximum Trailer Weight weigh: The cooling system may temporarily The trailer should never weigh more than overheat during severe operating conditions. . The fully loaded vehicle and trailer 454 kg (1,000 lb). The maximum allowable See Engine Overheating 0 241. combination. weight of the trailer may be lower based on . The trailer. the weight of the passengers and cargo in Trailer Towing . The trailer tongue. your trailer. Trailer Load Balance Caution { Warning Towing a trailer improperly can damage You and others could be seriously injured The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. the vehicle and result in costly repairs or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the not covered by the vehicle warranty. To Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. trailer sway. tow a trailer correctly, follow the The vehicle may be damaged, and the directions in this section and see your repairs would not be covered by the dealer for important information about vehicle warranty. towing a trailer with the vehicle. Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this Trailer Weight section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about { Warning towing a trailer. Never exceed the towing capacity for Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) your vehicle. For information about the vehicle's Safe trailering requires monitoring the maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside Limits 0 179. When calculating the GVWR temperature, dimensions of the front of the with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is weight must be included as part of the 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some used to tow a trailer. weight the vehicle is carrying. specific trailer types, such as boat trailers, fall outside of this range. Always refer to Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 225 the trailer owner’s manual for the Towing Equipment . Tires must be properly inflated to support recommended trailer tongue weight for each loads while towing a trailer. See Tires trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for Hitches 0 259 for instructions on proper tire inflation. your vehicle, hitch and trailer. Always use the correct hitch equipment for After loading the trailer, separately weigh your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going Safety Chains the trailer and then the trailer tongue to see by, and rough roads can affect the trailer if the weights are appropriate for your and the hitch. Always attach chains between the vehicle vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it and the trailer, and attach the chains to the Never attach rental hitches or other holes on the trailer hitch platform. may be possible to transfer some of the bumper-type hitches. Only use cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer tongue Instructions about safety chains may be frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to provided by the hitch manufacturer or by weight is too high or too low, it may be the bumper. possible to rearrange some of the cargo the trailer manufacturer. inside of the trailer. Always seal any holes in your vehicle if the Cross the safety chains under the tongue of trailer hitch removed. If not sealed, dirt, the trailer to help prevent the tongue from Do not exceed the maximum allowable water, and carbon monoxide (CO) from the tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the contacting the road if it becomes separated exhaust may enter your vehicle. See Engine from the hitch. Always leave just enough shortest hitch extension available to position Exhaust 0 188. the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will slack so the combination can turn. Never help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue Consider using mechanical sway controls allow safety chains to drag on the ground. weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional State or local regulations may require about sway controls or refer to the trailer If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch trailers to have their own braking system if manufacturer's recommendations and the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds receiver, choose a carrier that positions the instructions. load as close to the vehicle as possible. certain minimums that can vary from state Make sure the total weight, including the Tires to state. Read and follow the instructions for carrier, is no more than half of the the trailer brakes so they are installed, . Do not tow a trailer while using a adjusted, and maintained properly. Never maximum allowable tongue weight for the compact spare tire on the vehicle. vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic brake system. If you do, both the vehicle Ask your dealer for trailering information or anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may assistance. not function, which could result in a crash. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

226 Driving and Operating Trailer Lamps Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer tire sidewall will show the week and year Warning (Continued) Always check all trailer lamps are working at the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire the beginning of each trip, and periodically A device connected to the DLC — such as manufacturers recommend replacing tires on longer trips. an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior more than six years old. tracking device — may interfere with Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Overloading is another leading cause of vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle When properly connected, the trailer turn trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer operation and cause a crash. Such devices signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle with more weight than the tires are may also access information stored in the is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. designed to support. The load rating is vehicle’s systems. When towing a trailer, the arrows on the located on the trailer tire sidewall. instrument cluster will illuminate even if the Always know the maximum speed rating for Caution trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs the trailer tires before driving. This may be are burned out. significantly lower than the vehicle tire Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not Trailer Tires speed rating. The speed rating may be on the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is work and would not be covered by the Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle not shown, the default trailer tire speed vehicle warranty. Always check with your tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). dealer before adding electrical equipment. sidewalls to help prevent sway and to support heavy loads. These features can Conversions and Add-Ons Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's make it difficult to determine if the trailer 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not tire pressures are low only based on a visual Add-On Electrical Equipment operating. inspection. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before Always check all trailer tire pressures before { Warning attempting to add anything electrical to the each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire Vehicle 0 53 and vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ blow-outs. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Vehicle 0 53. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 87. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 227 Gas Strut(s) ...... 248 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 263 Vehicle Care Tire Pressure ...... 266 Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure for High-Speed General Information Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 249 Operation ...... 267 General Information ...... 228 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 268 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 228 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 269 California Perchlorate Materials Bulb Replacement ...... 249 Halogen Bulbs ...... 249 Tire Inspection ...... 272 Requirements ...... 228 Tire Rotation ...... 272 Accessories and Modifications ...... 229 LED Lighting ...... 249 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 273 Vehicle Checks Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 250 Buying New Tires ...... 274 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 229 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 275 Hood ...... 229 Back-Up Lamps (LS and LT) ...... 250 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 275 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 231 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 276 Engine Oil ...... 234 Back-Up Lamps (LT and Premier) . . . . . 251 Wheel Replacement ...... 276 Engine Oil Life System ...... 236 License Plate Lamp ...... 252 Tire Chains ...... 277 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 236 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 278 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 237 Electrical System Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 279 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 237 High Voltage Devices and Wiring ...... 253 Storing the Tire Sealant and Cooling System ...... 238 Electrical System Overload ...... 253 Compressor Kit ...... 284 Engine Overheating ...... 241 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 253 Tire Changing ...... 285 Washer Fluid ...... 242 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 254 Compact Spare Tire ...... 289 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 258 Brakes ...... 243 Jump Starting Brake Fluid ...... 243 Wheels and Tires Jump Starting - North America ...... 290 Battery - North America ...... 244 Tires ...... 259 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock All-Season Tires ...... 260 Towing the Vehicle Control Function Check ...... 247 Winter Tires ...... 260 Towing the Vehicle ...... 292 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Low-Profile Tires ...... 261 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 293 Check ...... 247 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 261 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 247 Tire Designations ...... 263 Windshield Replacement ...... 248 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

228 Vehicle Care Appearance Care General Information Warning (Continued) Exterior Care ...... 295 Interior Care ...... 299 For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Floor Mats ...... 301 dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and people. some component wear by-products Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 244 and Jump Starting - North America 0 290 and the back cover. California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – { Warning special handling may apply. See Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 229 Accessories and Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 53. the hood before performing any service Adding non-dealer accessories or making work to prevent remote starting the vehicle modifications to the vehicle can affect accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13. vehicle performance and safety, including Vehicle Checks such things as airbags, braking, stability, Keep a record with all parts receipts and list ride and handling, emissions systems, Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service aerodynamics, durability, and electronic work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 systems like antilock brakes, traction control, { Warning 315. and stability control. These accessories or It can be dangerous to work on your Caution modifications could even cause malfunction vehicle if you do not have the proper or damage not covered by the vehicle knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can warranty. or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not Damage to suspension components caused procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids, by modifying vehicle height outside of manual for your vehicle before doing any reservoir caps, or dipsticks. factory settings will not be covered by the service work. vehicle warranty. Hood Damage to vehicle components resulting If doing some of your own service work, use from modifications or the installation or use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning of non-GM certified parts, including control more about how to service the vehicle than For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, this manual can. To order the proper service module or software modifications, is not turn the vehicle off before opening the covered under the terms of the vehicle manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 327. hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will warranty and may affect remaining start when the hood is opened. You or warranty coverage for affected parts. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before others could be injured. GM Accessories are designed to complement attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle and function with other systems on the 0 vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the 53. vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

230 Vehicle Care 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate 2. Lift the hood and remove the hood prop { Warning the secondary release lever under the rod from the underside of the hood. Components under the hood can get hot front center of the hood. Push the Return the prop rod to its retainer. The from running the engine. To help avoid secondary hood release lever to the right prop rod must click into place when the risk of burning unprotected skin, to release. returning it to the retainer to prevent never touch these components until they hood damage. have cooled, and always use a glove or 3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in) above the towel to avoid direct skin contact. vehicle and release it. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Clear any snow from the hood before Repeat this process with additional force opening. if necessary. To open the hood: { Warning 1. Pull the hood release lever with the Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is i symbol. It is on the lower left side not latched completely. The hood could of the instrument panel. open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. 3. Lift the hood and release the hood prop Always close the hood completely before rod from its retainer, in the front of the driving. engine compartment. Securely insert the rod end into the slot marked with an arrow, on the underside of the hood. To close the hood: 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 231 Engine Compartment Overview

1.5L L4 Turbo Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

232 Vehicle Care 1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 237. 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 234. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 234. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 238. 5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 243. 6. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 238. 7. Battery - North America 0 244. 8. Remote Positive (+) Battery Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 290. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 254. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 242. 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting - North America 0 290. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 233

2.0L L4 Turbo Engine 1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 237. 6. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 254. 0 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 234. See Cooling System 238. 10. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See 0 0 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 234. 7. Battery - North America 244. Washer Fluid 242. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See 8. Remote Positive (+) Battery Terminal 11. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. Cooling System 0 238. (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North See Jump Starting - North America America 0 290. 0 290. 5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brakes 0 243. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

234 Vehicle Care When to Add Engine Oil Engine Oil { Warning To ensure proper engine performance and The engine oil dipstick handle may be long life, careful attention must be paid to hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or engine oil. Following these simple, but glove to touch the dipstick handle. important steps will help protect your investment: If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) . Use engine oil approved to the proper message displays, check the oil level. specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Follow these guidelines: Oil” in this section. . To get an accurate reading, park the 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine . Check the engine oil level regularly and vehicle on level ground. Check the engine maintain the proper oil level. See oil level after the engine has been off for “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add at least two hours. Checking the engine Engine Oil” in this section. oil level on steep grades or too soon after engine shutoff can result in incorrect . Change the engine oil at the appropriate readings. Accuracy improves when time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 236. checking a cold engine prior to starting. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See Remove the dipstick and check the level. “What to Do with Used Oil” later in this 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine . If unable to wait two hours, the engine section. must be off for at least 15 minutes if the If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Checking Engine Oil engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the tip of the dipstick and the engine has the engine is not warm. Pull out the Check the engine oil level regularly, every been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel qt) of the recommended oil and then 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long or cloth, then push it back in all the way. trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right 0 Remove it again, keeping the tip down, Engine Oil” later in this section for an See Engine Compartment Overview 231 for and check the level. the location. explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 317. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 235

Caution Specification be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier cold starting for the engine at Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have extremely low temperatures. or below the acceptable operating range been approved by GM as meeting the When selecting an oil of the appropriate shown on the dipstick are harmful to the dexos1 specification are marked with the viscosity grade, it is recommended to select engine. If you find that you have an oil dexos1 approved logo. See an oil of the correct specification. See level above the operating range, i.e., the www.gmdexos.com. “Specification” earlier in this section. engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes the proper operating range, the engine Do not add anything to the oil. The could be damaged. You should drain out recommended oils meeting the dexos1 the excess oil or limit driving of the specification are all that is needed for good vehicle and seek a service professional to performance and engine protection. remove the excess amount of oil. Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine See Engine Compartment Overview 0 231 for Caution damage not covered by the vehicle the location of the engine oil fill cap. Failure to use the recommended engine warranty. Add enough oil to put the level somewhere oil or equivalent can result in engine in the proper operating range. Push the damage not covered by the vehicle What to Do with Used Oil warranty. dipstick all the way back in when through. Used engine oil contains certain elements Selecting the Right Engine Oil Viscosity Grade that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil Selecting the right engine oil depends on Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for stay on your skin for very long. Clean your both the proper oil specification and the LFV 1.5L L4 turbo engine. skin and nails with soap and water, or a viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids good hand cleaner. Wash or properly 0 Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for and Lubricants 312. the LTG 2.0L L4 turbo engine. Cold dispose of clothing or rags containing used Temperature Operation: In an area of engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings extreme cold, where the temperature falls about the use and disposal of oil products. below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

236 Vehicle Care Used oil can be a threat to the environment. for up to a year. The engine oil and filter Be careful not to reset the oil life display If you change your own oil, be sure to drain must be changed at least once a year and, accidentally at any time other than after all the oil from the filter before disposal. at this time, the system must be reset. Your the oil is changed. It cannot be reset Never dispose of oil by putting it in the dealer has trained service people who will accurately until the next oil change. trash or pouring it on the ground, into perform this work and reset the system. The system is reset when the CHANGE sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. It is also important to check the oil regularly ENGINE OIL SOON message is off and the Recycle it by taking it to a place that over the course of an oil drain interval and REMAINING OIL LIFE message is displayed. collects used oil. keep it at the proper level. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message Engine Oil Life System If the system is ever reset accidentally, the comes back on when the vehicle is started, oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the engine oil life system has not been When to Change Engine Oil since the last oil change. Remember to reset reset. Repeat the procedure. the oil life system whenever the oil is This vehicle has a computer system that changed. indicates when to change the engine oil and Automatic Transmission Fluid filter. This is based on a combination of How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System It is not necessary to check the transmission factors which include engine revolutions, 1. Using the DIC controls on the right side fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the engine temperature, and miles driven. Based of the steering wheel, display only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, on driving conditions, the mileage at which REMAINING OIL LIFE on the DIC. See take the vehicle to your dealer and have it an oil change is indicated can vary Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base repaired as soon as possible. considerably. For the oil life system to work Level) 0 94 or properly, the system must be reset every Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Caution time the oil is changed. 0 96. When remaining oil life is low, the Use of the incorrect automatic When the system has calculated that oil life CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will transmission fluid may damage the has been diminished, it indicates that an oil appear on the display. vehicle, and the damage may not be change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL 2. Press V on the DIC controls and hold covered by the vehicle warranty. Always SOON message displays. Change the oil as down for a few seconds to clear the use the correct automatic transmission soon as possible within the next 1 000 km CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message and fluid. See Recommended Fluids and (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under reset the oil life at 100%. Lubricants 0 312. the best conditions, the oil life system may indicate that an oil change is not necessary Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 237 Change the fluid at the intervals listed in How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Maintenance Schedule 0 304, and be sure to System Filter use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids . For intervals on changing and inspecting and Lubricants 0 312. Reset the system whenever the engine air filter is replaced so that the system can the engine air filter, see Maintenance Engine Air Filter Life System calculate the next engine air filter change. Schedule 0 304. To reset: . If equipped with Engine Air Filter Life If equipped, this feature provides the engine System, see Engine Air Filter Life System air filter’s remaining life and best timing for 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). 0 237. a change. The timing to change an engine 2. Select Engine Air Filter Life on the DIC . If driving in very dusty areas, follow the air filter depends on driving and menu. See Driver Information Center engine air filter inspecting and changing environmental conditions. (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or intervals, see Maintenance Schedule When to Change the Engine Air Filter Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 304. 0 96. When the Driver Information Center (DIC) V How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air displays a message to replace the engine air 3. Press to move to the Reset/Disable Cleaner/Filter filter at the next oil change, follow this display area. Select Reset then press V. timing. Then press Yes to confirm the reset. Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter When the DIC displays a message to replace 4. 100% Air Filter Life will be displayed housing open. Before removing the engine the engine air filter soon, replace the engine when the Engine Air Filter Life System is air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air filter at the earliest convenience. successfully reset. air cleaner/filter housing and nearby The system must be reset after the engine Engine Air Cleaner/Filter components are free of dirt and debris. Do air filter is changed. not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine components with water or compressed air. If the DIC displays a message to check the compartment on the passenger side of the To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ engine air filter system, see your dealer. vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview filter: 0 231. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

238 Vehicle Care 2. Raise the air cleaner housing cover and remove the air cleaner/filter from the air { Warning cleaner housing. Operating the engine with the air 3. Clean the filter sealing surface and the cleaner/filter off can cause you or others housing. to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or { Warning drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ If part replacement is necessary, the part filter off, as flames may be present if the must be replaced with one of the same engine backfires. part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the Caution 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can vehicle. easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ 4. Install the new engine air cleaner/filter. filter in place when driving. 5. Lower the air cleaner housing cover and secure with the screws. Cooling System 6. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life The cooling system allows the engine to system after replacing the engine air maintain the correct working temperature. filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 237.

2.0L L4 Turbo Engine 1. Remove the air cleaner housing cover screws. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 239 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it { Warning is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 241. An underhood electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and What to Use can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood { Warning electric fan. Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper { Warning coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get 1.5L L4 Turbo Engine Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, too hot but there would not be an or other engine parts. They can be very overheat warning. The engine could catch hot and can burn you. Do not run the fire and you or others could be burned. engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable and can burn you. Fix any leak before water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: driving the vehicle. . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside temperature. Engine Coolant . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C The cooling system in the vehicle is (265 °F), engine temperature. filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant mixture. . Protects against rust and corrosion. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . Will not damage aluminum parts. 0 312 and . Helps keep the proper engine Maintenance Schedule 0 304. 2.0L L4 Turbo Engine temperature.

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

240 Vehicle Care

Caution How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM { Warning Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can to the engine cooling system and the burn you. Coolant contains ethylene vehicle, which would not be covered by glycol and it will burn if the engine parts the vehicle warranty. are hot enough.

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, or by pouring it on the { Warning ground, or into sewers, streams or bodies of Plain water, or other liquids such as water. Have the coolant changed by an Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the alcohol, can boil before the proper authorized service center, familiar with legal coolant mixture will. With plain water or requirements regarding used coolant coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. the wrong mixture, the engine could get disposal. This will help protect the too hot but there would not be an environment and your health. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is overheat warning. The engine could catch not 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in) above the mid-point fire and you or others could be burned. Checking Coolant of the coolant surge tank, add a 50/ The vehicle must be on a level surface when 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. checking the coolant level. { Warning Be sure the cooling system is cool before Steam and scalding liquids from a hot this is done. cooling system are under pressure. If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge Turning the pressure cap, even a little, tank, add coolant as follows: can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 241 2. Keep turning the cap and remove it. 5. Replace the cap tightly. Warning (Continued) 6. Check the level in the surge tank when including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait the cooling system has cooled down. for the cooling system and pressure cap If the coolant is not at the proper level, to cool. repeat Steps 1–6 and reinstall the pressure cap. If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system cools Caution down again, see your dealer. Failure to follow the specific coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to Caution overheat and could cause system If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, damage. If coolant is not visible in the coolant loss and engine damage may surge tank, contact your dealer. occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured. The coolant surge tank pressure cap can be 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the removed when the cooling system, including proper mixture to 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in) Engine Overheating the surge tank pressure cap and upper above the mid-point on the coolant radiator hose, is no longer hot. surge tank. The vehicle has an engine coolant 4. With the coolant surge tank cap off, temperature gauge on the instrument start the engine and let it run until the cluster to warn of engine overheating. See upper radiator hose starts getting hot. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 84. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. By If the decision is made not to lift the hood this time, the coolant level inside the when this warning appears, get service help coolant surge tank may be lower. If the right away. Contact your dealer for level is lower, add more of the proper additional information. 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly mixture to the coolant surge tank until counterclockwise. If a hiss is heard, wait the level reaches 5-10 mm (0.2-0.4 in) If the decision is made to lift the hood, for that to stop. A hiss means there is above the mid-point on the coolant make sure the vehicle is parked on a level still some pressure left. surge tank. surface. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

242 Vehicle Care Then check to see if the engine cooling fans If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and are running. If the engine is overheating, Compartment park the vehicle right away. both fans should be running. If they are not, If an engine overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine do not continue to run the engine. Have the for three minutes while parked. If the vehicle serviced. but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes warning is still displayed, turn off the Caution the engine can get a little too hot when the engine until it cools down. vehicle: Do not run the engine if there is a leak Washer Fluid in the engine cooling system. This can . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. cause a loss of all coolant and can . Stops after high-speed driving. What to Use damage the system and vehicle. Have . Idles for long periods in traffic. When windshield washer fluid is needed, be any leaks fixed right away. If the overheat warning is displayed with no sure to read the manufacturer's instructions sign of steam: before use. If operating the vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below If Steam Is Coming from the Engine 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Compartment freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient 2. Turn the heater on to the highest protection against freezing. { temperature and to the highest fan Warning speed. Open the windows as necessary. Adding Washer Fluid Steam and scalding liquids from a hot 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the cooling system are under pressure. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and Turning the pressure cap, even a little, let the engine idle. can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheat zone, the vehicle turn the cap when the cooling system, can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe for the cooling system and pressure cap Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. distance from the vehicle in front. If the Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See to cool. warning does not come back on, continue to Engine Compartment Overview 0 231 for drive normally and have the cooling system reservoir location. checked for proper fill and function. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 243

Caution new linings are needed. The sound can come Brake pads should be replaced as complete and go or can be heard all the time when axle sets. . Do not use washer fluid that contains the vehicle is moving, except when applying any type of water repellent coating. the brake pedal firmly. Brake Pedal Travel This can cause the wiper blades to See your dealer if the brake pedal does not chatter or skip. { Warning return to normal height, or if there is a . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) The brake wear warning sound means rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be in the windshield washer. It can that soon the brakes will not work well. a sign that brake service may be required. damage the windshield washer system That could lead to a crash. When the and paint. Replacing Brake System Parts brake wear warning sound is heard, have Always replace brake system parts with . Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced. washer fluid. Water can cause the new, approved replacement parts. If this is solution to freeze and damage the not done, the brakes may not work washer fluid tank and other parts of Caution properly. The braking performance can the washer system. change in many ways if the wrong brake Continuing to drive with worn-out brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly . When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake installed. follow the manufacturer instructions repairs. for adding water. Brake Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are This allows for fluid expansion if first applied, clearing up following several freezing occurs, which could damage applications. This does not mean something the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires Disc brake linings have built-in wear are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sound when the brake linings are worn and sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 317. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

244 Vehicle Care The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as only when work is done on the brake { Warning indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine hydraulic system. The wrong or contaminated brake fluid Compartment Overview 0 231 for the could result in damage to the brake location of the reservoir. { Warning system. This could result in the loss of Checking Brake Fluid If too much brake fluid is added, it can braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level spill on the engine and burn, if the surface, the brake fluid level should be engine is hot enough. You or others could brake fluid. between the minimum and maximum marks be burned, and the vehicle could be on the brake fluid reservoir. damaged. Add brake fluid only when Caution work is done on the brake hydraulic There are only two reasons why the brake system. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's fluid level in the reservoir may go down: painted surfaces, the paint finish can be . Normal brake lining wear. When new When the brake fluid falls to a low level, damaged. Immediately wash off any linings are installed, the fluid level goes the brake warning light comes on. See Brake painted surface. back up. System Warning Light 0 88. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Battery - North America Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. With a leak, the brakes will not The original equipment battery is Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals work well. maintenance free. Do not remove the cap to prevent increased stopping distance. See and do not add fluid. Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap Maintenance Schedule 0 304. and the area around the cap before The vehicle has a standard 12-volt battery What to Add removing it. under the hood. See Engine Compartment Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid Overview 0 231. Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid from a clean, sealed container. See does not correct a leak. If fluid is added Refer to the replacement number shown on Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 312. when the linings are worn, there will be too the original battery label when a new 12-volt much fluid when new brake linings are battery is needed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 245 Stop/Start System See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 228 Negative Battery Cable Disconnection If equipped with the 1.5L L4 engine, the and the back cover. vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off Vehicle Storage { Warning the engine to help conserve fuel. See Stop/ Before disconnecting the negative battery 0 Start System 184. { Warning cable, turn off all features, turn the ignition off, and remove the key, Vehicles with a 1.5L engine have an Batteries have acid that can burn you and if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. gas that can explode. You can be badly Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will not done, you or others could be injured, hurt if you are not careful. See Jump result in reduced 12-volt battery life. and the vehicle could be damaged. Starting - North America 0 290 for tips When using a 12-volt battery charger on the on working around a battery without 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an getting hurt. Caution AGM battery setting on the charger. If available, use the AGM setting on the Infrequent Usage: Remove the 12-volt If the battery is disconnected with the charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts. battery black, negative (−) cable from the ignition on or the vehicle in Retained battery to keep the battery from Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar { Warning running down. back-up battery will be permanently discharged and will need to be replaced. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Extended Storage: Remove the 12-volt related accessories contain lead and lead battery black, negative (−) cable from the 1. Make sure the lamps, features, and compounds, chemicals known to the battery or use a battery trickle charger. accessories are turned off. State of California to cause cancer and Remember to reconnect the battery when 2. Turn the ignition off and remove the birth defects or other reproductive harm. ready to drive the vehicle. key, if equipped. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

246 Vehicle Care For vehicles equipped with the 1.5L engine: For vehicles equipped with the 2.0L engine: Negative Battery Cable Reconnection Caution When reconnecting the battery: . Use the original nut from the vehicle to secure the negative battery cable. Do not use a different nut. If you need a replacement nut, see your dealer. . Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do not use an impact wrench or power tools to tighten the nut. The vehicle could be damaged if these 1. Loosen and remove the negative battery 1. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1). guidelines are not followed. cable nut (1) at the battery sensor 2. Remove the negative battery cable connection. clamp (2) from the negative battery post. 2. Remove the negative battery cable (2) 3. Cover the negative battery cable clamp, Caution from the battery sensor stud. and negative battery post with a Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion 3. Cover the negative battery cable non-conductive material to prevent any inhibitors on the nut that secures the terminal, battery sensor stud, and contact with the negative battery cable. negative battery cable to the vehicle. This negative battery post with a could damage the vehicle. non-conductive material to prevent any contact with the negative battery cable. For vehicles equipped with the 1.5L engine: 1. Install the negative battery cable to the battery sensor stud. 2. Install the negative battery cable nut to the battery sensor stud and tighten. 3. Turn the ignition on. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 247 For vehicles equipped with the 2.0L engine: Park Brake and P (Park) Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Install the negative battery cable clamp Mechanism Check Windshield wiper blades should be inspected to the negative battery post. for wear or cracking. 2. Tighten the negative battery cable nut. { Warning It is a good idea to clean the wiper blade 3. Turn the ignition on. When you are doing this check, the assembly on a regular basis. When worn, Automatic Transmission Shift Lock vehicle could begin to move. You or or when cleaning is ineffective, replace the others could be injured and property wiper blade. For proper windshield wiper Control Function Check could be damaged. Make sure there is blade length and type, see Maintenance room in front of the vehicle in case it Replacement Parts 0 313. { Warning begins to roll. Be ready to apply the Caution When you are doing this inspection, the regular brake at once should the vehicle vehicle could move suddenly. If the begin to move. Allowing the wiper arm to touch the vehicle moves, you or others could be windshield when no wiper blade is injured. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle installed could damage the windshield. facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the Any damage that occurs would not be 1. Before starting this check, be sure there regular brake, set the parking brake. covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not is enough room around the vehicle. . To check the parking brake's holding allow the wiper arm to touch the It should be parked on a level surface. ability: With the engine running and the windshield. 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove apply the regular brake immediately if foot pressure from the regular brake To replace the wiper blade: the vehicle begins to move. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by 1. Pull the wiper assembly away from the the parking brake only. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, windshield. but do not start the engine. Without . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding applying the regular brake, try to move ability: With the engine running, shift to the shift lever out of P (Park) with P (Park). Then release the parking brake normal effort. If the shift lever moves followed by the regular brake. out of P (Park), contact your dealer for Contact your dealer if service is required. service. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

248 Vehicle Care

Windshield Replacement { Warning Driver Assistance Systems If the gas struts that hold open the hood, If the windshield needs to be replaced and trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others the vehicle is equipped with a front camera could be seriously injured. Take the sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a vehicle to your dealer for service GM replacement windshield is immediately. Visually inspect the gas recommended. The replacement windshield struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other must be installed according to GM damage periodically. Check to make sure specifications for proper alignment. If it is the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with not, these systems may not work properly, enough force. If struts are failing to hold they may display messages, or they may the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the not work at all. See your dealer for proper Have the vehicle serviced. wiper blade where the wiper arm windshield replacement. attaches. Acoustic Windshield Caution 3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic down toward the windshield far enough Do not apply tape or hang any objects windshield. If the windshield needs to be to release it from the J-hooked end of from gas struts. Also do not push down replaced, be sure to get an acoustic the wiper arm. or pull on gas struts. This may cause windshield so you will continue to have the 4. Remove the wiper blade. benefits an acoustic windshield can provide. damage to the vehicle. 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade See Maintenance Schedule 0 304. replacement. Gas Strut(s) This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 249 Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

Hood Liftgate Halogen Bulbs Headlamp Aiming { Warning Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside Front Headlamp Aiming and can burst if you drop or scratch the Headlamp aim has been preset and should bulb. You or others could be injured. Be need no further adjustment. sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, LED Lighting see your dealer. This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. Trunk Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

250 Vehicle Care Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, 3. For the passenger side bulb, remove the Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, engine air cleaner housing by gripping Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps firmly and pulling straight up. and Back-Up Lamps (LS and LT) 4. Remove the cover from the back of the Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamp and headlamp assembly by turning it Back-Up Lamp counterclockwise. 5. Press the retaining tab on the electrical connector to disconnect. 6. Remove the bulb from the lamp assembly by turning counterclockwise. 7. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–6 to reinstall. Headlamps (Premier) Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar See your dealer for replacement. Front Turn Signal and Parking Lamps 1. Sidemarker Lamp 2. Low-Beam Headlamp See your dealer for replacement. 1. Back-Up Lamp 3. High-Beam Headlamp 2. Taillamp 0 Headlamps (Except Premier) 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 18. 2. Remove the push pins and pull back the To replace one of the headlamp bulbs: trunk deck trim. 0 1. Open the hood. See Hood 229. 3. Remove the bulb socket by turning 2. For the driver side bulb, remove the counterclockwise and pulling straight out. windshield washer bottle filler neck by 4. Remove the bulb from the socket. firmly pulling it straight up and out of the bottle. 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb socket. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 251 6. Install the bulb socket by turning To replace any one of these bulbs: Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, clockwise. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 0 18. and Back-Up Lamps (LT and 7. Install the trunk deck trim. 2. Remove the push pins and pull the trunk Premier) Stoplamp/Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamp trim away from the taillamp assembly. 3. Remove three hex-nuts from each stud. Caution 4. Remove the lamp by pulling it Improper lamp assembly removal and straight back. installation can cause leaks and water 5. Remove the bulb socket from the intrusion which may cause damage to taillamp assembly by turning it the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp counterclockwise. assembly to replace a bulb. Use the trunk 6. Remove the bulb from the socket by opening to access the bulb. turning the bulb counterclockwise one-quarter turn and pulling it The stoplamp/taillamp and trunk deck straight out. inboard taillamp are LEDs. To replace, see your dealer. 7. Install a new bulb into the socket. 8. Install the bulb socket into the taillamp Back-Up Lamp 1. Stop/Tail/Turn Signal Lamp assembly by turning it clockwise. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 0 18. 2. Sidemarker Lamp 9. Install the trunk trim, hex nuts, and 2. Remove the push pins and pull back the push pins. trunk deck trim. Caution Improper lamp assembly removal and installation can cause leaks and water intrusion which may cause damage to the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp assembly to replace a bulb. Use the trunk opening to access the bulb. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

252 Vehicle Care License Plate Lamp To replace one of these bulbs:

3. Remove the bulb socket by turning 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to counterclockwise and pulling straight out. remove it from the lamp assembly. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket. 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the bulb Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb socket. socket. 1. Push the release tab toward the lamp 6. Install the bulb socket by turning 5. Push the replacement bulb straight into assembly. clockwise. the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket 2. Pull the lamp assembly down to remove. clockwise to install it into the lamp 7. Install the trunk deck trim. assembly. 6. Push the lamp assembly back into position until the release tab locks into place. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 253 Electrical System When a circuit breaker is used to protect a damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow circuit and the electrical current load is too from the windshield before using the High Voltage Devices and Wiring heavy, the circuit breaker will open to windshield wipers. protect the circuit until the electrical current If the overload is caused by an electrical returns to normal or the problem is fixed. { Warning problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get Once the electrical current returns to normal it fixed. Exposure to high voltage can cause shock, or the problem is fixed the circuit breaker burns, and even death. The high voltage will close. Fuses and Circuit Breakers components in the vehicle can only be If there is a problem on the road and a fuse The wiring circuits in the vehicle are serviced by technicians with special needs to be replaced, the same amperage training. protected from short circuits by a fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature combination of fuses and circuit breakers. High voltage components are identified of the vehicle that is not needed and replace This greatly reduces the chance of damage by labels. Do not remove, open, take it as soon as possible. caused by electrical problems. apart, or modify these components. High Headlamp Wiring voltage cable or wiring has orange { Danger covering or labels. Do not probe, tamper An electrical overload may cause the lamps Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with, cut, or modify high voltage cable or to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring with their ampere rating. Do not exceed wiring. checked right away. the specified amperage rating when replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use Electrical System Overload Windshield Wipers of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy result in a vehicle fire. You and others protect against an electrical system snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop could be seriously injured or killed. overload. until the motor cools and will then restart. Fuses and circuit breakers protect power Although the circuit is protected from devices in the vehicle. electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

254 Vehicle Care Fuses of the same amperage can be There is a fuse puller in the engine temporarily borrowed from another fuse compartment fuse block. It can be used to location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse easily remove fuses from the fuse block. as soon as possible. Caution Engine Compartment Fuse Block Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage { Warning it. Always keep the covers on any Installation or use of fuses that do not electrical component. meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged.

See Accessories and Modifications 0 229 and General Information 0 228. To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken The engine compartment fuse block is on or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to the driver side of the engine compartment. replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 255 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

256 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage Fuses Usage the fuses, relays, and features shown. 18 Antilock brake system 35 Body control module 6/ Fuses Usage valve Body control module 7 1 – 19 Driver power seat 36 Fuel module 2 – 21 Sunroof 38 – 3 Antilock brake system 22 Parking lamp 39 – pump/Electric brake booster 23 Automatic headlamp 40 Steering column lock leveling/Adaptive forward 5 – 41 – lighting 6 Rear closure 43 Heated steering wheel 24 – 7 – 44 Headlamp leveling 26 Transmission control 8 Memory seat module module/Ignition 45 – 9 – 27 Instrument panel/Body/ 46 Engine control module/ Ignition 10 – Ignition 47 – 11 DC DC converter 1 28 – 48 – 12 Rear window defogger 29 Rear vision camera/ Ventilated seats 49 DC DC converter 2 13 Heated mirrors 30 Malfunction indicator 50 – 14 – lamp/Ignition 51 – 15 Passive entry/Passive start 32 Canister vent solenoid/Evap 52 – 16 Front wiper leak check module 53 – 17 Passenger power seat 33 Front heated seat 34 – 54 – Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 257

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage 55 – 78 Horn 4 – 56 Starter motor 79 Washer pump 20 Rear window defogger 57 – 81 Transmission control 25 Front wiper control 58 – module/Engine control 31 Run/Crank module 59 High-beam headlamps Left/ 37 Front wiper speed 82 – Right 42 – 83 Ignition coil 60 Cooling fan 64 Starter motor 84 Powertrain on engine 61 – 66 Powertrain 85 Shunt 62 – 71 – 86 Shunt 63 – 73 Air conditioning 87 – 65 Air conditioning 80 Starter pinion 88 Aeroshutter 67 – 90 – 89 – 68 – 94 – 91 – 69 – 98 – 70 – 92 – 72 Starter pinion 93 Automatic headlamp leveling 74 – 95 – 75 Engine control module main 96 – 76 Engine control module 97 – sense 99 Coolant pump Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

258 Vehicle Care Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The instrument panel fuse block is on the driver side of the instrument panel. To access the fuses: 1. Pull out at the center of the right edge, The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage and swing the cover out and to the left. the fuses, relays, and features shown. F6 Left rear heated seat 2. Remove the cover. Fuses Usage F7 Right rear heated seat To reinstall the cover, line up the tabs on F1 Left power windows the left edge, and press the cover into place. F8 Body control module 3 F2 Right power windows F9 – F3 – F10 Body control module 2 F4 Heating, ventilation, and (with Stop/Start option) air conditioning blower F11 – F5 Body control module 2 (without Stop/Start option) F12 – Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 259

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage F13 – F29 Body control module 8 K1 – F14 – F30 Overhead console K2 Interruptible retained F15 Transmission control F31 Steering wheel controls accessory power module (with Stop/Start F32 – K3 – option) F33 Heating, ventilation, and K4 – F16 Amplifier air conditioning K5 – F17 Seat power lumbar F34 Central gateway module F18 – F35 – Wheels and Tires F19 – F36 Wireless charger/USB Tires F20 Body control module 1 charger (without Stop/Start option) Every new GM vehicle has high-quality F37 – tires made by a leading tire F21 Body control module 4 F38 OnStar manufacturer. See the warranty manual F22 – F39 Display for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For F23 Electric steering F40 Obstacle detection column lock additional information refer to the tire F41 Body control module 1 manufacturer. F24 Sensing and diagnostic (with Stop/Start option) module/Automatic occupant sensing (Airbag) F42 Radio { Warning F25 Data link connector F43 – . Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous. F26 – F44 Console accessory power outlet – rear (Continued) F27 AC DC inverter F28 – Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

260 Vehicle Care Consider installing winter tires on the Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) vehicle if frequent driving on snow or . Overloading the tires can cause . Improperly repaired tires can cause ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires overheating as a result of too a crash. Only the dealer or an provide adequate performance for most much flexing. There could be a authorized tire service center winter driving conditions, but they may not blowout and a serious crash. See should repair, replace, dismount, offer the same level of traction or 0 performance as winter tires on snow or Vehicle Load Limits 179. and mount the tires. ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 260. . Underinflated tires pose the same . Do not spin the tires in excess of danger as overloaded tires. The 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery Winter Tires resulting crash could cause serious surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, This vehicle was not originally equipped injury. Check all tires frequently to etc. Excessive spinning may cause with winter tires. Winter tires are designed maintain the recommended the tires to explode. for increased traction on snow and pressure. Tire pressure should be ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter checked when the tires are cold. See Tire Pressure for High-Speed tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Operation 0 267 for inflation pressure or snow covered roads is expected. See your . Overinflated tires are more likely adjustment for high-speed driving. dealer for details regarding winter tire to be cut, punctured, or broken by availability and proper tire selection. Also, a sudden impact — such as when All-Season Tires see Buying New Tires 0 274. hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the This vehicle may come with all-season tires. With winter tires, there may be decreased recommended pressure. These tires are designed to provide good dry road traction, increased road noise, and . Worn or old tires can cause a overall performance on most road surfaces shorter tread life. After changing to winter crash. If the tread is badly worn, and weather conditions. Original equipment tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking. replace them. tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification If using winter tires: . Replace any tires that have been code molded onto the sidewall. Original . Use tires of the same brand and tread damaged by impacts with equipment all-season tires can be identified type on all four wheel positions. potholes, curbs, etc. by the last two characters of this TPC code, (Continued) which will be “MS.” Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 261 . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria load range, and speed rating as the Specification) : Original equipment tires original equipment tires. Useful information about a tire is designed to GM's specific tire Winter tires with the same speed rating as molded into its sidewall. The examples performance criteria have a TPC the original equipment tires may not be show a typical passenger vehicle tire specification code molded onto the available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated and a compact spare tire sidewall. sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet tires. If winter tires with a lower speed or exceed all federal safety guidelines. rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. (3) DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Low-Profile Tires Transportation (DOT) code indicates that If the vehicle has 245/45R18 or the tire is in compliance with the U.S. 245/40R19 size tires, they are classified Department of Transportation Motor as low-profile tires. Vehicle Safety Standards. DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last Caution four digits of the TIN indicate the tire Low-profile tires are more susceptible to manufactured date. The first two digits damage from road hazards or curb impact Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example represent the week and the last two than standard profile tires. Tire and/or digits, the year. For example, the third wheel assembly damage can occur when (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a week of the year 2020 would have a coming into contact with road hazards combination of letters and numbers 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is like potholes, or sharp edged objects, used to define a particular tire's width, or when sliding into a curb. The warranty the first full week (Sunday through height, aspect ratio, construction type, does not cover this type of damage. Keep Saturday) of each year. tires set to the correct inflation pressure and service description. See the “Tire and when possible, avoid contact with Size” illustration in this section. curbs, potholes, and other road hazards. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

262 Vehicle Care (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : (3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the although only one side may have the date of manufacture. date of manufacture. (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord (4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load and number of plies in the sidewall and Compact Spare Tire Example Limit : Maximum load that can be under the tread. (1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord carried and the maximum pressure (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading and number of plies in the sidewall and needed to support that load. (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are under the tread. (5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use required to grade tires based on three (2) Temporary Use Only : The compact tire or compact spare tire should be performance factors: tread wear, spare tire or temporary use tire should inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more traction, and temperature resistance. not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h information on tire pressure and For more information see Uniform Tire inflation see Tire Pressure 0 266. 0 (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for Quality Grading 275. emergency use when a regular road tire (6) Tire Size : A combination of letters (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle and numbers define a tire's width, Limit : Maximum load that can be has a compact spare tire, see Compact height, aspect ratio, construction type, carried and the maximum pressure Spare Tire 0 289 and and service description. The letter “T” as needed to support that load. If a Tire Goes Flat 0 278. the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 263 (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions Specification) : Original equipment tires indicates the tire section width in designed to GM's specific tire millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside performance criteria have a TPC the tire pressing outward on each (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that square inch of the tire. Air pressure is specification code molded onto the indicates the tire height-to-width sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi measurements. For example, if the tire (pounds per square inch). or exceed all federal safety guidelines. size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in Accessory Weight : The combined Tire Designations item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is weight of optional accessories. Some Tire Size 75 percent as high as it is wide. examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power The example shows a typical passenger (4) Construction Code : A letter code is windows, power seats, and air vehicle tire size. used to indicate the type of ply conditioning. construction in the tire. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a "D" means diagonal or bias ply tire's height to its width. construction. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords between the plies and the tread. Cords (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches. may be made from steel or other Passenger (P-Metric) Tire reinforcing materials. (6) Service Description : These (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The characters represent the load index and Bead : The tire bead contains steel United States version of a metric tire speed rating of the tire. The load index wires wrapped by steel cords that hold sizing system. The letter "P" as the first represents the load carrying capacity a the tire onto the rim. character in the tire size means a tire is certified to carry. The speed passenger vehicle tire engineered to rating is the maximum speed a tire is standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim certified to carry a load. Association. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

264 Vehicle Care Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Maximum Inflation Pressure : The the plies are laid at alternate angles See Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. maximum air pressure to which a cold less than 90 degrees to the centerline GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating tire can be inflated. The maximum air of the tread. for the front axle. See Vehicle Load pressure is molded onto the sidewall. Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air Limits 0 179. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating pressure in a tire, measured in kPa GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire. inch) before a tire has built up heat Limits 0 179. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 266. Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side sum of curb weight, accessory weight, Curb Weight : The weight of a motor of an asymmetrical tire that must vehicle capacity weight, and production vehicle with standard and optional always face outward when mounted on options weight. equipment including the maximum a vehicle. Normal Occupant Weight : The number capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but of occupants a vehicle is designed to without passengers and cargo. Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure. seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See DOT Markings : A code molded into the Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some Occupant Distribution : Designated is in compliance with the U.S. seating positions. Department of Transportation (DOT) multipurpose passenger vehicles. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The Load Index : An assigned number DOT code includes the Tire Identification ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds Number (TIN), an alphanumeric to the load carrying capacity of a tire. designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 265 Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of Rim : A metal support for a tire and UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading an asymmetrical tire that has a upon which the tire beads are seated. Standards) : A tire information system particular side that faces outward when Sidewall : The portion of a tire between that provides consumers with ratings mounted on a vehicle. The side of the the tread and the bead. for a tire's traction, temperature, and tire that contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are determined by white lettering, or bears manufacturer, Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code tire manufacturers using government brand, and/or model name molding assigned to a tire indicating the testing procedures. The ratings are that is higher or deeper than the same maximum speed at which a tire can molded into the sidewall of the tire. moldings on the other sidewall of operate. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 275. the tire. Traction : The friction between the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used and the road surface. The amount of of designated seating positions on passenger cars and some light duty grip provided. multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the trucks and multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that comes rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load 0 Recommended Inflation Pressure : into contact with the road. Limits 179. Vehicle manufacturer's recommended Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : tire inflation pressure as shown on the sometimes called wear bars, that show Load on an individual tire due to curb tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 266 and across the tread of a tire when only weight, accessory weight, occupant Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See weight, and cargo weight. 0 Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in When It Is Time for New Tires 273. which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

266 Vehicle Care Vehicle Placard : A label permanently How the vehicle is loaded affects Warning (Continued) attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle handling and ride comfort. vehicle capacity weight and the original Overinflated tires, or tires that have Never load the vehicle with more equipment tire size and recommended too much air, can result in: weight than it was designed to carry. inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading When to Check Information Label” under Vehicle Load . Unusual wear. Limits 0 179. . Poor handling. Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Do not forget the . Rough ride. Tire Pressure compact spare, if the vehicle has one. . Needless damage from road Tires need the correct amount of air The compact spare cold tire pressure hazards. pressure to operate effectively. should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire 0 289. { The Tire and Loading Information label Warning on the vehicle indicates the original How to Check Neither tire underinflation nor equipment tires and the correct cold Use a good quality pocket-type gauge overinflation is good. Underinflated tire inflation pressures. The to check tire pressure. Proper tire tires, or tires that do not have recommended pressure is the minimum inflation cannot be determined by enough air, can result in: air pressure needed to support the looking at the tire. Check the tire . Tire overloading and overheating, vehicle's maximum load carrying inflation pressure when the tires are 0 which could lead to a blowout. capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 179. cold, meaning the vehicle has not been . Premature or irregular wear. driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi). . Poor handling. . Reduced fuel economy. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 267 Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire Pressure for High-Speed Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly Operation Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table onto the valve to get a pressure require inflation pressure adjustment when measurement. If the cold tire inflation driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h { Warning (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire pressure matches the recommended inflation pressure to the corresponding value pressure on the Tire and Loading Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, puts additional in the table for the tire size on the vehicle. Information label, no further adjustment strain on tires. Sustained high-speed is necessary. If the inflation pressure is driving causes excessive heat buildup and low, add air until the recommended can cause sudden tire failure. This could pressure is reached. If the inflation cause a crash, and you or others could be pressure is high, press on the metal killed. Some high-speed rated tires require stem in the center of the tire valve to inflation pressure adjustment for release air. high-speed operation. When speed limits Recheck the tire pressure with the tire and road conditions allow the vehicle to gauge. be driven at high speeds, make sure the tires are rated for high-speed operation, Put the valve caps back on the valve are in excellent condition, and are set to stems to keep out dirt and moisture. the correct cold tire inflation pressure for Use only valve caps designed for the the vehicle load. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

268 Vehicle Care

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi) 245/40R19 262 kPa (38 psi)

Return the tires to the recommended cold As an added safety feature, your vehicle has Your vehicle has also been equipped with a tire inflation pressure when high-speed been equipped with a tire pressure TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a the system is not operating properly. The 0 179 and low tire pressure telltale when one or more TPMS malfunction indicator is combined Tire Pressure 0 266. of your tires is significantly under-inflated. with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and will flash for approximately one minute and The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) check your tires as soon as possible, and then remain continuously illuminated. This uses radio and sensor technology to check inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving sequence will continue upon subsequent tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors on a significantly under-inflated tire causes vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction monitor the air pressure in your tires and the tire to overheat and can lead to tire exists. transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel When the malfunction indicator is located in the vehicle. efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect illuminated, the system may not be able to Each tire, including the spare (if provided), the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. detect or signal low tire pressure as should be checked monthly when cold and Please note that the TPMS is not a intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for inflated to the inflation pressure substitute for proper tire maintenance, and a variety of reasons, including the recommended by the vehicle manufacturer it is the driver's responsibility to maintain installation of replacement or alternate tires on the vehicle placard or tire inflation correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a has not reached the level to trigger TPMS from functioning properly. Always different size than the size indicated on the illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure check the TPMS malfunction telltale after vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure telltale. replacing one or more tires or wheels on label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 269 your vehicle to ensure that the replacement inflate the tires to the recommended an example of the Tire and Loading or alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see TPMS to continue to function properly. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits Tire Pressure 0 266. 0 See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 269. 179. The TPMS can warn about a low tire See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. A message to check the pressure in a pressure condition but it does not replace specific tire displays in the Driver normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Information Center (DIC). The low tire 0 272, Tire Rotation 0 272 and pressure warning light and the DIC warning Tires 0 259. This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is until the tires are inflated to the correct Caution designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. Using the DIC, tire Tire sealant materials are not all the pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are pressure levels can be viewed. For additional same. A non-approved tire sealant could mounted onto each tire and wheel information and details about the DIC assembly, excluding the spare tire and damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor operation and displays see Driver damage caused by using an incorrect tire wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or sealant is not covered by the vehicle the air pressure in the tires and transmit the Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) warranty. Always use only the GM tire pressure readings to a receiver located 0 96. in the vehicle. approved tire sealant available through The low tire pressure warning light may your dealer or included in the vehicle. come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits use a is driven. This could be an early indicator GM-approved liquid tire sealant. Using that the air pressure is getting low and non-approved tire sealants could damage the needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. TPMS sensors. See Tire Sealant and 0 A Tire and Loading Information label, Compressor Kit 279 for information When a low tire pressure condition is attached to your vehicle, shows the size of regarding the inflator kit materials and detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire the original equipment tires and the correct instructions. pressure warning light located on the inflation pressure for the tires when they instrument cluster. If the warning light are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 179, for comes on, stop as soon as possible and Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

270 Vehicle Care TPMS Malfunction Light and Message . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. damaged. The malfunction light and the 2. Set the parking brake firmly. The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. The turn signal lamp will flash. light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition . Replacement tires or wheels do not match When the recommended pressure is cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. the original equipment tires or wheels. reached, the horn sounds once and the The malfunction light and DIC warning Tires and wheels other than those turn signal lamp will stop flashing and message come on at each ignition cycle recommended could prevent the TPMS briefly turn solid. from functioning properly. See Buying until the problem is corrected. Some of the 0 Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires conditions that can cause these to come New Tires 274. that have illuminated the low tire pressure on are: . Operating electronic devices or being near warning light. . One of the road tires has been replaced facilities using radio wave frequencies with the spare tire. The spare tire does similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS { Warning sensors to malfunction. not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction Overinflating a tire could cause the tire light and DIC message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning properly it to rupture and you or others could be the road tire is replaced and the sensor cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure injured. Do not exceed the maximum matching process is performed condition. See your dealer for service if the pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See successfully. See “TPMS Sensor Matching TPMS malfunction light and DIC message Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 261 and Process” later in this section. come on and stay on. Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. . The TPMS sensor matching process was Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) not done or not completed successfully If the tire is overinflated by more than after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple light and the DIC message should go off alerts outside the vehicle to help when times and the turn signal lamp will continue after successfully completing the sensor inflating an underinflated tire to the to flash for several seconds after filling matching process. See "TPMS Sensor recommended cold tire pressure. stops. To release and correct the pressure, Matching Process" later in this section. When the low tire pressure warning light while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, comes on: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 271 briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS Sensor Matching Process 2. Place the vehicle in Service Mode. See When the recommended pressure is reached, Ignition Positions 0 182. Each TPMS sensor has a unique the horn sounds once. identification code. The identification code 3. If equipped, make sure the Tire Pressure If the turn signal lamp does not flash within needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel info page option is turned on. The info 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or pages on the DIC can be turned on and the tire fill alert has not been activated or is replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. off through the Options menu. See Driver not working. The TPMS sensor matching process should Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or If the hazard warning flashers are on, the also be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) tire fill alert visual feedback will not work 0 96. properly. sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next ignition 4. Use the DIC controls on the right side of The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ the steering wheel to scroll to the Tire properly under the following conditions: wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, Pressure screen under the DIC info page. . There is interference from an external in the following order: driver side front tire, 5. Press and hold V in the center of the device or transmitter. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear DIC controls. . The air pressure from the inflation device tire, and driver side rear tire. See your is not sufficient to inflate the tire. dealer for service or to purchase a relearn A message requesting acceptance of the process may display. . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor The horn sounds twice to signal the . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn Activation Tool at receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE signal lamps. www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on . The identification code of the TPMS 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). the DIC display. sensor is not registered to the system. There are two minutes to match the first 6. Start with the driver side front tire. . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire If the tire fill alert does not operate due to to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press TPMS interference, move the vehicle about takes longer, the matching process stops the button to activate the TPMS sensor. 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. and must be restarted. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor If the tire fill alert feature is not working, The TPMS sensor matching process is: identification code has been matched to use a tire pressure gauge. this tire and wheel position. 1. Set the parking brake. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

272 Vehicle Care 8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, and repeat the procedure in Step 7. or snagged deep enough to show 9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, cord or fabric. and repeat the procedure in Step 7. . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. 10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other repeat the procedure in Step 7. The horn damage that cannot be repaired well sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to because of the size or location of the the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS damage. sensor matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE Tire Rotation message on the DIC display goes off. Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km 11. Turn the vehicle off. (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule Use this rotation pattern when rotating 0 12. Set all four tires to the recommended air 304. the tires. pressure level as indicated on the Tire Tires are rotated to achieve a more Do not include the compact spare tire and Loading Information label. uniform wear for all tires. The first in the tire rotation. rotation is the most important. Tire Inspection Adjust the front and rear tires to the We recommend that the tires, including Anytime unusual wear is noticed, recommended inflation pressure on the the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be rotate the tires as soon as possible, Tire and Loading Information label after inspected for signs of wear or damage check for proper tire inflation pressure, the tires have been rotated. See Tire 0 at least once a month. and check for damaged tires or wheels. Pressure 266 and If the unusual wear continues after Vehicle Load Limits 0 179. Replace the tire if: the rotation, check the wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. . The indicators at three or more alignment. See When It Is Time for New See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation places around the tire can be seen. Tires 0 273 and 0 269. . There is cord or fabric showing Wheel Replacement 0 276. through the tire's rubber. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 273 Check that all wheel nuts are properly 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” { Warning See Tire Inspection 0 272 and under Capacities and Specifications Do not apply grease to the wheel Tire Rotation 0 272 for additional 0 317, and “Removing the Flat Tire and mounting surface, wheel conical information. Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also Changing 0 285. Grease applied to these areas could applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has cause a wheel to become loose or one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors { Warning come off, resulting in a crash. including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the how fast aging takes place. GM recommends parts to which it is fastened, can When It Is Time for New Tires that tires, including the spare if equipped, cause wheel nuts to become loose Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, be replaced after six years, regardless of over time. The wheel could come off driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use and cause a crash. When changing a conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. the tire manufacture date, which is the last wheel, remove any rust or dirt from four digits of the DOT Tire Identification places where the wheel attaches to Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth indicate the tire manufactured date. The or paper towel can be used; however, first two digits represent the week and the use a scraper or wire brush later to last two digits, the year. For example, the remove all rust or dirt. third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the Lightly coat the inner diameter of the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of wheel hub opening with wheel bearing each year. grease after a wheel change or tire Vehicle Storage rotation to prevent corrosion or rust buildup. Tires age when stored normally mounted on Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, indicators appear when the tires have only clean area away from direct sunlight to slow Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

274 Vehicle Care aging. This area should be free of grease, TPC Spec number is molded onto the Warning (Continued) gasoline, or other substances that can tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the deteriorate rubber. tires have an all-season tread design, death. Only your dealer or authorized Parking for an extended period can cause the TPC Spec number will be followed tire service center should mount or flat spots on the tires that may result in by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount the tires. vibrations while driving. When storing a Sidewall Labeling 0 261 for additional vehicle for at least a month, remove the information. tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the { Warning weight from the tires. GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread Mixing tires of different sizes (other Buying New Tires depth on all tires will help to maintain than those originally installed on the vehicle), brands, tread patterns, GM has developed and matched specific the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be or types may cause loss of vehicle tires for the vehicle. The original control, resulting in a crash or other equipment tires installed were designed adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper vehicle damage. Use the correct size, to meet General Motors Tire brand, and type of tire on all wheels. Performance Criteria Specification (TPC rotation and maintenance have been Spec) system rating. When replacement done, all four tires should wear out at tires are needed, GM strongly about the same time. However, if it is { Warning necessary to replace only one axle set recommends buying tires with the same Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle TPC Spec rating. of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 272. may cause the wheel rim flanges to GM's exclusive TPC Spec system develop cracks after many miles of considers over a dozen critical { Warning driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail specifications that impact the overall suddenly and cause a crash. Use only performance of the vehicle, including Tires could explode during improper radial-ply tires with the wheels on brake system performance, ride and service. Attempting to mount or the vehicle. handling, traction control, and tire dismount a tire could cause injury or pressure monitoring performance. GM's (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 275 Winter tires with the same speed rating stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the The Uniform Tire Quality Grading as the original equipment tires may not performance of these systems can also be (UTQG) system does not apply to deep be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR affected. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, speed rated tires. Never exceed the tires with nominal rim diameters of winter tires’ maximum speed capability { Warning 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some when using winter tires with a lower If different sized wheels are used, there limited-production tires. speed rating. may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not While the tires available on General If the vehicle tires must be replaced recommended for those wheels are Motors passenger cars and light trucks with a tire that does not have a TPC selected. This increases the chance of a may vary with respect to these grades, Spec number, make sure they are the crash and serious injury. Only use GM they must also conform to federal same size, load range, speed rating, and specific wheel and tire systems developed safety requirements and additional construction (radial) as the original for the vehicle, and have them properly General Motors Tire Performance tires. installed by a GM certified technician. Criteria (TPC) standards. The Tire and Loading Information label Quality grades can be found where See Buying New Tires 0 274 and indicates the original equipment tires Accessories and Modifications 0 229. applicable on the tire sidewall between on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits tread shoulder and maximum section 0 179. Uniform Tire Quality Grading width. For example: Different Size Tires and Wheels The following information relates to the Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A system developed by the United States All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to If wheels or tires are installed that are a National Highway Traffic Safety different size than the original equipment Federal Safety Requirements In Addition wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Administration (NHTSA), which grades To These Grades. tires by treadwear, traction, and including its braking, ride and handling Treadwear characteristics, stability, and resistance to temperature performance. This applies rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has only to vehicles sold in the United The treadwear grade is a comparative electronic systems such as antilock brakes, States. The grades are molded on the rating based on the wear rate of the rollover airbags, traction control, electronic sidewalls of most passenger car tires. tire when tested under controlled Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

276 Vehicle Care conditions on a specified government Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire test course. For example, a tire graded The temperature grades are A (the Balance 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and times as well on the government course tire's resistance to the generation of as a tire graded 100. The relative balanced at the factory to provide the heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall performance of tires depends upon the when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel actual conditions of their use, however, on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not and may depart significantly from the wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an norm due to variations in driving habits, cause the material of the tire to alignment check if there is unusual tire wear service practices and differences in road degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one characteristics and climate. side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the Traction sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations corresponds to a level of performance The traction grades, from highest to such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those vehicle is vibrating when driving on a under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may grades represent the tire's ability to Standard No. 109. Grades B and A need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for stop on wet pavement as measured represent higher levels of performance proper diagnosis. under controlled conditions on specified on the laboratory test wheel than the government test surfaces of asphalt and Wheel Replacement minimum required by law. Warning: concrete. A tire marked C may have The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, poor traction performance. Warning: established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts The traction grade assigned to this tire inflated and not overloaded. Excessive keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, is based on straight-ahead braking and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the speed, underinflation, or excessive traction tests, and does not include wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum loading, either separately or in acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if combination, can cause heat buildup or peak traction characteristics. any of these conditions exist. and possible tire failure. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 277 Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that Used Replacement Wheels is needed. Warning (Continued) Each new wheel should have the same { Warning traction device if it contacts the vehicle. load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, Replacing a wheel with a used one is Do not spin the wheels. If traction offset, and be mounted the same way as dangerous. How it has been used or how devices are used, install them on the the one it replaces. far it has been driven may be unknown. front tires. Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) When replacing wheels, use a new GM Caution sensors with new GM original equipment original equipment wheel. parts. If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size Tire Chains other than 245/45R18 or 245/40R19, use { Warning tire chains only where legal and only when necessary. Use low profile chains Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning that add no more than 12 mm thickness wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be If the vehicle has 245/45R18 or 245/40R19 to the tire tread and inner sidewall. Use dangerous. It could affect the braking and size tires, do not use tire chains. There is chains that are the proper size for the handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, not enough clearance. Tire chains used on tires. Install them on the tires of the and cause loss of control, causing a crash. a vehicle without the proper amount of front axle. Do not use chains on the tires Always use the correct wheel, wheel clearance can cause damage to the of the rear axle. Tighten them as tightly bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. as possible with the ends securely The area damaged by the tire chains fastened. Drive slowly and follow the Caution could cause loss of control and a crash. chain manufacturer's instructions. If the Use another type of traction device only chains contact the vehicle, stop and The wrong wheel can also cause if its manufacturer recommends it for the retighten them. If the contact continues, problems with bearing life, brake cooling, vehicle's tire size combination and road slow down until it stops. Driving too fast speedometer or odometer calibration, conditions. Follow that manufacturer's or spinning the wheels with chains on headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, will damage the vehicle. ground clearance, and tire or tire chain drive slow and readjust or remove the clearance to the body and chassis. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

278 Vehicle Care

If a Tire Goes Flat Warning (Continued) { Warning It is unusual for a tire to blow out while on while severely underinflated or flat Changing a tire can be dangerous. The driving, especially if the tires are maintained may cause a blowout and a serious crash. vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over properly. See Tires 0 259. If air goes out of Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has or fall causing injury or death. Find a a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here been driven on while severely level place to change the tire. To help are a few tips about what to expect and underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or prevent the vehicle from moving: what to do: an authorized tire service center repair or 1. Set the parking brake firmly. replace the flat tire as soon as possible. If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a 2. Put an automatic transmission in drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. P (Park) or a manual transmission in Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and { Warning 1 (First) or R (Reverse). grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to 3. Turn off the engine and do not maintain lane position, and then gently Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to restart while the vehicle is raised. brake to a stop, well off the road, do maintenance or repairs is dangerous if possible. without the appropriate safety equipment 4. Do not allow passengers to remain and training. If a jack is provided with in the vehicle. A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same the vehicle, it is designed only for 5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing changing a flat tire. If it is used for both sides of the tire at the opposite the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten anything else, you or others could be corner of the tire being changed. the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the off the jack. If a jack is provided with the This vehicle may come with a jack and spare road, if possible. vehicle, only use it for changing a tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit. To flat tire. use the jacking equipment to change a spare { Warning tire safely, follow the instructions below. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and Then see Tire Changing 0 285. To use the Driving on a flat tire will cause wheel damage by driving slowly to a level tire sealant and compressor kit, see Tire permanent damage to the tire. place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 279. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard (Continued) Warning Flashers 0 106. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 279 When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the If this vehicle has a tire sealant and following example as a guide to assist you Warning (Continued) compressor kit, there may not be a spare in the placement of wheel blocks (1), Never run the engine in an enclosed area tire or tire changing equipment, and on if equipped. that has no fresh air ventilation. For more some vehicles there may not be a place to information, see Engine Exhaust 0 188. store a tire. The tire sealant and compressor can be used to temporarily seal punctures up to 6 mm { Warning (0.25 in) in the tread area of the tire. It can Overinflating a tire could cause the tire also be used to inflate an underinflated tire. to rupture and you or others could be If the tire has been separated from the injured. Be sure to read and follow the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has a tire sealant and compressor kit large puncture, the tire is too severely instructions and inflate the tire to its damaged for the tire sealant and recommended pressure. Do not exceed compressor kit to be effective. See Roadside 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 0 2. Flat Tire the recommended pressure. Assistance Program 323. The following information explains how to Read and follow all of the tire sealant and compressor kit instructions. repair or change a tire. { Warning Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger { Warning compartment of the vehicle could cause Idling a vehicle in an enclosed area with injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine equipment could strike someone. Store exhaust may enter the vehicle. Engine the tire sealant and compressor kit in its exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) original location. which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

280 Vehicle Care The kit includes: Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire When using the tire sealant and compressor kit during cold temperatures, warm the kit in a heated environment for five minutes. This will help to inflate the tire faster. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 106. 9. Power Plug See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 278 for other 10. Air Only Hose important safety warnings. 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve Tire Sealant Do not remove any objects that have 2. Sealant/Air Hose penetrated the tire. 3. Base of Sealant Canister Read and follow the safe handling 1. Remove the tire sealant canister (4) and 4. Tire Sealant Canister instructions on the label adhered to the tire sealant canister (4). compressor from its storage location. See 5. On/Off Button Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor 6. Slot on Top of Compressor Check the tire sealant expiration date on the Kit 0 284. 7. Pressure Deflation Button tire sealant canister. The tire sealant 2. Remove the air only hose (10) and the 8. Pressure Gauge canister (4) should be replaced before its expiration date. Replacement tire sealant power plug (9) from the bottom of the canisters are available at your local dealer. compressor. 3. Place the compressor on the ground near There is only enough sealant to seal one the flat tire. tire. After usage, the tire sealant canister must be replaced. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 281 5. Slide the base of the tire sealant If the vehicle has an accessory power canister (3) into the slot on the top of outlet, do not use the cigarette lighter. the compressor (6) to hold it upright. If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, Make sure the tire valve stem is use the cigarette lighter. positioned close to the ground so the Do not pinch the power plug cord in the hose will reach it. door or window. 6. Remove the valve stem cap from the flat 9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must be tire by turning it counterclockwise. running while using the air compressor. 10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit on. The compressor will inject sealant and air 4. Attach the air only hose (10) to the into the tire. sealant canister inlet valve (1) by turning The pressure gauge (8) will initially show it clockwise until tight. a high pressure while the compressor pushes the sealant into the tire. Once the sealant is completely dispersed into the tire, the pressure will quickly drop and start to rise again as the tire inflates with air only. 11. Inflate the tire to the recommended 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to the tire inflation pressure using the pressure valve stem by turning it clockwise until gauge (8). The recommended inflation tight. pressure can be found on the Tire and 8. Plug the power plug (9) into the Loading Information label. See Tire accessory power outlet in the vehicle. Pressure 0 266. Unplug all items from other accessory The pressure gauge (8) may read higher power outlets. See Power Outlets 0 77. than the actual tire pressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

282 Vehicle Care off to get an accurate pressure reading. 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) Do not exceed the speed on this label The compressor may be turned on/off counterclockwise to remove it from the until the damaged tire is repaired or until the correct pressure is reached. tire valve stem. replaced. 15. Replace the tire valve stem cap. 21. Return the equipment to its original Caution 16. Remove the tire sealant canister (4) from storage location in the vehicle. If the recommended pressure cannot be the slot on top of the compressor (6). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle 8 km reached after approximately 25 minutes, 17. Turn the air only hose (10) (5 mi) to distribute the sealant in the vehicle should not be driven farther. counterclockwise to remove it from the the tire. The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant canister inlet valve (1). 23. Stop at a safe location and check the tire tire sealant and compressor kit cannot 18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) clockwise pressure. Refer to Steps 1–10 under inflate the tire. Remove the power plug “Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor from the accessory power outlet and onto the sealant canister inlet valve (1) to prevent sealant leakage. Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not unscrew the inflating hose from the tire Punctured).” 19. Return the air only hose (10) and power valve. See Roadside Assistance Program If the tire pressure has fallen more than 0 323. plug (9) back to their original storage location. 68 kPa (10 psi) below the recommended inflation pressure, stop driving the 12. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the vehicle. The tire is too severely damaged tire sealant and compressor kit off. and the tire sealant cannot seal the tire. The tire is not sealed and will continue See Roadside Assistance Program 0 323. to leak air until the vehicle is driven and If the tire pressure has not dropped the sealant is distributed in the tire. more than 68 kPa (10 psi) from the Therefore, Steps 13–21 must be done recommended inflation pressure, inflate immediately after Step 12. 20. If the flat tire was able to inflate to the the tire to the recommended inflation Be careful while handling the tire sealant recommended inflation pressure, remove pressure. and compressor kit as it could be warm the maximum speed label from the 24. Wipe off any sealant from the wheel, after usage. sealant canister and place it in a highly tire, or vehicle. 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from the visible location. accessory power outlet in the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 283 25. Dispose of the used tire sealant 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve 1. Remove the compressor from its storage canister (4) at a local dealer or in 2. Sealant/Air Hose location. See Storing the Tire Sealant and accordance with local state codes and 3. Base of Sealant Canister Compressor Kit 0 284. practices. 4. Tire Sealant Canister 2. Remove the air only hose (10) and the 26. Replace it with a new canister available 5. On/Off Button power plug (9) from the bottom of the from your dealer. 6. Slot on Top of Compressor compressor. 27. After temporarily sealing a tire using the 7. Pressure Deflation Button 3. Place the compressor on the ground near tire sealant and compressor kit, take the 8. Pressure Gauge the flat tire. vehicle to an authorized dealer within Make sure the tire valve stem is 161 km (100 mi) of driving to have the positioned close to the ground so the tire repaired or replaced. hose will reach it. Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor 4. Remove the valve stem cap from the flat Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not tire by turning it counterclockwise. Punctured) 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to the tire valve stem by turning it clockwise until The kit includes: tight. 6. Plug the power plug (9) into the accessory power outlet in the vehicle. Unplug all items from other accessory power outlets. See Power Outlets 0 77. 9. Power Plug If the vehicle has an accessory power 10. Air Only Hose outlet, do not use the cigarette lighter. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter, wheel damage by driving slowly to a level use the cigarette lighter. place. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 106. Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 278 for other important safety warnings. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

284 Vehicle Care

7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must be Caution (Continued) Storing the Tire Sealant and running while using the air compressor. Compressor Kit 8. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the unscrew the inflating hose from the tire tire sealant and compressor kit on. valve. See Roadside Assistance Program To access the tire sealant and 0 323. compressor kit: The compressor will inflate the tire with 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 0 18. air only. 10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn the 9. Inflate the tire to the recommended tire sealant and compressor kit off. 2. Lift the cover. inflation pressure using the pressure Be careful while handling the compressor gauge (8). The recommended inflation as it could be warm after usage. pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from the Pressure 0 266. accessory power outlet in the vehicle. The pressure gauge (8) may read higher 12. Turn the air only hose (10) than the actual tire pressure while the counterclockwise to remove it from the compressor is on. Turn the compressor tire valve stem. off to get an accurate pressure reading. 13. Replace the tire valve stem cap. The compressor may be turned on/off 14. Return the air only hose (10) and power until the correct pressure is reached. plug (9) back to their original storage location. Caution 15. Return the equipment to its original If the recommended pressure cannot be 3. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to storage location in the vehicle. remove the tire sealant and compressor reached after approximately 25 minutes, kit bag. the vehicle should not be driven farther. The tire sealant and compressor kit has accessory adapters located in a The tire is too severely damaged and the 4. Remove the tire sealant and compressor compartment on the bottom of its housing tire sealant and compressor kit cannot kit from the bag. that can be used to inflate air mattresses, inflate the tire. Remove the power plug balls, etc. To store the tire sealant and compressor kit, from the accessory power outlet and reverse the steps. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 285 Tire Changing 4. The jack and tools are stored below the Do not try to remove plastic caps from spare tire. Remove them from their the cover or center cap. Removing the Spare Tire and Tools container and place them near the tire 3. Pull the cover or center cap away from being changed. the wheel. Store the wheel cover in the Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the cargo area until you have the flat tire Spare Tire repaired or replaced.

1. Jack 2. Wrench 3. Tow Hook (If Equipped) 4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise 4. Extension Bolt Take off the wheel cover or center cap, to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not 5. Insulator Pad if the vehicle has one, to reach the wheel remove them yet. To access the spare tire and tools: bolts. 5. Place the jack near the flat tire. 1. Open the trunk. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 278. 6. Put the compact spare tire near you. 2. Remove the spare tire cover. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise 3. Turn the retainer nut counterclockwise to loosen and remove the wheel and remove the spare tire. Place the nut caps. spare tire next to the tire being changed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

286 Vehicle Care

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the off the jack, you could be badly injured vehicle, only use it for changing a or killed. Never get under a vehicle when flat tire. it is supported only by a jack. 7. Attach the wrench to the jack by fitting the hex end of the wrench over the hex { Warning head of the jack. Raising the vehicle with the jack 8. Place the jack under the vehicle. improperly positioned can damage the Caution vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To 9. Position the jack lift head at the jack help avoid personal injury and vehicle Make sure that the jack lift head is in the location nearest the flat tire. The location damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head correct position or you may damage your is indicated by a notch in the vertical into the proper location before raising vehicle. The repairs would not be covered bottom edge of the body side sheet the vehicle. by your warranty. metal. The notches in the jack must align with the notch in the rocker pinch weld. The { Warning jack lift head lifts on the inward side of the pinch weld flange. Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous The jack must not be used in any other without the appropriate safety equipment position. and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 287

10. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack 11. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 13. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel handle clockwise. Raise the vehicle far 12. Remove the flat tire. bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare enough off the ground so there is wheel. enough room for the road tire to clear { Warning 14. Place the compact spare tire on the the ground. wheel-mounting surface. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts and cause a crash. When changing a because the nuts might come loose. The wheel, remove any rust or dirt from vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a places where the wheel attaches to crash. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth 15. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each or paper towel can be used; however, nut by hand until the wheel is held use a scraper or wire brush later to against the hub. remove all rust or dirt. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

288 Vehicle Care

16. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack Caution handle counterclockwise. Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's { Warning compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or Wheel nuts that are improperly or the spare could be damaged. incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque { Warning specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment aftermarket manufacturer when using in the passenger compartment of the accessory locking wheel nuts. See 17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden Capacities and Specifications 0 317 for crisscross sequence, as shown. stop or collision, loose equipment could original equipment wheel nut torque 18. Lower the jack all the way and remove strike someone. Store all these in the specifications. the jack from under the vehicle. proper place. 19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools with a wheel wrench. Caution Screw in Fastener When reinstalling the wheel cover or center Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead 1. Remove the extension bolt from the cap on the full-size tire, tighten all five foam holder. to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To plastic caps hand snug, then tighten them avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly with the wheel wrench an additional tighten the wheel nuts in the proper one-quarter turn. sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications 0 317 for the wheel nut torque specification. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 289 Compact Spare Tire When using a compact spare tire, the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control { Warning systems may engage until the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, especially on Driving with more than one compact slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce spare tire at a time could result in loss of possible wheel slip. braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Caution Use only one compact spare tire at When the compact spare is installed, do a time. not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it compact spare can get caught on the rails was fully inflated when new; however, it which can damage the tire, wheel, and 2. Screw the extension bolt onto the end of can lose air over time. Check the inflation other parts of the vehicle. the spare tire stow bolt by hand. pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa 3. Replace the foam, jack, and tools in their (60 psi). Do not use the compact spare on other original storage location. Stop as soon as possible and check that the vehicles. 4. Remove the insulator pad and place it spare tire is correctly inflated after being Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel over the foam holder to protect the installed on the vehicle. The compact spare with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. wheel of the flat tire from the jack. tire is designed for temporary use only. The Keep the spare tire and its wheel together. 5. Place the tire facing down over the vehicle will perform differently with the extension bolt. spare tire installed and it is recommended Caution that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h 6. Turn the retainer nut clockwise to secure Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. the tire. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire repaired or Using them can damage the vehicle and 7. Place the floor cover on the wheel. replaced as soon as convenient and return the chains. Do not use tire chains on the The compact spare is for temporary use the spare tire to the storage area. compact spare. only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

290 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting { Warning Jump Starting - North America Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: For more information about the vehicle 12-volt battery, see Battery - North America . They contain acid that can burn you. 0 244. . They contain gas that can explode or If the battery has run down, you may want ignite. to use another vehicle and some jumper . They contain enough electricity to cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use burn you. the following steps to do it safely. If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. { Warning 1.5L L4 Engine Shown, 2.0L L4 Engine Similar WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead Caution 1. Discharged Battery Remote Positive compounds, chemicals known to the Ignoring these steps could result in costly Terminal State of California to cause cancer and damage to the vehicle that would not be 2. Discharged Battery Remote Negative birth defects or other reproductive harm. covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying Terminal Batteries also contain other chemicals to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling 3. Good Battery Remote Negative known to the State of California to cause it will not work, and it could damage the Terminal cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. vehicle. 4. Good Battery Remote Positive Terminal For more information go to The vehicle has a remote positive (+) www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ terminal under a trim cover. It is under the passenger-vehicle. cover of the engine compartment fuse block on the driver side of the engine See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 228 compartment. See Engine Compartment and the back cover. Overview 0 231. You should always use this remote positive (+) terminal. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 291

The jump start negative ground terminal for Caution (Continued) the discharged battery is on the shock tower Warning (Continued) on the driver side of the engine warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or Battery fluid contains acid that can burn compartment. unplug all accessories on either vehicle you. Do not get it on you. If you 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a when jump starting. accidentally get it in your eyes or on 12-volt battery with a negative ground your skin, flush the place with water and 4. Turn the ignition off and switch off all system. get medical help immediately. lights and accessories in both vehicles, Caution except the hazard warning flashers if needed. If the other vehicle does not have a { Warning 12-volt system with a negative ground, { Warning Fans or other moving engine parts can both vehicles can be damaged. Only use injure you badly. Keep your hands away An electric fan can start up even when a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a from moving parts once the engine is the engine is not running and can injure negative ground for jump starting. running. you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools 2. Position the two vehicles so that they away from any underhood electric fan. 5. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the are not touching. positive (+) or remote positive (+) 3. Set the parking brake firmly on both terminal of the discharged battery. { Warning vehicles. Put an automatic transmission 6. Connect the other end of the positive (+) in P (Park) or a manual transmission in Using a match near a battery can cause cable to the positive (+) terminal of the Neutral before setting the parking brake. battery gas to explode. People have been good battery. Use a remote positive (+) hurt doing this, and some have been terminal if the vehicle has one. Caution blinded. Use a flashlight if you need 7. Connect one end of the black negative If any accessories are left on or plugged more light. (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of in during the jump starting procedure, (Continued) the good battery. they could be damaged. The repairs 8. Connect the other end of the negative would not be covered by the vehicle (−) cable to the negative (–) ground (Continued) terminal for the discharged battery. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

292 Vehicle Care 9. Start the vehicle with the good battery Towing the Vehicle GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to and run the engine at idle speed for at transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to least four minutes. Caution help reduce approach angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels 10. Try to start the vehicle that had the Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may dead battery. If it will not start after a off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance cause damage. The damage would not be few tries, it probably needs service. or a professional towing service if the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not disabled vehicle must be towed. Caution lash or hook to suspension components. Use the proper straps around the tires to Front Attachment Points If the jumper cables are connected or secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked removed in the wrong order, electrical wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies shorting may occur and damage the under any locked wheel/tire while vehicle. The repairs would not be covered loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling by the vehicle warranty. Always connect type lift to tow the vehicle. This could and remove the jumper cables in the damage the vehicle. correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal. Caution Jumper Cable Removal Improper use of the tow eye can damage Reverse the sequence exactly when the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye removing the jumper cables. to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed After starting the disabled vehicle and tow truck from a flat road surface, or to The vehicle is equipped with specific removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle move the vehicle a short distance. Use attachment points to be used by the towing for several minutes. caution and low speeds. The transmission provider. These holes may be used to pull must be in (N) Neutral when moving the the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the vehicle. flatbed tow truck. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 293 Recreational Vehicle Towing . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as 5. Disconnect the negative (–) battery cable preparing the vehicle for a long trip, at the battery. See “Negative Battery Recreational vehicle towing means towing make sure the vehicle is prepared to be Cable Disconnection” under Battery - the vehicle behind another vehicle – such as towed. North America 0 244. behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle Dinghy Towing (2.0L Engine Only) Vehicles being dinghy towed should be run towing are known as dinghy towing and at the beginning of each day and at each dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the fuel stop for about five minutes. This will vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. ensure proper lubrication of transmission Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two components. wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly. Caution If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded while Here are some important things to consider towing the vehicle, it could be damaged. before recreational vehicle towing: Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) while . Before towing the vehicle, become towing the vehicle. familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region. Caution . What is the towing capacity of the To tow the vehicle from the front with all Use of a shield mounted in front of the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow four wheels on the ground: vehicle grille could restrict airflow and vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Position the vehicle to be towed and cause damage to the transmission. The . How far will the vehicle be towed? Some secure it to the towing vehicle. repairs would not be covered by the vehicles have restrictions on how far and vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only how long they can tow. 2. Start the vehicle. use one that attaches to the towing 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). . Does the vehicle have the proper towing vehicle. equipment? See your dealer or trailering 4. Turn the vehicle off. Leave the professional for additional advice and transmission in N (Neutral). equipment recommendations. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

294 Vehicle Care

Caution Caution (Continued) 2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). 3. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Do not tow a vehicle with the front drive covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not wheels on the ground if one of the front tow the vehicle with all four wheels on tires is a compact spare tire. Towing with the ground. two different tire sizes on the front of the vehicle can cause severe damage to This vehicle is not designed to be towed the transmission. with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly Towing Dinghy Towing (All Except 2.0L Engine)

Caution Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle towed from the rear.

Tow the vehicle with the two rear wheels Caution on the ground and the front wheels on a If the vehicle is towed with all four dolly. wheels on the ground, the drive unit To tow the vehicle with two wheels on the could be damaged. Repairs would not be ground and a dolly: (Continued) 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 295

Appearance Care Caution Caution (Continued) Exterior Care Avoid using high-pressure washes closer This could cause damage that would not than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the be covered by the vehicle warranty. Locks vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a damage or removal of paint and decals. underhood components. The usages of these de-icing agent only when absolutely chemicals should be avoided. necessary, and have the locks greased after If using an automatic car wash, follow the using. See Recommended Fluids and Recommend water only. car wash instructions. The windshield wiper Lubricants 0 312. and rear window wiper, if equipped, must A pressure washer may be used, but care Washing the Vehicle be off. Remove any accessories that may be must be utilized. The following criteria must damaged or interfere with the car wash be followed: To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it equipment. . Water pressure must be kept below often and out of direct sunlight. 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain. . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle or abrasive cleaning agents as they can spray pattern or wider must be used. damage the vehicle's paint, metal, Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it an all-cotton towel to avoid surface away from all surfaces. would not be covered by the vehicle scratches and water spotting. warranty. Approved cleaning products can Cleaning Underhood Components Finish Care be obtained from your dealer. Follow all Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ manufacturer directions regarding correct wax materials is not recommended. product usage, necessary safety Do not power wash any component If painted surfaces are damaged, see your precautions, and appropriate disposal of under the hood that has this e dealer to have the damage assessed and any vehicle care product. symbol. repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium (Continued) chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

296 Vehicle Care chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Emblems, Decals, and Stripes on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Caution Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft soon as possible. If necessary, use Failure to clean and protect the bright non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe cloth, and a car washing soap to clean metal moldings can result in a hazy exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and for painted surfaces to remove foreign white finish or pitting. This damage matter. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing would not be covered by the vehicle the Vehicle" previously in this section. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing warranty. should be done to remove residue from the Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some paint finish. See your dealer for approved The bright metal moldings on the vehicle have a UV protective coating. Do not clean cleaning products. are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To or wipe them while they are dry. prevent damage always follow these Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated Do not use any of the following on lamp cleaning instructions: plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated covers: wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch . Abrasive or caustic agents. before applying any cleaning solution. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents Caution . Use only approved cleaning solutions for in higher concentrations than suggested Machine compounding or aggressive aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. by the manufacturer. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh finish may damage it. Use only alkaline substances and can damage the cleaners. moldings. non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are . Ice scrapers or other hard items. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers according to the manufacturer’s on the vehicle. while the lamps are illuminated, due to instructions. excessive heat generated. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep . Do not use cleaners that are not intended the vehicle garaged or covered whenever for automotive use. Caution possible. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle Failure to clean lamps properly can cause after washing to protect and extend the damage to the lamp cover that would molding finish. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 297

Caution snow and ice. If the check engine light is Tires activated, please check to see if the shutter Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Using wax on low gloss black finish system is clear of debris, snow or ice. stripes can increase the gloss level and the tires. Windshield and Wiper Blades create a non-uniform finish. Clean low Caution gloss stripes with soap and water only. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Using petroleum-based tire dressing Air Intakes products on the vehicle may damage the Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paint finish and/or tires. When applying a Clear debris from the air intakes, between paper towel soaked with windshield washer tire dressing, always wipe off any the hood and windshield when washing the fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the overspray from all painted surfaces on vehicle. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the the vehicle. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup Shutter System of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking. Wheels and Wheel Trim Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and damaged. Damage can be caused by water to clean the wheels. After rinsing extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, thoroughly with clean water, dry with a sun, snow, and ice. soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied. Weatherstrips Caution Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate may be damaged if the vehicle is not weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry washed after driving on roads that have climates may require more frequent been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used on roads The vehicle may have a shutter system application. Black marks from rubber designed to help improve fuel economy. material on painted surfaces can be removed for conditions such as dust and ice. Keep the shutter system clear of debris, by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Always wash the chrome with soap and Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 312. water after exposure. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

298 Vehicle Care

Caution Inspect power steering for proper Sheet Metal Damage attachment, connections, binding, leaks, If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet To avoid surface damage on wheels and cracks, chafing, etc. wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, metal repair or replacement, make sure the Visually check constant velocity joint boots chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, body repair shop applies anti-corrosion and axle seals for leaks. material to parts repaired or replaced to or brushes. Use only GM approved restore corrosion protection. cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement parts will an automatic car wash that uses silicon Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. provide the corrosion protection while decklid hinges, steel fuel door hinge, unless maintaining the vehicle warranty. Damage could occur and the repairs the components are plastic. Applying silicone would not be covered by the vehicle grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Finish Damage warranty. will make them last longer, seal better, and Quickly repair minor chips and scratches not stick or squeak. Brake System with touch-up materials available from your Underbody Maintenance dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for finish damage can be corrected in your proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, At least twice a year, spring and fall, use dealer's body and paint shop. chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear plain water to flush any corrosive materials and rotors for surface condition. Inspect from the underbody. Take care to Chemical Paint Spotting thoroughly clean any areas where mud and drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack other debris can collect. Inspect all other brake parts. painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Do not directly power wash the transfer ring-shaped discolorations, and small, case and/or front/rear axle output seals. Components irregular dark spots etched into the paint High pressure water can overcome the seals surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this Visually inspect steering, suspension, and and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated section. chassis components for damaged, loose, fluid will decrease the life of the transfer or missing parts or signs of wear at least case and/or axles and should be replaced. once a year. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 299 Interior Care . Never use a razor or any other sharp object to remove soil from any interior Caution To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly surface. To prevent scratching, never use abrasive clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive remove any soils. Newspapers or dark . Never rub any surface aggressively or cleaners or aggressive cleaning may garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s damage the rear window defogger. interior. with too much pressure. . Do not use laundry detergents or Cleaning the windshield with water during Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For knobs and crevices on the instrument the first three to six months of ownership liquid cleaners, use approximately will reduce tendency to fog. cluster. Using a mild soap solution, 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. immediately remove hand lotions, A concentrated soap solution will create Speaker Covers sunscreen, and insect repellent from all streaks and attract dirt. Do not use interior surfaces or permanent damage may solutions that contain strong or Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so result. caustic soap. that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap. Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery surfaces being cleaned to prevent when cleaning. Coated Moldings permanent damage. Apply all cleaners . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing Coated moldings should be cleaned. directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray solvents. cleaners on any switches or controls. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge Remove cleaners quickly. Interior Glass or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. Before using cleaners, read and follow all To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened safety instructions on the label. While with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy cleaning the interior, open the doors and clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a water. windows to get proper ventilation. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with Fabric/Carpet/Suede plain water. To prevent damage, do not clean the Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft interior using the following cleaners or brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum techniques: brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible: Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

300 Vehicle Care . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Continue blotting until no more soil can commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint be removed. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood . For solid soils, remove as much as fabric or carpet. Surfaces possible prior to vacuuming. After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with To clean: excess moisture. water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle more thorough cleaning, use a soft with water. Microfiber cloth is Information and Radio Displays microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap recommended to prevent lint transfer to solution. the fabric or carpet. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle 2. Remove excess moisture by gently Caution brush to remove dirt that can scratch the wringing until water does not drip from Soaking or saturating leather, especially surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a the cleaning cloth. perforated leather, as well as other microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the interior surfaces, may cause permanent gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. damage. Wipe excess moisture from cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse these surfaces after cleaning and allow to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. them to dry naturally. Never use heat, fabric. steam, or spot removers. Do not use 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area Caution cleaners that contain silicone or until there is no longer any color Do not attach a device with a suction cup wax-based products. Cleaners containing transfer from the soil to the cleaning to the display. This may cause damage these solvents can permanently change cloth. and would not be covered by the vehicle the appearance and feel of leather or soft 5. If the soil is not completely removed, warranty. trim, and are not recommended. use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water. Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected If the soil is not completely removed, it may glare can decrease visibility through the be necessary to use a commercial upholstery windshield under certain conditions. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 301 . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is Caution Warning (Continued) not equipped with a floor mat retainer on Use of air fresheners may cause rinse seat belt webbing only with mild the driver side floor. permanent damage to plastics and soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Use the floor mat with the correct side painted surfaces. If an air freshener webbing to dry. up. Do not turn it over. comes in contact with any plastic or . Do not place anything on top of the painted surface in the vehicle, blot Floor Mats driver side floor mat. immediately and clean with a soft cloth . Use only a single floor mat on the dampened with a mild soap solution. { Warning driver side. Damage caused by air fresheners would . Do not place one floor mat on top of not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with another. Cargo Cover and Convenience Net the pedals. Interference with the pedals Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats can cause unintended acceleration and/or If equipped, wash with warm water and increased stopping distance which can If equipped, pull up on the rear of the floor mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the mat to unlock each retainer and remove. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely. floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor Keep belts clean and dry. mat usage: { Warning . The original equipment floor mats were designed for your vehicle. If the floor Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. mats need replacing, it is recommended It may severely weaken the webbing. In that GM certified floor mats be a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not provide adequate protection. Clean and fit properly and may interfere with the (Continued) pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

302 Vehicle Care Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

{ Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 303 Service and Maintenance General Information Caution Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be General Information ...... 303 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks, Maintenance Schedule ...... 304 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the Special Application Services maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition. Special Application Services ...... 309 sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not Additional Maintenance and Care approved by GM performed on the Your dealer has trained technicians who can Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 309 vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, perform required maintenance using genuine cleaners, or lubricants that are not Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and replacement parts. They have up-to-date approved by GM could damage the Parts tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 312 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 313 evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to Maintenance Records assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are Maintenance Records ...... 315 the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition, maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle rotations and additional maintenance items emissions. like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

304 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance Engine Oil Change maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON be more frequent checks and services. The Severe chart. message displays, have the engine oil and Additional Required Services - Normal are for filter changed within the next 1 000 km vehicles that: { Warning (600 mi). If driven under the best conditions, . Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be the engine oil life system may not indicate recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. the need for vehicle service for up to a year. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the The engine oil and filter must be changed at Load Limits 0 179. required information, proper tools, and least once a year and the oil life system . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not, must be reset. Your trained dealer technician within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained can perform this work. If the engine oil life . Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your system is reset accidentally, service the 0 Recommended Fuel (1.5L Engine) 218 or Own Service Work 0 229. vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the Recommended Fuel (2.0L Engine) 0 218. last service. Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Refer to the information in the Maintenance Maintenance Schedule System 0 236. Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal chart. Owner Checks and Services Engine Air Filter Change The Additional Required Services - Severe are Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE for vehicles that are: 0 234. message displays, the engine air filter . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Once a Month should be replaced at the next engine oil weather. change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR . Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire FILTER SOON message displays, the engine . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous Pressure 0 266. terrain. air filter should be replaced at the earliest . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire convenience. Reset the engine air filter life . Frequently towing a trailer. 0 Inspection 272. system after the engine air filter is replaced. . Used for high speed or competitive . Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 237. driving. See Washer Fluid 0 242. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 305 Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling . Visually inspect fuel system for damage Seven Years) System 0 238. or leaks. . Check windshield washer fluid level. See . Visually inspect exhaust system and The air conditioning system requires Washer Fluid 0 242. nearby heat shields for loose or damaged maintenance every seven years. This service parts. requires replacement of the desiccant to . Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire 0 help the longevity and efficient operation of Pressure 266. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior 0 the air conditioning system. This service can . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection Care 295. be complex. See your dealer. 0 272. . Check automatic transmission shift lock . Visually check for fluid leaks. control function. See Automatic Tire Rotation and Required Services . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care Transmission Shift Lock Control Function 0 Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi) 0 295. Check 247. Rotate the tires, if recommended for the . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and . Check parking brake and automatic vehicle, and perform the following services. chassis components for damage, including transmission park mechanism. See Park See Tire Rotation 0 272. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 . Check engine oil level and oil or missing parts, or signs of wear at least 247. life percentage. If needed, change engine once a year. See Exterior Care 0 295. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high oil and filter, and reset oil life system. . Inspect power steering for proper effort, or binding. Replace if needed. See Engine Oil 0 234 and attachment, connections, binding, leaks, . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of Engine Oil Life System 0 236. cracks, chafing, etc. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the . If equipped with the engine air filter life . Visually inspect halfshafts and drive hold open ability of the strut. If the hold system, check the air filter shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, open ability is low, service the gas strut. 0 life percentage. If necessary, replace the and/or damage including: tube dents or See Gas Strut(s) 248. engine air filter and reset the engine air cracks, constant velocity joint or universal . Check tire sealant expiration date, filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, if equipped. See Tire Sealant and System 0 237. If the vehicle is not loose or missing boot clamps, center Compressor Kit 0 279. equipped with the engine air filter life bearing excessive looseness, loose or . Inspect sunroof track and seal, system, inspect the engine air cleaner missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 25. 0 filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 237. . Check restraint system components. See Safety System Check 0 44. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

306 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life @ @ @ system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system and Power Electronics @ cooling system. (4) Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 307 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (3) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Additional Required Services - Normal first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Brake Fluid 0 243. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes the filter at each oil change or more often (7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 247. 0 237. air filter replacement may be needed if (8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (4) Or every five years, whichever comes See Gas Strut(s) 0 248. quality, high dust levels, or environmental first. See Cooling System 0 238. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. seven years. replacement may also be needed if there is Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. or damage; replace, if needed. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

308 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life @ @ @ system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Change automatic transmission fluid. (Except 1.5L engine.) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. (1.5L @ @ @ engine only.) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system and Power Electronics @ cooling system. (4) Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 309 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes assessment with a multi-point inspection to Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 247. recommend when your vehicle may need (1) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. attention. first. More frequent passenger compartment See Gas Strut(s) 0 248. The following list is intended to explain the air filter replacement may be needed if (9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every services and conditions to look for that may driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air seven years. indicate services are required. quality, high dust levels, or environmental Battery allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is Special Application Services The 12-volt battery supplies power to start reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: the engine and operate any additional Your GM dealer can help determine when to Lubricate chassis components every oil electrical accessories. replace the filter. change. . To avoid break-down or failure to start (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines . Have underbody flushing service the vehicle, maintain a battery with full and hoses for proper attachment, performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" cranking power. connection, routing, and condition. in Exterior Care 0 295. . Trained dealer technicians have the diagnostic equipment to test the battery (3) Or every four years, whichever comes Additional Maintenance and ensure that the connections and first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect cables are corrosion-free. the filter at each oil change or more often and Care as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Belts 0 237. Your vehicle is an important investment and . Belts may need replacing if they squeak caring for it properly may help to avoid (4) Or every five years, whichever comes or show signs of cracking or splitting. future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle first. See Cooling System 0 238. . Trained dealer technicians have access to performance, additional maintenance tools and equipment to inspect the belts (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. services may be required. and recommend adjustment or Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, It is recommended that your dealer perform replacement when necessary. or damage; replace, if needed. these services — their trained dealer (6) Replace brake fluid every five years. See technicians know your vehicle best. Your Brake Fluid 0 243. dealer can also perform a thorough Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

310 Service and Maintenance Brakes Hoses . As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Hoses transport fluids and should be inspect the shocks and struts for signs of safe driving. regularly inspected to ensure that there are leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, advise when service is needed. grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses stopping. and advise if replacement is needed. Tires . Trained dealer technicians have access to Lamps Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save tools and equipment to inspect the brakes Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of and recommend quality parts engineered brake lamps are important to see and be tire failure. for the vehicle. seen on the road. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need attention include three or more visible treadwear include dimming, failure to light, cracking, Proper fluid levels and approved fluids indicators; cord or fabric showing through or damage. The brake lamps need to be protect the vehicle’s systems and the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or checked periodically to ensure that they components. See Recommended Fluids and sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Lubricants 0 312 for GM approved fluids. light when braking. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid recommend the right tires. Your dealer can check the lamps and note any levels should be checked at every fuel fill. can also provide tire/wheel balancing concerns. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to services to ensure smooth vehicle indicate that fluids may be low and need Shocks and Struts operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells to be filled. Shocks and struts help aid in control for a and services name brand tires. smoother ride. . Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 311 Vehicle Care Windshield Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like new, For safety, appearance, and the best Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in vehicle care products are available from your viewing, keep the windshield clean and good condition to provide a clear view. dealer. For information on how to clean and clear. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, across the windshield, and worn or split see Interior Care 0 299 and and chips. rubber. Exterior Care 0 295. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the . Trained dealer technicians can check the Wheel Alignment windshield and recommend proper wiper blades and replace them when Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that replacement if needed. needed. the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

312 Service and Maintenance Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (2.0L Engine) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission (1.5L Engine) Continuously Variable Ratio Transmission (CVT) Fluid. See your dealer. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 234. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch, Pivots, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl or GC-LB. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant. See your dealer. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 313 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 23430312 A3208C I1.5L L4 Engine 23430313 A3210C I2.0L L4 Engine Engine Oil Filter 12696048 PF64 I1.5L L4 Engine 12696048 PF64 I2.0L L4 Engine Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 12683541 41-156 I1.5L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125 I2.0L L4 Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

314 Service and Maintenance

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Wiper Blades 23353586 — IDriver Side – 650 mm (25.6 in) 23353587 — IPassenger Side – 450 mm (17.7 in) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 315 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

316 Technical Data Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 316 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information: Service Parts Identification ...... 316 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and Specifications ...... 317 . Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 319 . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the trunk. the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 317 for the vehicle's engine code. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Technical Data 317 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 7.0 L 7.4 qt I1.5L L4 Engine 6.8 L 7.2 qt I2.0L L4 Engine Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt I1.5L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt I2.0L L4 Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

318 Technical Data

Capacities Application Metric English Fuel Tank 59.8 L 15.8 gal Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 1.5L L4 Engine (LFV) T Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in) 2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Technical Data 319 Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.5L L4 Engine

2.0L L4 Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

320 Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 329 Cybersecurity ...... 329 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 330 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 320 OnStar ...... 330 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 322 Infotainment System ...... 330 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or (TTY) Users ...... 322 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved Online Owner Center ...... 322 by your dealer's sales or service GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite Program ...... 323 the best intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 323 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 324 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 325 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 326 Publication Ordering Information ...... 327 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 328 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 328 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 328 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 329 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 321 We encourage you to call the toll-free disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the number in order to give your inquiry interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited event that you do not feel your concerns prompt attention. Have the following Warranty. Although you may be required to have been addressed after following the information available to give the Customer resort to this informal dispute resolution procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, Assistance representative: program prior to filing a court action, use of General Motors of Canada Company wants . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is the program is free of charge and your case you to be aware of its participation in a available from the vehicle registration or will generally be heard within 40 days. no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. title, or the plate at the top left of the If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company has instrument panel and visible through the in your case, you may reject it and proceed committed to binding arbitration of owner windshield. with any other venue for relief available disputes involving factory-related vehicle to you. service claims. The program provides for the . Dealership name and location. review of the facts involved by an impartial . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or third party arbiter, and may include an When contacting Chevrolet, remember that write them at the following address: informal hearing before the arbiter. The your concern will likely be resolved at a program is designed so that the entire dealer's facility. That is why we suggest BBB Auto Line Program dispute settlement process, from the time following Step One first. BBB National Programs, Inc. you file your complaint to the final decision, 3033 Wilson Boulevard should be completed in about 70 days. We STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Suite 600 believe our impartial program offers Motors and your dealer are committed to Arlington, VA 22201 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions making sure you are completely satisfied because it is informal, quick, and free of with your new vehicle. However, if you Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge. continue to remain unsatisfied after http://www.bbb.org/council/ following the procedure outlined in programs-services/ For further information concerning eligibility Steps One and Two, you can file with the dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line This program is available in all 50 states and Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Program to enforce your rights. the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), The BBB Auto Line Program is an by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: out-of-court program administered by BBB General Motors reserves the right to change National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

322 Customer Information The Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Owner Center c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company General Motors of Canada Company The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 CA1-163-005 my.chevrolet.com 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Learn more about your vehicle features, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 shop for and manage your connected Your inquiry should be accompanied by the www.gm.ca services and OnStar plans, and access Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3777 (English) diagnostic information specific to your vehicle. Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices Membership Benefits Chevrolet encourages customers to call the (TTYs)) E toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 : Download owner’s manuals and view customer wishes to write or e-mail vehicle-specific how-to videos. Overseas Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General Motors Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Business Unit. service appointments. Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your P.O. Box 33170 Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own. Detroit, MI 48232-5170 D : Select a preferred dealer and view www.Chevrolet.com To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-800-222-1020 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices r : Track your vehicle’s warranty equipment available at its Customer information. (TTYs)) Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: J : View active recalls by Vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 316. 1-800-496-9994 1-800-263-3830. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 323 H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle F : Chat with online help representatives. To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle account today. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem 1-800-833-9935. Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Coverage mychevrolet.ca General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call Services are provided for the duration of the Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. vehicle’s powertrain warranty. mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. (French) to access similar benefits to the In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is U.S. site. covered. In Canada, a person driving the Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner GM Mobility Reimbursement For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call is not covered. Program 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New 1-888-889-2438.) Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call North America and Chevrolet reserve the 1-800-268-6800. right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days time without notification. a year. General Motors North America and Chevrolet Calling for Assistance reserve the right to limit services or This program is available to qualified When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they applicants for cost reimbursement, up to following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the certain limits, of eligible aftermarket same type of claim is made many times. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number . Telephone number of your location Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

324 Customer Information Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are Must be over 150 km from where your enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, trip was started to qualify. nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered Pre-authorization, original detailed back to the customer, up to 500 miles. receipts, and a copy of the repair orders . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the are required. Once authorization has been vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside received, the Roadside Assistance advisor unlock may be available if you have Assistance will help to make arrangements and OnStar. For security reasons, the driver . Impound towing caused by violation of explain how to receive payment. must present identification before this any laws service is given. . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot . Legal fines be provided right away, the Roadside . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of Assistance advisor may give permission to Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet get local emergency road service. You will dealer for warranty service, or if the snow tires, chains, or other traction devices receive payment, up to $100, after vehicle was in a crash and cannot be sending the original receipt to Roadside driven. Assistance is not given when the Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an Assistance. Mechanical failures may be vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, area that is not accessible to the service covered, however any cost for parts and or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or labor for repairs not covered by the . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat maintained public road, which includes ice warranty are the owner responsibility. tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, and winter roads. Off-road use is not if equipped, must be in good condition covered. Scheduling Service Appointments and properly inflated. It is the owner's When the vehicle requires warranty service, responsibility for the repair or Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased contact your dealer and request an replacement of the tire if it is not covered Vehicles appointment. By scheduling a service by the warranty. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to appointment and advising the service . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start 7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service. consultant of your transportation needs, a dead battery. your dealer can help minimize your . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is inconvenience. If your trip is interrupted due to a required. warranty event, incidental expenses may Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 325 If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle service department immediately, keep with each new vehicle provides detailed For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer driving it until it can be scheduled for warranty coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental service, unless, of course, the problem is Transportation Options vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a safety related. If it is, please call your rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local, vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements. as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, parameters of your dealer's area. To enhance your ownership experience, we levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility. support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental. period in Canada), extended powertrain, receipts and within the maximum amount and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service, Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer. available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability. when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

326 Customer Information Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle however, the history of these parts is not Protect your investment in the GM vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the with comprehensive and collision insurance is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any coverage. There are significant differences in qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that the quality of coverage afforded by various equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier. appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs. being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment. GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 327 If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost. services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 49. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair Process limits, as you have no contractual limits Give only the necessary information to with that company. In such cases, you can police and other parties involved in the In the event that the vehicle requires have control of the repair and parts choices crash. damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits. Assistance Program 0 323. take the vehicle there, or have it towed Publication Ordering Information Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any . Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals number original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and . Driver license number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be repair information on the engine, . Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, number electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but . Vehicle license plate number you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature . Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company Owner’s manuals are written specifically for . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) may initially value the repair using owners and are intended to provide basic aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the . Insurance company and policy number operational information about the vehicle. repair professional, and insist on Genuine . General description of the damage to the The owner’s manual includes the GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is other vehicle Maintenance Schedule for all models. leased, you may be obligated to have the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

328 Customer Information Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer, available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors. year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the cause undesired operation of the device. To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go systems by other than an authorized service For credit card orders only (VISA, to http://www.safercar.gov; or facility could void authorization to use this write to: MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: equipment. www.helminc.com. Administrator, NHTSA To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Helm, Incorporated Washington, D.C. 20590 Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the You can also obtain other information 47911 Halyard Drive United States Government about motor vehicle safety from Plymouth, MI 48170 If you believe that your vehicle has a http://www.safercar.gov. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. defect which could cause a crash or Reporting Safety Defects to the Radio Frequency Statement could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Canadian Government This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters Highway Traffic Safety Administration / receivers / systems that operate on a If you live in Canada, and you believe radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General that the vehicle has a safety defect, Part 18 of the Federal Communications Motors. notify Transport Canada immediately, Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 329 and notify General Motors of Canada General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain Company. Call Transport Canada at Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: personal preferences, such as radio presets, 1-800-333-0510; go to: CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Cybersecurity www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or GM collects information about the use of or write to: 800-508-0000. your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this In other Central America and Caribbean Transport Canada information to provide, evaluate, improve, Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate and troubleshoot our products and services Defect Investigations and Recalls and to develop new products and services. Division Vehicle Data Recording and The protection of vehicle electronics systems 80 Noel Street Privacy and customer data from unauthorized Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 outside electronic access or control is The vehicle has a number of computers that important to GM. GM maintains appropriate Reporting Safety Defects to record information about the vehicle’s security standards, practices, guidelines and performance and how it is driven or used. controls aimed at defending the vehicle and General Motors For example, the vehicle uses computer the vehicle service ecosystem against In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport modules to monitor and control engine and unauthorized electronic access, detecting Canada) in a situation like this, notify transmission performance, to monitor the possible malicious activity in related General Motors. conditions for airbag deployment and networks, and responding to suspected deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to cybersecurity incidents in a timely, In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write: provide antilock braking to help the driver coordinated and effective manner. Security Chevrolet Motor Division control the vehicle. These modules may incidents could impact your safety or Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician compromise your private data. To minimize P.O. Box 33170 service the vehicle or to help GM improve security risks, please do not connect your Detroit, MI 48232-5170 safety or features. Some modules may also vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or store data about how the vehicle is devices or connect your vehicle to any 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

330 Customer Information the event you suspect any security incident Note others for research purposes, where a need impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only is shown and the data is not tied to a your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no specific vehicle or vehicle owner. vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data OnStar Event Data Recorders (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such has an active service plan, additional data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR may be collected and transmitted through is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying the OnStar system. This includes information crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash about the vehicle’s operation; collisions deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle that will assist in understanding how a To read data recorded by an EDR, special and its features, including infotainment; and vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is equipment is required, and access to the the location and approximate GPS speed of designed to record data related to vehicle vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and dynamics and safety systems for a short the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such Conditions and Privacy Statement on the period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. as law enforcement, that have the special OnStar website. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record equipment, can read the information if they See OnStar Additional Information 0 332. such data as: have access to the vehicle or the EDR. . How various systems in your vehicle were GM will not access these data or share it Infotainment System operating; with others except: with the consent of the If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation . Whether or not the driver and passenger vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, system as part of the infotainment system, safety belts were buckled/fastened; with the consent of the lessee; in response use of the system may result in the storage . How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar of destinations, addresses, telephone depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense numbers, and other trip information. See the pedal; and, of litigation through the discovery process; infotainment section for information on . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects stored data and for deletion instructions. or receives may also be used for GM These data can help provide a better research needs or may be made available to understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

OnStar 331 OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 331 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 332 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 332 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 332 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 124 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

332 OnStar . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

OnStar 333 Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 328. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

334 OnStar Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 226. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

OnStar 335 identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information. to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http:// opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

336 Connected Services Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 336 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 337 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 338 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Connected Services 337 Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app, to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

338 Connected Services . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with Chevrolet on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change. compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates may be required. A compatible device, may apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 339 A Airbags Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 229 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 53 Accessory Power ...... 186 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 86 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 197 Readiness Light ...... 85 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 226 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 53 Additional Information System Check ...... 45 OnStar ...... 332 Alarm Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 309 Vehicle Security ...... 19 Adjustments Alert Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 30 Lane Change ...... 214 Agreements Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 214 Trademarks and License ...... 156 All-Season Tires ...... 260 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 237 AM-FM Radio ...... 116 Air Conditioning ...... 164, 166 Antenna Air Filter Backglass ...... 119 Life System ...... 237 Multi-band ...... 120 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 170 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 191 Air Vents ...... 169 Warning Light ...... 89 Airbag System Appearance Care Check ...... 54 Exterior ...... 295 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 48 Interior ...... 299 Passenger Sensing System ...... 50 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 146 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 48 Armrest What Will You See after an Airbag Rear Seat ...... 37 Inflates? ...... 49 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 323 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 47 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 209 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 46 Assistance Systems for Parking and Backing ...... 205 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

340 Index Audio Brake C Bluetooth ...... 123 Parking, Electric ...... 192 California Auto Stop System Warning Light ...... 88 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 228 Stop/Start System ...... 184 Brakes ...... 243 California Proposition Automatic Antilock ...... 191 65 Warning ...... 228, 244, 290, Door Locks ...... 17 Assist ...... 193 Back Cover Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 211 Fluid ...... 243 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 1 Headlamp System ...... 106 Parking ...... 191 Capacities and Specifications ...... 317 Transmission ...... 188 Braking ...... 174 Carbon Monoxide Transmission Fluid ...... 236 Automatic Emergency (AEB) ...... 211 Engine Exhaust ...... 188 Automatic Transmission Braking System Trunk ...... 18 Manual Mode ...... 190 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 212 Winter Driving ...... 177 Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 247 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 182 Cargo Auxiliary Jack ...... 123 Buckle To Drive ...... 39 Tie-Downs ...... 73 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 120 Bulb Replacement Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 B Halogen Bulbs ...... 249 Center Console Storage ...... 72 Headlamp Aiming ...... 249 Backglass Antenna ...... 119 Chains, Tire ...... 277 Headlamps ...... 249 Battery Charging Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 109 Wireless ...... 78 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 250 Load Management ...... 109 Charging System Light ...... 86 License Plate Lamps ...... 252 Power Protection ...... 109 Check Taillamps, Turn Signal, Battery - North America ...... 244, 290 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 87 Stoplamps, and Back-up Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 247 Child Restraints Lamps ...... 250, 251 Bluetooth Infants and Young Children ...... 56 Buying New Tires ...... 274 Overview ...... 141, 142 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Bluetooth Audio ...... 123 Children ...... 61 Older Children ...... 55 Securing ...... 67, 68 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 341 Child Restraints (cont'd) Convenience Net ...... 73 Data Collection (cont'd) Systems ...... 58 Convex Mirrors ...... 21 OnStar ...... 330 Circuit Breakers ...... 253 Coolant Data Recorders, Event ...... 330 Cleaning Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 84 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 136 Exterior Care ...... 295 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 91 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 106 Interior Care ...... 299 Cooling ...... 164, 166 Defensive Driving ...... 173 Climate Control Systems ...... 164 Cooling System ...... 238 Delayed Locking ...... 16 Air Conditioning ...... 164 Courtesy Lamps ...... 107 Destination ...... 129 Dual Automatic ...... 166 Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 325 Diagnostics Heating ...... 164 Coverage Explanations ...... 136 Connected Services ...... 338 Clock ...... 76 Cruise Control ...... 195 Distracted Driving ...... 173 Cluster, Instrument ...... 80 Light ...... 93 Dome Lamps ...... 107 Collision Damage Repair ...... 326 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 197 Door Compact Spare Tire ...... 289 Cupholders ...... 72 Ajar Light ...... 94 Compartments Customer Assistance ...... 322 Delayed Locking ...... 16 Storage ...... 72 Offices ...... 322 Locks ...... 14 Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant ...... 279 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 322 Power Locks ...... 16 Connected Services Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 319 Connections ...... 337 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 327 Driver Diagnostics ...... 338 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 320 Teen ...... 153 Navigation ...... 336 Cybersecurity ...... 329 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 204 Connections Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 94, 96 D Connected Services ...... 337 Driving Damage Repair, Collision ...... 326 Control Assistance Systems ...... 209 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 193 Better Fuel Economy ...... 173 Data Collection Control of a Vehicle ...... 174 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 221 Infotainment System ...... 330 Controls Defensive ...... 173 Steering Wheel ...... 112 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 177 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

342 Index Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Flat Tire (cont'd) If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 178 Cooling System ...... 238 Changing ...... 285 Impaired ...... 174 Drive Belt Routing ...... 319 Floor Mats ...... 301 Loss of Control ...... 176 Exhaust ...... 188 Fluid Off-Road Recovery ...... 175 Heater ...... 185 Automatic Transmission ...... 236 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 179 Oil Life System ...... 236 Brakes ...... 243 Wet Roads ...... 176 Oil Pressure Light ...... 92 Washer ...... 242 Winter ...... 177 Overheating ...... 241 Folding Mirrors ...... 22 Dual Automatic Climate Control Power Messages ...... 99 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 209 System ...... 166 Running While Parked ...... 188 Frequency Statement E Starting ...... 183 Radio ...... 328 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 237 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Electric Parking Brake ...... 192 Entry Lighting ...... 108 System ...... 212 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 89 Equipment, Towing ...... 225 Front Seats Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 226 Event Data Recorders ...... 330 Adjustment ...... 29 Electrical System Exit Lighting ...... 109 Heated and Ventilated ...... 34 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 254 Extended Parking ...... 187 Fuel Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 253 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 43 Additives ...... 218 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 258 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 104 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 173 Overload ...... 253 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 105 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 220 Emergency Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 109 Filling the Tank ...... 219 OnStar ...... 332 Foreign Countries ...... 218 Engine F Gauge ...... 83 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 237 Filter, Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 92 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 87 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 237 Prohibited Fuels ...... 218 Compartment Overview ...... 231 Flash-to-Pass ...... 105 Recommended ...... 218 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 84 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 106 Top Tier ...... 217 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 91 Flat Tire ...... 278 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 343 Fuses H Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 193 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 254 Halogen Bulbs ...... 249 Hood ...... 229 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 253 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 106 Horn ...... 75 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 258 HD Radio Technology ...... 117 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 39 G Head Restraints ...... 27 HVAC ...... 164, 166 Gas Strut(s) ...... 248 Headlamps I Gauges Aiming ...... 249 If the System Needs Service ...... 136 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 84 Automatic ...... 106 Ignition Positions ...... 182 Fuel ...... 83 Bulb Replacement ...... 249 Immobilizer ...... 20 Odometer ...... 82 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 106 Indicator Speedometer ...... 82 Flash-to-Pass ...... 105 Pedestrian Ahead ...... 90 Tachometer ...... 83 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Vehicle Ahead ...... 90 Trip Odometer ...... 82 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 250 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 56 Voltmeter ...... 84 High-Beam On Light ...... 93 Information Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 80 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 105 Publication Ordering ...... 327 General Information Lamps On Reminder ...... 93 Infotainment System ...... 330 Service and Maintenance ...... 303 Heated Instrument Cluster ...... 80 Towing ...... 220 Rear Seats ...... 37 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Vehicle Care ...... 228 Steering Wheel ...... 75 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 22 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 135 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 34 Introduction ...... 1, 110 Heated Mirrors ...... 22 Glove Box ...... 72 J GM Mobility Reimbursement Heater Jack Program ...... 323 Engine ...... 185 Auxiliary ...... 123 Guidance Heating ...... 164, 166 Jump Starting - North America ...... 290 Problems with the Route ...... 135 High Voltage Devices and Wiring ...... 253 High-Beam On Light ...... 93 High-Speed Operation ...... 267 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 177 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

344 Index K Lighting Lights (cont'd) Keyless Entry Entry ...... 108 Tire Pressure ...... 92 Remote (RKE) System ...... 7 Exit ...... 109 Traction Control System Keys...... 6 Illumination Control ...... 107 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 91 LED ...... 249 Traction Off ...... 90 L Lights Locks Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 261 Airbag Readiness ...... 85 Automatic Door ...... 17 Lamps Antilock Brake System (ABS) Delayed Locking ...... 16 Courtesy ...... 107 Warning ...... 89 Door ...... 14 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 106 Brake System Warning ...... 88 Lockout Protection ...... 17 Dome ...... 107 Charging System ...... 86 Power Door ...... 16 Exterior Controls ...... 104 Check Engine (Malfunction Safety ...... 17 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 105 Indicator) ...... 87 Loss of Control ...... 176 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 109 Cruise Control ...... 93 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 92 License Plate ...... 252 Door Ajar ...... 94 Low-Profile Tires ...... 261 Malfunction Indicator (Check Electric Parking Brake ...... 89 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Engine) ...... 87 Engine Coolant Temperature Children (LATCH System) ...... 61 On Reminder ...... 93 Warning ...... 91 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 30 Reading ...... 108 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 92 Front Seats ...... 30 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 214 Flash-to-Pass ...... 105 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 216 M High-Beam On ...... 93 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 90 Maintenance High/Low Beam Changer ...... 105 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 41 Records ...... 315 Lane Keep Assist ...... 90 LATCH System Maintenance and Care Low Fuel Warning ...... 92 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 67 Additional ...... 309 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 85 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Maintenance Schedule ...... 304 Security ...... 93 Children ...... 61 Recommended Fluids and Service Electric Parking Brake ...... 89 LED Lighting ...... 249 Lubricants ...... 312 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 91 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 345 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 87 Navigation (cont'd) P Manual Mode ...... 190 Using the System ...... 124 Park Map Data Updates ...... 136 Navigation Symbols ...... 128 Shifting Into ...... 186 Maps ...... 127 Net, Convenience ...... 73 Shifting Out of ...... 187 Media New Vehicle Break-In ...... 182 Park Assist ...... 205 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 120 O Parking Memory Seats ...... 32 Odometer ...... 82 Brake ...... 191 Messages Trip ...... 82 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Engine Power ...... 99 Off-Road Check ...... 247 Vehicle ...... 99 Recovery ...... 175 Extended ...... 187 Vehicle Speed ...... 100 Oil Over Things That Burn ...... 187 Mirrors Engine ...... 234 Parking or Backing Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 22 Engine Oil Life System ...... 236 Assistance Systems ...... 205 Convex ...... 21 Pressure Light ...... 92 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 86 Folding ...... 22 Older Children, Restraints ...... 55 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 170 Heated ...... 22 Online Owner Center ...... 322 Passenger Sensing System ...... 50 Manual Rearview ...... 22 OnStar ...... 330 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 90 Power ...... 21 OnStar Additional Information ...... 332 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Tilt in Reverse ...... 22 OnStar Emergency ...... 332 California ...... 228 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 22 OnStar Overview ...... 331 Personalization Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 268 OnStar Security ...... 332 Vehicle ...... 100 Multi-band Antenna ...... 120 OnStar System ...... 124, 134 Phone N Outlets Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 146 Navigation Power ...... 77 Bluetooth ...... 141, 142 Connected Services ...... 336 Overheating, Engine ...... 241 Port Destination ...... 129 Overview ...... 111 USB ...... 120 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Positioning Vehicle ...... 135 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

346 Index Power Radios (cont'd) Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Door Locks ...... 16 Satellite ...... 118 a Crash ...... 44 Mirrors ...... 21 Reading Lamps ...... 108 Reporting Safety Defects Outlets ...... 77 Rear Seat Armrest ...... 37 Canadian Government ...... 328 Protection, Battery ...... 109 Rear Seats ...... 35 General Motors ...... 329 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 186 Heated ...... 37 U.S. Government ...... 328 Seat Adjustment ...... 30 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 205 Restraints Windows ...... 23 Rearview Mirrors ...... 22 Where to Put ...... 60 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 43 Automatic Dimming ...... 22 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 186 Privacy Reclining Seatbacks ...... 30 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 22 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 329 Recognition Roads Problems with Route Guidance ...... 135 Voice ...... 136 Driving, Wet ...... 176 Program Recommended Roadside Assistance Program ...... 323 Courtesy Transportation ...... 325 Fuel ...... 218 Roof Prohibited Fuels ...... 218 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ...... 312 Sunroof ...... 25 Proposition 65 Warning, Records Rotation, Tires ...... 272 California ...... 228, 244, 290, Maintenance ...... 315 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 319 Back Cover Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 293 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 188 Reimbursement Program, GM Publication Ordering Information ...... 327 S Mobility ...... 323 R Safety Defects Reporting Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 7 Radio Canadian Government ...... 328 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 13 HD Radio Technology ...... 117 General Motors ...... 329 Replacement Parts Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 118 U.S. Government ...... 328 Airbags ...... 54 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 328 Safety Locks ...... 17 Maintenance ...... 313 Radio Reception ...... 119 Safety System Check ...... 44 Replacing Airbag System ...... 54 Radios Satellite Radio ...... 118 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a AM-FM Radio ...... 116 Scheduling Appointments ...... 324 Crash ...... 67 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 347 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 279 Service (cont'd) Start Assist, Hill ...... 193 Seat Belts ...... 38 Climate Control System ...... 164 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 13 Buckle To Drive ...... 39 Doing Your Own Work ...... 229 Starting the Engine ...... 183 Care ...... 44 Maintenance Records ...... 315 Steering ...... 174 Extender ...... 43 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 303 Heated Wheel ...... 75 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 39 Parts Identification ...... 316 Wheel Adjustment ...... 75 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 41 Scheduling Appointments ...... 324 Wheel Controls ...... 75 Reminders ...... 85 Service Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 89 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 112 Replacing after a Crash ...... 44 Services Stop/Start System ...... 184 Use During Pregnancy ...... 43 Special Application ...... 309 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Seats Servicing System ...... 136 Bulb Replacement ...... 250, 251 Adjustment, Front ...... 29 Servicing the Airbag ...... 53 Storage Areas Head Restraints ...... 27 Settings ...... 147 Center Console ...... 72 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 34 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Convenience Net ...... 73 Heated, Rear ...... 37 Automatic Transmission ...... 247 Glove Box ...... 72 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 30 Shifting Umbrella ...... 73 Memory ...... 32 Into Park ...... 186 Storage Compartments ...... 72 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 30 Out of Park ...... 187 Storing the Tire Sealant and Rear ...... 35 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 214 Compressor Kit ...... 284 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 30 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 107 Struts Securing Child Restraints ...... 67, 68 Software Updates ...... 116 Gas ...... 248 Security Spare Tire Stuck Vehicle ...... 178 Light ...... 93 Compact ...... 289 Sun Visors ...... 24 OnStar ...... 332 Special Application Services ...... 309 Sunroof ...... 25 Vehicle ...... 19 Specifications and Capacities ...... 317 Symbols ...... 2 Vehicle Alarm ...... 19 Speedometer ...... 82 Navigation ...... 128 Service ...... 171 StabiliTrak System Accessories and Modifications ...... 229 OFF Light ...... 91 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 237 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

348 Index System (cont'd) Tires (cont'd) Traction Control/Electronic Stability Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 209 Pressure ...... 266, 267 Control ...... 193 Global Positioning ...... 135 Pressure Light ...... 92 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 156 Infotainment ...... 330 Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 269 Trailer OnStar ...... 134 Pressure Monitor System ...... 268 Towing ...... 224 Systems Rotation ...... 272 Transmission Driver Assistance ...... 204 Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 279 Automatic ...... 188 T Sealant and Compressor Kit, Fluid, Automatic ...... 236 Storing ...... 284 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 325 Tachometer ...... 83 Sidewall Labeling ...... 261 Trip Odometer ...... 82 Taillamps Terminology and Definitions ...... 263 Trunk ...... 18 Bulb Replacement ...... 250, 251 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 275 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 107 Teen Driver ...... 153 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 276 Turn Signal Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 322 Wheel Replacement ...... 276 Bulb Replacement ...... 250, 251 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 20 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 273 Immobilizer ...... 20 U Winter ...... 260 Time ...... 76 Umbrella Storage ...... 73 Top Tier Fuel ...... 217 Tires ...... 259 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 275 Towing All-Season ...... 260 Updates Driving Characteristics ...... 221 Buying New Tires ...... 274 Map Data ...... 136 Equipment ...... 225 Chains ...... 277 Software ...... 116 General Information ...... 220 Changing ...... 285 USB Port ...... 120 Recreational Vehicle ...... 293 Compact Spare ...... 289 Using the Navigation System ...... 124 Trailer ...... 224 Designations ...... 263 Using the System ...... 113 Vehicle ...... 292 Different Size ...... 275 Using This Manual ...... 2 Traction If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 278 Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak V Inspection ...... 272 Light ...... 91 Vehicle Low Profile ...... 261 Off Light ...... 90 Alarm System ...... 19 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14584249) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 349 Vehicle (cont'd) Warning (cont'd) Canadian Owners ...... 1 Caution and Danger ...... 2 Control ...... 174 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Identification Number (VIN) ...... 316 Indicators ...... 80 Load Limits ...... 179 Warnings Messages ...... 99 Hazard Flashers ...... 106 Personalization ...... 100 Washer Fluid ...... 242 Remote Start ...... 13 Wheels Security ...... 19 Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 276 Speed Messages ...... 100 Different Size ...... 275 Towing ...... 292 Replacement ...... 276 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 90 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 273 Vehicle Care Where to Put the Restraint ...... 60 Storing the Tire Sealant and Windows ...... 23 Compressor Kit ...... 284 Power ...... 23 Tire Pressure ...... 266 Windshield Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 329 Replacement ...... 248 Vehicle Positioning ...... 135 Wiper/Washer ...... 75 Ventilation, Air ...... 169 Winter Visors ...... 24 Driving ...... 177 Voice Recognition ...... 136 Winter Tires ...... 260 Voltage Devices and Wiring ...... 253 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 247 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 84 Wireless Charging ...... 78 W Wiring, High Voltage Devices ...... 253 Warning Brake System Light ...... 88 21_CHEV_Malibu_COV_en_US_84523389B_2020NOV19.pdf 1 11/5/2020 1:01:33 PM

CMY